Agenda packet, first session — Glendale City Council, August 26, 2025 (part 2 of 2)

LONG BEACH CONTINUUM OF CARE AGENDA
TUESDAY, JULY 8, 2025
4811 AIRPORT PLAZA DR.

PACIFIC GATEWAY, 3:00 PM

Kimberly Wee, Co-Chair
Jamies Shuford, Co-Chair
Nikki Amick, Member
Tamika Boyce, Member
Daniel Brezenoff, Member
Claude Diles III, Member

Connor Lock, Member
Melanie Martins, Member
Hawk McFadzen, Member
Steven Rockenbach, Member
Aiko Tan, Member
Anna Topolewski, Member

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC HAVE THE OPTION TO EMAIL WRITTEN COMMENTS TO [email protected]

FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO PARTICIPATE IN THIS MEETING, PLEASE VISIT:

HTTPS://WWW.LONGBEACH.GOV/HOMELESSNESS/VOLUNTEER-DONATE-AND-GET- INVOLVED/#COMMITTEE

CALL TO ORDER

ROLL CALL

REGULAR AGENDA

1. 25-55718 Recommendation to approve the minutes for the Continuum of Care (CoC) Board Meeting of Tuesday June 10, 2025.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.

2. 25-55724 Recommendation to receive and file the CoC Board Member introductions for the current board members and newly appointed board members.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.

3. 25-55719 Recommendation to receive and file the Homeless Housing, Assistance and Prevention (HHAP) Round 6 presentation from the Health Department.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.

4. 25-55725 Recommendation to receive and file the HUD CoC Waiver Guidance presentation from the Health Department.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.

5. 25-55720 Recommendation to receive and file a discussion on the Continuum of Care Builds (CoC Builds) Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO) updates by HUD.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.
171 of 464

LONG BEACH CONTINUUM OF CARE AGENDA
TUESDAY, JULY 8, 2025
4811 AIRPORT PLAZA DR.

PACIFIC GATEWAY, 3:00 PM

Page 2 of 2 ends

6. 25-55721 Recommendation to receive and file the Homeless Services Bureau Staff and Operations Update presentation from the Health Department.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.

7. 25-55722 Recommendation to receive and file the Homeless Services Advisory Committee (HSAC) Representative Report.

Suggested Action: Approve recommendation.

CO-CHAIR ELECTIONS

PUBLIC COMMENT

Opportunity to address the Long Beach Continuum of Care on non-agenda items. Each speaker is limited to two minutes to make their comments unless extended by the Co-Chairs.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

ADJOURNMENT

I, Jennifer Santana, Community Specialist, certify that the agenda was posted not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting.

NOTE: The agenda and supporting documents are available online at https://longbeach.gov/meetings. If a special accommodation is desired pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act, or if you need the agenda provided in an alternate format, please call Jennifer Santana at 562-570-4555 by 12 noon, the day prior to the meeting.

If oral language interpretation for non-English speaking persons is desired or if a special accommodation is desired pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act, please make your request by phone to the Office of the City Clerk at (562) 570-6101, 24 business hours prior to the Charter Commission meeting.

If written language translation of the Commission agenda and minutes for non-English speaking persons is desired, please make your request by phone to the Office of the City Clerk at (562) 570- 6101, 72 business hours prior to the Commission meeting. 172 of 464

1 Jennifer Santana
From: HomelessServicesAdmin
Sent: Monday, June 30, 2025 3:16 PM
Cc: Paul Duncan; Jeffrey Proctor Jr.; Jennifer Santana; Cassandra Bonney; Sharon De Anda Subject: We Want Your Feedback – HHAP 6 Community Survey Now Open Attachments: HHAP 6 Community Input.pdf
Importance: High
Dear Partners and Community Members,
The City of Long Beach Homeless Services Bureau (HSB) is currently preparing its application for Homeless Housing, Assistance, and Prevention (HHAP) Round 6 funding. As part of this process, we are required to gather community input regarding our Coordinated Entry System (CES) and related homeless service programs. Attached is additional information that will be presented to our CoC Board.

It contains information regarding HSB’s funding landscape, HHAP 6 Overview, as well as how the HHAP 6 funding plan.

We invite you to participate in a short survey to help shape the priorities for HHAP 6 funding. Your feedback is essential in guiding how we continue to support and strengthen programs that serve individuals and families experiencing homelessness in Long Beach.

HHAP 6 funding will support program components such as:
 Rental Subsidy Programs (Rapid Rehousing and Shallow Subsidy)  Interim Housing Programs
We ask that you take a few minutes to complete the survey and share your perspectives. Your input will directly inform the HHAP 6 application and ensure that community voice is reflected in our funding strategy.

Please find the survey link here: https://forms.office.com/g/B7v7Z3Ga8Y

Survey deadline: Monday, July 7, 2025
Thank you for your continued partnership and dedication to addressing homelessness in our community.

If you have any questions, please feel free to reach out.

Warmest Regards,
173 of 464

2 Homeless Services Bureau
Health and Human Services Department
1301 W. 12th Street | Long Beach, CA 90813
Office: 562.570.4001

174 of 464

707 Wilshire Blvd., 10th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017 | 213 683.3333 | Fax: 213 892.0093 | TTY: 213 553.8488 | www.lahsa.org

AGENDA AND NOTICE OF A PUBLIC MEETING OF THE

LOS ANGELES CONTINUUM OF CARE BOARD
Wednesday, July 9, 2025
1:00 p.m.

Location:

Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority
637 Wilshire Boulevard, 1st Floor Commission Room
Los Angeles, CA 90017
To join the meeting virtually please register in advance at:
https://lahsa-org.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_OYerzNFUS9eFMTcpfh9YVg After registering, you will receive a confirmation email containing information about joining the webinar Board Chair: Josh Decell | Board Vice-Chair: Paula Lantz Board Members: Tomasz Babiszkiewicz, Marcie Gibbs, Benjamin Kay, Myong Kim, Jennifer Kottke, Christine Mirasy- Glasco, Aaminah Parker, Sofia Peralta, Sarah Perry, Kimberly Roberts, Ivet Samvelyan, Suzette Shaw, Leepi Shimkhada, Reba Stevens, Cheri Todoroff, Grace Weltman,
Call to Order/Roll Call/Establishment of Quorum
Agenda Items: The public will have an opportunity to speak to any agenda item when the item is called and before action is taken. The Chair will determine the order of speaking and unless the Chair grants more or agenda item, subject to the total allotted time period.

Agenda No. Description Presenter

1.0 Board Action: Review and Approve Minutes of the LA CoC Board Regular Meeting held on June 11, 2025
Board Chair

2.0 General Public Participation on Non-Agenda Items Board Chair

3.0 Board Action: Review and Approve LA CoC Program Reallocation Policy Board Chair LAHSA Staff

4.0 Presentation and Discussion on State HHAP 6 Funding Application LAHSA Staff

5.0 Report on CoC Program Utilization LAHSA Staff

6.0 HMIS Committee Update Committee Chair

7.0 Staff Updates LAHSA Staff

8.0 General Updates from LA CoC Board Members Board Chair

9.0 Discuss Agenda Items for Next Meeting Board Chair
Adjournment
11 175 of 464

707 Wilshire Blvd., 10th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017 | 213 683.3333 | Fax: 213 892.0093 | TTY: 213 553.8488 | www.lahsa.org
NOTE: The meeting will be conducted in person and telephonically and packets of materials on agenda items will be available electronically and to the public during normal business hours at 707 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017. For further information, you may call 213-683-3333. Upon request, sign language interpreters, materials in alternative formats and other accommodations are available to the public for LAHSA meetings. All requests for reasonable accommodations must be made at least three working days (72 Hours) in advance of the scheduled meeting date. For additional information, contact LAHSA at (213) 683-3333 or TTY (213) 553-8488.

Supporting Documents
Additional materials can be found at https://www.lahsa.org/coc/board The LA CoC Board roster can be found at https://www.lahsa.org/documents?id=1741-lacoc-board-roster.pdf 22 176 of 464

177 of 464

178 of 464

179 of 464

180 of 464

213 683 3333 I FAX 213 892 0093 I TTY 213 553 8488

AGENDA AND NOTICE OF A PUBLIC MEETING OF THE

COORDINATED ENTRY SYSTEM (CES) POLICY COUNCIL

Wednesday, July 23, 2025
9:00 a.m.

Location:

Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority
637 Wilshire Boulevard, 1st Floor Commission Room
Los Angeles, CA 90017

To join the meeting virtually please register in advance at:
https://lahsa-org.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_vpWF9YIQT0aLfogaRJZYmQ#/registration

After registering, you will receive a confirmation email containing information about joining the webinar.

AGENDA NO. ITEM AND DESCRIPTION

Call to Order/Roll Call/Establishment of Quorum
Agenda Items - The meeting will be conducted in person and telephonically.

The public will have an opportunity to address the CES Policy Council on any agenda item when the item is called and before action is taken. The Chair will determine the order of speaking and unless the Chair grants more or less time, the speaker’s limit is two (2) minutes on each agenda item. The purpose of public comment is to allow the public to address the CES Policy Council and the CES Policy Council is interested in hearing fro m members of the public, stakeholders, and interested parties. However, speakers are asked to exercise courtesy and consider the rights of other speakers by adhering to the time limits set forth and if possible, refrain from unnecessary repetition in their comments.

1.0 Public Participation

2.0 Policy Council Action: June Meeting Minutes

3.0 Policy Council Update: 2025 Council Officers Election Process

4.0 Policy Council Update: Attendance Report – Q2

5.0 Policy Council Update: CoC HHAP-6

6.0 Policy Council Update: System Funding Impacts, FY25-26

7.0 Policy Council Action: PSH Prioritization and Matching Guidance 1 181 of 464

Coordinated Entry System (CES) Policy Council

Supporting Documents:

Item 3.0 – June Meeting Minutes
Item 4.0 – Quarterly Attendance Report Memo
Item 6.0 – Drafted Revised CES Permanent Supportive Housing Prioritization and Matching Guidance Item 9.0 – CES Assessment Guidance
Item 9.0 – CES Access Guidance

NOTE: The meeting will be conducted in person and telephonically and packets of materials on agenda items will be available electronically and to the public during normal business hours at 707 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017. For further information, you may call 213- 683-3333. Upon request, sign language interpreters, materials in alternative formats and other accommodations are available to the public for LAHSA meetings. All requests for reasonable accommodation must be made at least three working days (72 Hours) in advance of the scheduled meeting date. For additional information, contact LAHSA at (213) 683-3333 or TTY (213) 553-8488. LAHSA does not validate for parking.

8.0 Policy Council Update: PSH Proximity

9.0 Policy Council Update: PSH Data Dashboards

10.0 Policy Council Update: Operationalization of PSH Prioritization and Matching Guidance – Continued Discussion

2 182 of 464

213 683 3333 I FAX 213 892 0093 I TTY 213 553 8488

AGENDA AND NOTICE OF A PUBLIC MEETING OF THE

LOS ANGELES HOMELESS SERVICES AUTHORITY COMMISSION
Friday, July 25, 2025
8:30 AM
(Note special start time.)
Location:

Public Comment: An opportunity to address the Commission will be provided at the time an item is considered. Members of the public shall be allowed to speak on agenda items for up to one (1) minute per agenda item, up to a total time of three (3) minutes per meeting. At regular meetings, the Commission will also provide an opportunity for general public comment, when members of the public may comment on any matter within the jurisdiction of the Commission. Each speaker shall be allowed up to one (1) minute for general public comment at each regular meeting.

Therefore, for regular meetings, each speaker will be allowed to speak for a combined total of up to four (4) minutes which includes agenda item comment and general public comment. The cumulative public comment period for agenda item comment and general public comments (when heard) shall be limited to a total of 15 minutes. The Chair at its discretion may limit, increase, or waive the time limits listed herein. Virtual comments are allowed.

AGENDA
NO. ITEM AND DESCRIPTION PRESENTER PAGE
Call to Order/Roll Call/Establishment of Quorum.

1.0 Land Acknowledgement. Dr. Va Lecia Adams Kellum

2.0 Labor Acknowledgement. Dr. Va Lecia Adams Kellum

3.0 Acceptance of minutes including any corrections from the Commission Meeting held June 27, 2025.

3.1 Acceptance of minutes including any corrections from the Special Commission Meeting held July 11, 2025.
4 10

4.0 Chief Executive Officer Report. Dr. Va Lecia Adams Kellum

5.0 Consent Calendar
(Unless a Commissioner removes an item listed in this section or a Request to Speak form on the item is received by the Chair from a member of the public, this section will be voted upon without debate or presentations.) 183 of 464

LAHSA Commission Agenda Friday, July 25, 2025

Page 2 ends

5.1 Authorize LAHSA’s Chief Executive Officer or Acting Chief Executive Officer to enter into specific agreements and amendments with sub-recipients and vendors, excluding
Downtown Women’s Center, for activities in Fiscal Year
2024-25 and Fiscal Year 2025-26, funded by sources, for terms and in the amounts shown on the attached table,
subject to funding being allocated to LAHSA. In the event that funding period or amount allocated from the
referenced source is reduced or not forthcoming,
authorize the Chief Executive Officer to reduce terms of service, compensation, or not enter into agreements as
deemed appropriate by the Chief Executive Officer.
(Programs & Contracts Committee Item)

5.2 Review and approve the recommendations for the
Request for Statement of Qualifications (RFSQ). (Programs & Contracts Committee Item)

5.3 Review and approve Los Angeles Continuum of Care
Program Reallocation Policy. (Programs & Contracts Committee Item)
12 17
20 6.0 Authorize LAHSA’s Chief Executive Officer or Acting Chief Executive Officer to enter into specific agreements and amendments with Downtown Women’s Center for activities in Fiscal Year 2024-25 and Fiscal Year 2025-26, funded by sources, for terms and in the amounts shown on the attached table, subject to funding being allocated to LAHSA. In the event that funding period or amount allocated from the referenced source is reduced or not forthcoming, authorize the Chief Executive Officer to reduce terms of service, compensation, or not enter into agreements as deemed appropriate by the Chief Executive Officer.

Jacquelene Montgomery 36

7.0 Review and approve LAHSA FY 2025-2026 Annual Budget. Rachel Johnson Janine Trejo
41 8.0 Consideration of appointment of Gita O’Neill as LAHSA’s Interim Chief Executive Officer, with a proposed monthly base salary of $30,833.30. Authorize the Commission Chair to negotiate other necessary employment terms and execute a 12-month
employment contract with Gita O’Neill, subject to the approval of Counsel as to form.

Commissioner Greuel

9.0 Election of 2025-2026 Commission Chair and Vice Chair. Commissioner Greuel

10.0 NOTICE OF CLOSED SESSION

10.1 PUBLIC EMPLOYEE APPOINTMENT (Government Code
Section 54957) Appointment of LAHSA’s Acting Chief Executive Officer.
184 of 464

LAHSA Commission Agenda Friday, July 25, 2025

Page 3 ends

NOTE: The meeting will be conducted in person and telephonically and packets of materials on agenda items will be available electronically and to the public during normal business hours at 707 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017. For further information, you may call 213-683-3333. Upon request, sign language interpreters, materials in alternative formats and other accommodations are available to the public for LAHSA meetings. All requests for reasonable accommodations must be made at least three working days (72 Hours) in advance of the scheduled meeting date. For additional information, contact LAHSA at (213) 683-3333 or TTY (213) 553-8488. LAHSA does not validate for parking.

11.0 Commissioner Greuel

12.0 Abigail Proff 78

13.0 Janine Lim 102

14.0 Thomas Wong
Chris Andrews
149

15.0 Rachel Johnson

16.0 Commissioner Sheikh

17.0 10.2 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL – Anticipated Litigation (Paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Government Code Section 54956.9 Significant exposure to litigation (five cases) Reconvene and Report on Closed Session.

Appointment of LAHSA’s Acting Chief Executive Officer.

Review and approve Homeless Housing, Assistance and
Prevention (HHAP) 6 Funding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) and authorize for signature by Chief Executive Officer or Acting Chief Executive Officer. ;/d/KEK&12͘0ĂŶĚ12͘0;ĂͿͿ Report on Monitoring and Compliance Activities.

Report on Master Leasing.

Update on County Board of Supervisors Motion and
consideration of necessary actions on issues related to current and future funding.

Report on the Finance Committee Meeting held on Friday, July 18, 2025.

To view the agenda and supporting documents from the date referenced, click here.

Report on the Programs and Contracts Committee Meeting held on Friday, July 18, 2025.

To view the agenda and supporting documents from the date referenced, click here.

Commissioner Graves

18.0 Commissioner updates and agenda requests for future meetings. Commissioner Greuel

19.0 Public Participation – General Public Comment
Adjournment
185 of 464

23 1
14 14
126
138 138
5 LANCASTER

SANTA CLARITA
118
170
60 27
1 1
1 2
2 42
101
5 210
405
10 105

MONTEREY PARK

PASADENA

BURBANK

SOUTH PASADENA

BEVERLY HILLS ALHAMBRA

WEST HOLLYWOOD

LYNWOOD

HAWTHORNE

PARAMOUNTGARDENA

SANTA MONICA
BELL

BELL GARDENS

CULVER CITY

MAYWOOD
DOWNEY

SOUTH GATE

INGLEWOOD

GLENDALE

LOS ANGELES
14 138
2 2

PALMDALE
60 57
19 2
39 210

MONROVIA

ARCADIA

LA VERNE

TEMPLE CITY
POMONA

BALDWIN PARK

EL MONTEROSEMEAD

NORWALK LA MIRADA

WALNUTLA PUENTE

MONTEBELLO

DIAMOND BAR

PICO RIVERA

GLENDORA
AZUSA

CLAREMONT

SAN DIMAS
COVINA

WEST COVINA

WHITTIER
Glendale
Pasadena
SPA 1
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 1 Antelope Valley SPA 1 Antelope ValleyAntelope Valley
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
186 of 464

5 23
1 138
5 L O S

P A D R E S

N A T I O N A L

F O R E S T
14 126
5 5

SANTA CLARITA
118
27 27
1 1 1
101
405

SANTA MONICA
1 138

LANCASTER
14 14
210
118
170
134
110
2 2
187
72 101
5 210
405
405
110
10 10

MONTEREY PARK

PASADENA

BURBANK

SOUTH PASADENA

BEVERLY HILLS

ALHAMBRA

WEST HOLLYWOOD

GLENDALE

LOS ANGELES
1 90
187
4242
5 BELL

BELL GARDENS

CULVER CITY

MAYWOOD

INGLEWOOD
14 PALMDALE
A
N A
F
19 ARCAD

TEMPLE CITY
EL M

ROSEMEAD

SAN GABRIEL
19 72

MONTEBELLO

PICO RIVERA
W
Glendale
Pasadena
SPA 2
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 2 San Fernando Valley SPA 2 San Fernando ValleySan Fernando Valley
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
187 of 464

14 134
110
2 2
72 5
210
110
10 710

MONTEREY PARK

PASADENA
RBANK

SOUTH PASADENA

ALHAMBRA

GLENDALE

LOS ANGELES
19 91
42 5
710
110

LYNWOOD

PARAMOUNTGARDENA

BELLFLOWER
CARSON

LAKEWOOD
BELL

BELL GARDENS

MAYWOOD

HUNTINGTON PARK
DOWNEY

SOUTH GATE

COMPTON
14 138
22 2
2 A N G E L E S

N A T I O N A L

F O R E S T
210
60 57
19 2
39 71
210
605 10

MONROVIA

ARCADIA

TEMPLE CITY

BALDWIN PARK

EL MONTE

ROSEMEAD

WALNUTLA PUENTE

GLENDORA
AZUSA

SAN DIMAS

SAN GABRIEL
COVINA

WEST COVINA
60 19
91 72
72 5605

NORWALK

LA MIRADA

CERRITOS

MONTEBELLO

DIAMOND BAR

PICO RIVERA

WHITTIER
18 138
2 2
66 10

LA VERNE
POMONA

CLAREMONT
Glendale
Long
Beach
Pasadena
SPA 3
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 3 San Gabriel Valley SPA 3 San Gabriel ValleySan Gabriel Valley
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
188 of 464

OXNARD ST
W

HITSETT
AVE

STRATHERN ST
LAUREL
CANYON
BLVD

WEBBAVE
170
y
DR
W

HITSETT
AVE
K ST
LAUREL
CANYON
BLVD
Wilacre Park
Canyon Park
in Canyon
servoir
• • • •• •
MOTOR
AVE

NTURYPK
DOHENY
DR
BEVER
LYDR

OLYMPIC BLVD
187
187

BEVERLY HILLS

JEFFERSON
BLVD

CENTINELAAVE
ULVEDA
BLVD
Y
1 90
42 405
ount

LVER CITY

SHERMAN WY

CAHUENGA
BLVD

SCOTTRD

VERDUGO AVE

OXNARD ST

CLYBOURN
AVE

TUJUNGA

AVE KENNETHRD

STRATHERN ST

SATICOY ST
COLFAX

AVE BUENA
VISTA

STVICTORY BLVD

VICTORY BLVD

GLENOAKSBLVD

VINELAND
AVE

MAGNOLIA BLVD

SANFERNANDORD

BURBANK BLVD

LANKERSHIM
BLVD
170
5 Bob Hope Airport
City of Burbank Open
Space Mountain
Reserve
Stough Canyon Park
Valhalla Memorial Park

BURBANK
COLFAX
AVE
W
ILTON
PL
BEACHW
OOD
DR

BRONSON
AVE
GOW
ER
ST
ZOO DR

SUNSET BLVD

HOLLYWOOD BLVD

LANKERSHIM
BLVD
W
ESTERN
AVE
VINE
ST
134
2 101
101
Los Angeles
Department of Water
and Power
Cahuenga Peak Phase
1 Forest Lawn Memorial
Park Hollywood Hills

LOS ANGELES
• • ••• ••• • • •••
W
ILTON
PL

ADAMS BLVD

ARLINGTON
AVE

ARLINGTON
AVE
6TH ST ROSSM
ORE
AVE

GARDNER
ST

CRESCENT

HEIGHTS
BLVD

OBAMA BLVD

VENICE BLVD

CRENSHAW
BLVD

MELROSE AVE

SANVICENTE BLVD

ROBERTSON
BLVD
LA
BREA
AVE
3RD ST

WESTERN AVEWESTERN AVE

BEVERLY BLVD
LA

CIENEGA
BLVD

JEFFERSON BLVD

BURTON WY
187
10 LOS ANGELES

WEST HOLLYWOOD
INGLEW
OOD
AVE

HYDE PARK BLVD

GREVILLEA
AVE

FAIRFAX
AVE
VAN
NESS
AVE

FAIRVIEW BLVD
54TH ST

OVERHILL
DR
79TH ST
48TH ST
W
ESTERN
AVE
LA

CIENEGA
BLVD

LATIJERABLVD

MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLVD
LA
BREA
AVE
LA
BR
EA
AVE

SLAUSON AVE

FLORENCEAVE

STOCKER ST

AIRPORT
BLVD

VERNON AVE
IATION
BLVD
405
Kenneth Hahn State
Recreation Area
Inglewood Park
Cemetery
Holy Cross Cemetery &
Mortuary

INGLEWOOD

LOS ANGELES
• • • • •• • • •• • •• • •• • • • •• • • •• • •• • • ••••

HIGHLAND
AVE

VERDUGO
RD

MOUNTAIN ST
OCEAN
VIEW
BLVD

GLENOAKSBLVD

THILLBLVD
CANADA
BLVD

LACRESCENTA
AVE
2 5
Henderson Canyon
Open Space
Wildwood Canyon Park
City of Glendale
Verdugo Mountains
Open Space
Verdugo Mountains
Open Space Preserve
San Rafael Mountains
Open Space
City of Burbank Open
Space Mountain
Reserve
Brand Canyon Open
Space

GLENDALE

HILLHURST
AVE

ELPASO DR
NORM
ANDIE
AVE

LEXINGTON DRPACIFIC
AVE

HYPERION
AVE

DIVISION
S
T
ZOO DR

COLORADO ST

FLETCHERDR
CHEVY

CHASEDR
SAN

FERNANDO
RD
SAN

FERNANDO
RD

BROADWAY

GLENOAKS BLVD

VERDUGO
RD

SUNSETBLVD

CENTRAL
AVE

RIVERSIDEDR
134
2 5
Griffith Park
Forest Lawn Memorial
Park Glendale

LOS ANGELES
23RD ST
BOYLE
AVE
HOOVER
ST
8TH ST
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
NORM
ANDIE
AVE

ADAMS BLVD
6TH ST
HILLST

STADIUMWY
MAINST

FIGUEROAST

OLYMPICBLVD

OLYMPIC BLVD
VERM
ONT
AVE

CESAR CHAVEZ AVE
HOOVER
ST

VENICE BLVD

SILVERLAKEBLVD

ALVARADO
ST
7THST
DALY
ST

PASADENA
AVE
4TH ST

BEVERLY BLVD

MELROSE AVE
SOTO
ST
1ST ST

SPRINGST
110
60 2
101
5 110
10 10
Elysian Park
University of Southern
California

LOS ANGELES
54TH ST
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
92ND ST

FRUITLAND AVE
HOOPER
AVE
41ST ST
S
AVE
LONG
BEACH
AVE

FLORENCE AVECENTRAL
AVE
COM
PTON
AVE
ALAM
EDA
ST
ALAM
EDA
ST
VERM
ONT
AVE
VERM
ONT
AVE
VERM
ONT
AVE

MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLVD

SLAUSON AVE

MANCHESTER AVE FIRESTONEBLVD
LONG
BEACH
BLV

VERNON AVE
N
PEDRO
ST
SOTO
ST
42 110 HUNTINGTON PARK

LOS ANGELES
• •• •• • • • •• ••• ••• • • • • •• • • • • ••

HIGHLAND DR
ARROYO
BLVD

LOMA ALTA DR
CROW
NAVE

VENTURA ST

BERKSHIRE AVE
FAIR
OAKS
AVE

LINCOLN
AVE

FOOTHILLBLVD
LOS
ROBLES
AVE
2 Upper Arroyo Seco
Cherry Canyon Park Hahamongna
Watershed Park
Art Center College of
Design
Devils Gate Reservoir

LA CANADA

FLINTRIDGE
•
ORANGE
GROVE
BLVD
COLLIS
AVE

COLORADO BLVD
AVENUE 60
ARROYO
BLVD
LINDA

VISTAAVE
AVENUE
50 POPLARBLVD

GRIFFIN
AVE

SANPASCUALAVE

COLORADO BLVD

COLORADO

MISSION ST
FAIR
OAKS
AVE
LOS
ROBLES
AVE

YORK BLVD

MAIN ST

LALOMA RD

HUNTINGTON
LONG
BEACH
FRW
Y

FIGUEROAST
AVENUE
54 134
110
210
Murchison Open Space
Ernest E Debs RP
Occidental College
Scholl Canyon Landfill

LOS ANGELES
PASA

SOUTH PASADENA

CITYTERRACE DR

INDIANA
ST
EUCLID
AVE
SOTO
ST

COMMONW

MEDFORD ST

FLORAL DR FLORAL DR

MONTEREY PASSRD
POMON

EASTERN
AVE

CESARCHAVEZAVE

MISSION RD

ATLANTIC
BLVD

VALLEYBLVD

WHITTIER BLVD

SANBERNARDINO FR

HUNTINGTON DR

BEVERLY
RIGG
LORENA
ST
LORENA
ST4THST

BROADWAY
72 5
10 710
CSU Los Angeles
AL

LOS ANGELES
MON
• • •• • • • • • • • •• •
STATE
ST

CLARA ST
E

SALTLAKEAVE

BANDINI BLVD
OTIS
AVE

DISTRICT BLVD
FL

SLAUSON AVE SLAUSON AVE
SL

CALIFORNIA
AVE

ATLANTICBLVD

GAGE AVE

ATLANTIC
AVE

BANDINI BLVD
OL
42 5
710
BELL

BELL GARDENS
COMM
CUDAHY

MAYWOOD
VERNON
Glendale
Pasadena
SPA 4
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 4 Metro LA
SPA 4 Metro LAMetro LA
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
189 of 464

SR1
23 1
SR 1
LAS

VIRGENES
RD

KANANDUME
RD
1 101
King Gillette Ranch
• • • •• • • • •• •
• • • • •• •• •
• • • • • ••
• • •• • • • • •• • • •
• • • • •• ••

RINALDI ST
BALBOA
BLVD

VANOWEN ST
DE
SOTO
AVE

SHERMAN WY SHERMAN WY SHERMAN WY SHERMAN WY
RESEDA
BLVD

SATICOY ST

DEVONSHIRE ST

CHATSWORTH ST
CANOGA
AVE
PLATT
AVE

OXNARD ST

PLUMMER ST
118
27 27
101
Sepulveda Basin Rec.

Area
• • • • • • • • •

PACIFIC COAST HWY
SAN

VICENTEBLVD

VENTURA BLVD
27 27
27 1 1
101
405

SANTA MONICA
210
• • • • •• • • • • • • • • •• • •

GLENOAKSBLVD
BUENA
VISTA
ST

VICTORY BLVD VICTORY BLVD

MAGNOLIA BLVD

DEVONSHIRE ST

SHERMAN WY

SEPULVEDA
BLVD

ROSCOE BLVD

VANNUYSBLVD

BURBANK BLVD

LANKERSHIM
BLVD

BRANDBLVD

LA TUNA CANYO
118
170
5 405
Hansen Dam Park
BURB

SANTA MONICABLVD

OBAMA BLVD

OLYMPIC BLVD

VENICE BLVD

VENTURA BLVD

HOLLYWOOD

BUNDYDR

HOLLYWOOD
FRWY
134
101
405
10 • • •• • •

BEVERLY HILLS

WEST HOLLYWOOD
LA

CIENEGA

BLVD SLAUSON AVE

CENTURY BLVD

IMPERIAL HWY

ROSECRANS AVE
1 90
• ••
• • • • •• • • •• • ••
• • • • • •
• • ••• • • • • • • •

HAWTHORNE

MANHATTAN BEACH LAWNDALE

CULVER CITY

INGLEWOOD

SEPULVEDA BL

CATALINA
AVE

PRAIRIE
AVE
1 4

TORRANCE

RANCHO PALOS
VERDES

REDONDO BEACH
SPA 5
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 5 West LA
SPA 5 West LAWest LA
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
190 of 464

DOHENY
DR
BLVD
ILLS

JEFFERSON
BLVD
LAAVE
E AVE
105
DO

AN BEACH

ESPLANADE
1 A BEACH
EACH
GOW W
2 W
ILTON
PL

ADAMS BLVD

ARLINGTON
AVE

ARLINGTON
AVE
6TH ST ROSSM
ORE
AVE

GARDNER
ST

CRESCENT

HEIGHTS
BLVD

OBAMA BLVD

VENICE BLVD

CRENSHAW
BLVD

MELROSE AVE

SANVICENTE BLVD

ROBERTSON
BLVD
LA
BREA
AVE
3RD ST
W
ESTERN
AVE
W
ESTERN
AVE

BEVERLY BLVD
LA

CIENEGA
BLVD

JEFFERSON BLVD

BURTON WY
187
10 LOS ANGELES

WEST HOLLYWOOD
INGLEW
OOD
AVE

HYDE PARK BLVD

GREVILLEA
AVE

FAIRFAX
AVE
VAN
NESS
AVE

FAIRVIEW BLVD
54TH ST

OVERHILL
DR
79TH ST
48TH ST

CENTURY BLVD
W
ESTERN
AVE
LA

CIENEGA
BLVD

LATIJERABLVD

MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLVD
LA
BREA
AVE
LA
BR
EA
AVE

SLAUSON AVE

FLORENCEAVE

CRENSHAW
BLVD

STOCKER ST

AIRPORT
BLVD

VERNON AVE

AVIATION
BLVD
405
Kenneth Hahn State
Recreation Area
Inglewood Park
Cemetery
Holy Cross Cemetery &
Mortuary

INGLEWOOD

LOS ANGELES
• • • • •• • • •• • •• • •• • • • •• • • •• • •• • • ••••

MARINE AVE
120TH ST
INGLEW
OOD
AVE
YUKON
AVE
YUKON
AVE
YUKON
AVE
NASH
ST

DOUGLAS
ST

AVIATION
BLVD

PRAIRIE
AVE

CRENSHAW
BLVD

ARTESIA BLVD ARTESIA BLVD

IMPERIAL HWY
91 405
105
El Camino Community
College

GARDENA

HAWTHORNE

LAWNDALE

REDONDO BEACH
• •• • • ••• • ••• • • •
• • • • •••
• • • • • •• • • •••• • •
• ••• • • ••
• • • • • •
VAN
NESS
AVE
ANZA
AVE

KNOB HILL AVE

BERYLST
ON
AVE
182ND ST

GRANT AVE
EARLST

RIPLEY AVE

PROSPECT
AVE

DEL AMO BLVD

DEL AMO BLVD
BROADW
AY
AVE

SEPULVEDA BLVD

CRENSHAW
BLVD

PRAIRIE
AVE
223RD ST
107
213
405

LOS ANGELES

TORRANCE
NO
23RD ST
BOYLE
AVE
HOOVER
ST
8TH ST
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
NORM
ANDIE
AVE

ADAMS BLVD
6TH ST
HILLST

STADIUMWY
MAINST

FIGUEROAST

OLYMPICBLVD

OLYMPIC BLVD

VERMONT AVE

CESAR CHAVEZ AVE
HOOVER
ST

VENICE BLVD

SILVERLAKEBLVD

ALVARADO
ST
7THST
DALY
ST

PASADENA
AVE
4TH ST

BEVERLY BLVD

MELROSE AVE
SOTO
ST
1ST ST

SPRINGST
110
60 2
101
5 110
10 10
Elysian Park
University of Southern
California

LOS ANGELES
54TH ST
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
92ND ST

FRUITLAND AVE
HOOPER
AVE
41ST ST
CLOVIS
AVE
LONG
BEACH
AVE

FLORENCE AVECENTRAL
AVE
COM
PTON
AVE
ALAM
EDA
ST
ALAM
EDA
ST
VERM
ONT
AVE
VERM
ONT
AVE
VERM
ONT
AVE

MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLVD

SLAUSON AVE

MANCHESTER AVE FIRESTONEBLVD

TWEEDY BLVDCENTURY BLVD
LONG
BEACH
BLVD

VERNON AVE
SAN
PEDRO
ST
SOTO
ST
42 110 HUNTINGTON PARK

LOS ANGELES
• •• •• • • • •• ••• ••• • • • • •• • • • • ••
HOOVER
ST

GREENLEAF BLVD
W
ILLOW
BROOK
AVE
NORM
ANDIE
AVE
120TH ST

COMPTON AVE
108TH ST 108TH ST
SANTA
FE
AVE

GARDENA BLVD

ALBERTONI ST

EL SEGUNDO BLVD
W
ILM
INGTON
AVE
M
AIN
ST

FIGUEROA
ST

FIGUEROA
ST
VERM
ONT
AVE
VERM
ONT
AVE
ALAM
EDA
ST
ALAM
EDA
ST
103RD ST

IMPERIAL HWY

ARTESIA BLVD

ALONDRABLVD
91 110
105

COMPTON

LOS ANGELES
• •• • • • • •••• • •
• • •• • • • •
• • •• • • • • • • • ••
• • •• • • •
• • •• • • • • • • • ••
• • • • • • • • • •• • • • •
• •••• • • •• • •
ES
ST

CENTRALAVE
213TH ST
182ND ST

TORRANCE BLVD

STADIUMWY

CARSON ST
SR
47 NORM
ANDIE
AVE M
AIN

ST SANTA
FE
AVE

ILMINGTON
AVE
W
ILM
INGTON
AVE

DEL AMO BLVD

VICTORIA ST
190TH ST
223RD ST
110
CSU Dominguez Hills
CARSON
• • • • • • • • • •• • • • •
• • •• • • ••• •
CO

POPLARBLVD

GRIFFIN

MAIN ST

CITYTERRACE DR

INDIANA
ST
EUCLID
AVE
SOTO
ST

COMMONWEALTH AVE

MEDFORD ST

FLORAL DR FLORAL DR

MONTEREY PASSRD

POMONA BLVD

EASTERN
AVE

CESARCHAVEZAVE

MISSION RD

ATLANTIC
BLVD

VALLEYBLVD

WHITTIER BLVD

SANBERNARDINO FRWY

HUNTINGTON DR

GARFIELD
AVE

BEVERLY BLVD

RIGGIN ST
LORENA
ST
LORENA
ST4THST

BROADWAY
72 5
10 710
CSU Los Angeles

ALHAMBRA

LOS ANGELES

MONTEREY P
• • •• • • • • • • • •• •
STATE
ST

CLARA ST
DOWNEY

RIVESAVE

SALTLAKEAVE

BANDINI BLVD
OTIS
AVE

DISTRICT BLVD

FLORENCEAVE

SLAUSON AVE SLAUSON AVE

SLAUSONAVE

CALIFORNIA
AVE

ATLANTICBLVD

GAGE AVE

ATLANTIC
AVE

BANDINI BLVD

OLYMPIC BLVD
42 72
5 710
BELL

BELL GARDENS

COMMERCE
CUDAHY

MAYWOOD

SOUTH GATE
VERNON

SOMERSET BLVD
ORANGE
AVE

DOWNEYAVE
W
RIGHT
RD

RIVESAVE

FERNWOOD AVE

FOSTER R

IMPERIAL HWY

ATLANTIC
AVE

ATLANTICAVE
LAKEW
OOD
BLVD

ALONDRA BLVD
SR
19 LONG
BEACH
BLVD

ARTESIA BLVD ARTESIA BLVD

ROSECRANS AVE PARAM
OUNT
BLVD

ABBOTT RD

TWEEDY BLVD
19 19
91 710
105
BELLFL
DOWNE

LYNWOOD

PARAMOUNT
• • •• • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •
DOW
NEY
AVE
SUSANA
RD
CLARK
AVE
ORANGE
AVE

BIXBY RD

MARKET ST

CONANT ST

VICTORIA ST

DEL AMO BLVD DEL AMO BLVD

SOUTH ST
SR
19 CHERRY
AVE
CHERRY
AVE

ATLANTIC
AVE
LONG
BEACH
BLVD
SANTA
FE
AVE

CARSON ST
19 19
710
Long Beach
SPA 6
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 6 South LA
SPA 6 South LASouth LA
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
191 of 464

Wes t
Bas in
Southeas t
Bas in
San
Pedr o
BayOuter

POMONA BLVD
MAINST

MAIN ST

FIGUEROA ST

BROADWAY
D

CESARCHAVEZAVE

MISSIONRD
EBLVD
DST
GRAND
AVE

VALLEY BLVD
7THST SANTA
FE
AVE
4TH ST

BEVERLY BLVD
SOTO
ST
FREM
ONT
AVE
1ST ST
LORENA
ST

GOLDENSTATEFRWY

SANTA ANA FRWY
110
72 101
10 10
710
Elysian Park ALHAMBRA

LOS ANGELES

MONTEREY PARK

SOUTH PASADENA
• • •• • • • • • • • •• •

IMPERIAL HWY

CENTRAL
AVE

ATLANTIC
AVE

UNDO BLVD
W
ILM
INGTON
AVE

GARFIELD
AVE
ALAM
EDA
ST
ALAM
EDA
ST
ALAM
EDA
ST

EASTERN
AVE
COM
PTON
AVE

ALONDRA BLVD ALONDRA BLVD

SLAUSON AVE

CALIFORNIA
AVE

ATLANTICBLVD
AVALON
BLVD
103RD ST

BELLFLOW
ER
BLVD

PARAMOUNTBLVD

NON AVE

BANDINI BLVD
19 19
91 42
5 710
BELL

BELL GARDENS

BELLFLOWER

COMMERCE

COMPTON
CUDAHY
DOWNEY

HUNTINGTON PARK

ANGELES

LYNWOOD

MAYWOOD

PARAMOUNT

SOUTH GATE
VERNON
• •• •• • • • •• ••• ••• • •
• •••• • • •• • •

ALAMEDA
ST

OCEAN BLVD

DEL AMO BLVD DEL AMO BLVD
7TH ST

CARSON ST CARSON ST

PACIFIC COAST HWY
CHERRY
AVE
SR
47 ATLANTIC
AVE

SPRING ST

WILMINGTON
AVE
AVALON
BLVD

BELLFLOW
ER
BLVD

VICTORIA ST

ULVEDA BLVD
LONG
BEACH
BLVD

REDONDO
AVE

LONG BEACH FRWY
LONG
BEACH
FRW
Y
103
19 19
1 405
710
CARSON

SIGNAL HILL
• • • • • • • • • •• • • • •

LAS TUNAS DR

LAS TUNAS DR
PECK
RD
BALDW
IN
AVE

SANTAANITAAVE
SR19
AMARRD

VALLEYBLVD
DEL
M
AR
AVE

GARFIELD
AVE

DURFEEAVE

ARROWHWY
60 19
605
10 BALDWIN PARK

EL MONTE

LA PUENTE

ROSEMEAD

SAN GABRIEL

SOUTH EL MONTE

TEMPLE CITY
• •• • • ••
• •• • • • • • • •• • ••
• • ••• ••
• • ••• • • ••••• •
• • • •• • • • • • • ••• •
• • ••••• • • • ••• • •

TELEGRAPHRD

TELEGRAPH RD TELEGRAPHRD
VALLEY
VIEW
AVE

IMPERIAL HWY IMPERIAL HWY
NORW
ALK
BLVD
NORW
ALK
BLVD

COLIMARD

LEFFINGWELL RD

WASHINGTONBLVD
CARM
ENITA
RD
SR
19 ROSECRANS AVEROSECRANS AVE

ROSECRANS AVE

STUDEBAKER
RD

MULBERRYDR

SLAUSON AVE
LAKEW
OOD
BLVD

FLORENCE AVE
I5
I 5
I 5
60 19
91 42
72 72
72 5
105

CERRITOS

LA HABRA HEIGHTS

LA MIRADA

MONTEBELLO

NORWALK

PICO RIVERA

SANTA FE SPRINGS

WHITTIER
• • • •• • • • • • •• • ••
• • • •• • • ••••• •
• • •• • • ••••• •• • • •
• •• •• •
• • ••••• •

DEL AMO BLVD

STUDEBAKER
RD
NORW
ALK
BLVD
BLOOM
FIELD
AVE

CARSON ST

SOUTH ST
7TH ST
405
605
Heartwell Park

ARTESIA

HAWAIIAN

GARDENS

LAKEWOOD

BADILLO ST BA
AZUSA
AVE
AZUSA
AVE
IRW
INDA

AMAR RD

PUENTE AVE
39 WEST COVINA
• •• •
• • ••• • •

COLIMA RD COLIMA RD
VALLEY

VALLEY BLVD
Peter F Schabarum
Regional County Park

INDUSTRY
• • • •• •• • •••
Long Beach
SPA 7
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 7 East LA
SPA 7 East LAEast LA
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
192 of 464

1 72
19 1
1 213
90 91
187
4242
5 405
710
110

LYNWOOD

HAWTHORNE

PARAMOUNTGARDENA

BELLFLOWERMANHATTAN BEACH LAWNDALE

CARSONTORRANCE

LAKEWOOD

RANCHO PALOS
VERDES
BELL

BELL GARDENS

CULVER CITY

MAYWOOD

HUNTINGTON PARK
DOWNEY

SOUTH GATE

COMPTON

REDONDO BEACH

INGLEWOOD

LONG BEACH
19 91
72 72
5605

NORWALK

LA MIRADA

CERRITOS

MONTEBELLO

PICO RIVERA

WHITTIER
Long Beach
SPA 8
•• •• • • • •• ••• • • • • • •• • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • •• • •• • • • ••• • • •• • •• • • •••• • ••• • • • • •••• • • • • • • • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• •• • • ••• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service Planning Area BoundaryZONE: SPA 8 South Bay
SPA 8 South BaySouth Bay
Other Continuum of CareCity of LA Boundary
193 of 464

ENCAMPMENT RESOLUTION FRAMEWORK
Los Angeles Region
Homeless Housing, Assistance and Prevention Round 6 (HHAP 6)

The regional partners (except the City of Glendale CoC), including the City of Long Beach CoC, the City of Los Angeles, the City of Pasadena CoC, the County of Los Angeles Chief Executive Office, and the Los Angeles Homeless Authority (LAHSA), agree to endorse the following best practices encampment enclosure framework:
• Provide a coordinated, housing-focused response to encampments to stabilize residents in interim and permanent housing and mitigate returns to unsheltered homelessness. • Use a person-centered, Housing First, and trauma-informed approach to address the needs of encampment residents.
• Coordinate and collaborate with all regional partners to allow for sufficient time to build trust, assess and refer encampment residents to services and housing during encampment resolution efforts, and collect necessary information to match to services and housing resources. • Assess encampments for resolution by prioritizing health and safety, and, when appropriate, address hazards prior to or independent from closing an encampment. • Allow for protocols to look different for sanitation of encampments that are not marked for resolution. • Regularly monitor and update local and regional interim housing capacity, including congregate and non- congregate shelter (plus current availability of motel vouchers), to ensure awareness of available locations where encampment residents can go to in the event of an encampment resolution. • Identify and offer housing supports, including permanent housing, interim housing, shelter, or motel vouchers, to encampment residents before initiating an encampment resolution. If no housing supports can be offered, only proceed with resolution when the partners can confirm that sufficient outreach has been conducted and impacted residents have been fully informed about their options where they can lawfully sleep.
• Ensure discussions during outreach includes information about where encampment residents can seek immediately available services and how their property will be accounted for. • Except in emergency situations for health and safety hazards and consistent with local jurisdictional practices, make efforts to post signage at the encampment resolution site two weeks prior and one week prior, but at a minimum follow the State’s guidance of 48 hours prior to the expiration of the timeline notifying inhabitants of the “final encampment resolution date.” Ensure signage is posted in accessible locations, including on or near tents and other structures, so that encampment residents are aware of upcoming resolution activities.
• With consent from encampment residents, provide respectful/reasonable removal of property from the encampment, including collecting, bagging, tagging, and storing items that encampment residents can't take with them but wish to keep for a minimum of 90 days. Provide a phone number, hours of operation, and location to retrieve their belongings. Personal items include important documents, medication, and high-value items. (If personal belongings are unclaimed after 90 days of storage or are forfeited, those items can be disposed.)

194 of 464

LOS ANGELES COUNTY Chief Executive Office (LA County CEO)

By: Dated:

195 of 464

LOS ANGELES HOMELESS SERVICES AUTHORITY (LAHSA)

By: Dated:

196 of 464

City of LONG BEACH (for the Long Beach CoC)

By: Dated:

197 of 464

City of LOS ANGELES
By: Dated:

198 of 464

City of PASADENA (for the Pasadena CoC)

By: Dated:

199 of 464

Policy
432
Glendale Police Department
Glendale Police Department Policy Manual
Homeless Persons
432.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purpose of this policy is to ensure that personnel understand the needs and rights of the homeless and to establish procedures to guide officers during all contacts with the homeless, whether consensual or for enforcement purposes. The Glendale Police Department recognizes that members of the homeless community are often in need of special protection and services. The Glendale Police Department will address these needs in balance with the overall mission of this department. Therefore, officers will consider the following when serving the homeless community. 432.1.1 POLICY
It is the policy of the Glendale Police Department to provide law enforcement services to all members of the community, while protecting the rights, dignity and private property of the homeless. Homelessness is not a crime and members of this department will not use homelessness solely as a basis for detention or law enforcement action. 432.2 HOMELESS COMMUNITY LIAISON
The Chief of Police will designate a member of this department to act as the Homeless Liaison Officer. The responsibilities of the Homeless Liaison Officer include the following:
(a) Maintain and make available to all department employees a list of assistance programs and other resources that are available to the homeless. (b) Meet with social services and representatives of other organizations that render assistance to the homeless.
(c) Maintain a list of the areas within and near this jurisdiction that are used as frequent homeless encampments.
(d) Remain abreast of laws dealing with the removal and/or destruction of the personal property of the homeless. This will include:

1. Proper posting of notices of trespass and clean-up operations.

2. Proper retention of property after clean-up, to include procedures for owners to reclaim their property in accordance with the Property and Evidence Policy and other established procedures.
(e) Be present during any clean-up operation conducted by this department involving the removal of personal property of the homeless to ensure that the rights of the homeless are not violated.
(f) Develop training to assist officers in understanding current legal and social issues relating to the homeless.

Published with permission by Glendale Police Department Homeless Persons - 454
200 of 464

Glendale Police Department
Glendale Police Department Policy Manual
Glendale Police Department Policy Manual
Homeless Persons
432.3 FIELD CONTACTS
Officers are encouraged to contact the homeless for purposes of rendering aid, support and for community-oriented policing purposes. Nothing in this policy is meant to dissuade an officer from taking reasonable enforcement action when facts support a reasonable suspicion of criminal activity. However, when encountering a homeless person who has committed a non-violent misdemeanor and continued freedom is not likely to result in a continuation of the offense or a breach of the peace, officers are encouraged to consider long-term solutions to problems that may relate to the homeless, such as shelter referrals and counseling in lieu of physical arrest.

Officers should provide homeless persons with resource and assistance information whenever it is reasonably apparent that such services may be appropriate. 432.3.1 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
Homeless members of the community will receive the same level and quality of service provided to other members of the community. The fact that a victim or witness is homeless can, however, require special considerations for a successful investigation and prosecution. Officers should consider the following when handling investigations involving homeless victims, witnesses or suspects:
(a) Document alternate contact information. This may include obtaining addresses and phone numbers of relatives and friends.
(b) Document places the homeless person may frequent.
(c) Provide homeless victims with victim/witness resources when appropriate. (d) Obtain statements from all available witnesses in the event that a homeless victim is unavailable for a court appearance.
(e) Consider whether the person may be a dependent adult or elder, and if so, proceed in accordance with the Senior and Disability Victimization Policy. (f) Arrange for transportation for investigation-related matters, such as medical exams and court appearances.
(g) Consider whether a crime should be reported and submitted for prosecution, even when a homeless victim indicates that he/she does not desire prosecution. 432.4 PERSONAL PROPERTY
The personal property of homeless persons must not be treated differently than the property of other members of the public. Officers should use reasonable care when handling, collecting and retaining the personal property of homeless persons and should not destroy or discard the personal property of a homeless person.

When a homeless person is arrested or otherwise removed from a public place, officers should make reasonable accommodations to permit the person to lawfully secure his/her personal property. Otherwise, the personal property should be collected for safekeeping. If the arrestee has more personal property than can reasonably be collected and transported by the officer, a supervisor should be consulted. The property should be photographed and measures should be Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2024/01/12, All Rights Reserved.

Published with permission by Glendale Police Department Homeless Persons - 455
201 of 464

Glendale Police Department
Glendale Police Department Policy Manual
Glendale Police Department Policy Manual
Homeless Persons
taken to remove or secure the property. It will be the supervisor’s responsibility to coordinate the removal and safekeeping of the property.

Officers should not conduct or assist in clean-up operations of belongings that reasonably appear to be the property of homeless persons without the prior authorization of a supervisor or the department Homeless Liaison Officer. When practicable, requests by the public for clean-up of a homeless encampment should be referred to the Homeless Liaison Officer.

Officers who encounter unattended encampments, bedding or other personal property in public areas that reasonably appears to belong to a homeless person should not remove or destroy such property and should inform the department Homeless Liaison Officer if such property appears to involve a trespass, blight to the community or is the subject of a complaint. It will be the responsibility of the Homeless Liaison Officer to address the matter in a timely fashion. 432.5 MENTAL ILLNESS AND MENTAL IMPAIRMENT
Some homeless persons may suffer from a mental illness or a mental impairment. Officers shall not detain a homeless person under a mental illness commitment unless facts and circumstances warrant such a detention (see the Crisis Intervention Incidents Policy).

When a mental illness hold is not warranted, the contacting officer should provide the homeless person with contact information for mental health assistance as appropriate. In these circumstances, officers may provide transportation to a mental health specialist if requested by the person and approved by a supervisor.
432.6 ECOLOGICAL ISSUES
Sometimes homeless encampments can impact the ecology and natural resources of the community and may involve criminal offenses beyond mere littering. Officers are encouraged to notify other appropriate agencies or departments when a significant impact to the environment has or is likely to occur. Significant impacts to the environment may warrant a crime report, investigation, supporting photographs and supervisor notification.

Published with permission by Glendale Police Department Homeless Persons - 456
202 of 464

P-1055 (8/24)
NOTICE

OF REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY
PERSONAL PROPERTY LOCATED AT:
___________________________________________________
WILL BE REMOVED ON:______________________________
GMC § 9.28.040 PROHIBITS THE STORAGE OF PERSONAL
PROPERTY ON PUBLIC PROPERTY WITHOUT A PERMIT.

THE PROPERTY WILL BE STORED FOR 90 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF REMOVAL. CONTRABAND AND ITEMS THAT ARE HAZARDOUS OR

OTHERWISE POSE AN IMMINENT AND LIKELY PUBLIC HEALTH OR SAFETY RISK WILL BE DESTROYED IMMEDIATELY.

ProPerty may be Picked uP free of charge at:
gLeNdaLe PoLice dePartmeNt – ProPerty bureau
131 N. iSabeL St.
gLeNdaLe, ca 91206
 You must make an appointment by calling (818) 548-3147.  Appointments are scheduled between 8:15 am and 12:30 Pm monday – thursday.  You will be required to identify the property by date of removal, location, and contents.  You will Not be issued a ticket, fine, or citation for retrieving your property.  Property not claimed after ninety (90) days from the removal date on this notice will be disposed of or destroyed by the City.

DATE POSTED:_____________ TIME:_________qAM qPM
INCIDENT #:______________________
203 of 464

P-1054 (8/24)
INCIDENT #:______________________

RECLAIM PROPERTY NOTICE
GMC § 9.28.040 PROHIBITS THE STORAGE OF PERSONAL
PROPERTY ON PUBLIC PROPERTY WITHOUT A PERMIT.

PERSONAL PROPERTY LOCATED AT:
___________________________________________________
WAS REMOVED ON:____________ AT:________qAM qPM
NOTICE OF REMOVAL WAS:
q POSTED / PROVIDED ON:_____________ TIME:_________qAM qPM q NOT PROVIDED DUE TO FIRE / HEALTH / SAFETY RISK.

ProPerty may be Picked uP free of charge at:
gLeNdaLe PoLice dePartmeNt – ProPerty bureau
131 N. iSabeL St.
gLeNdaLe, ca 91206
 You must make an appointment by calling (818) 548-3147.  Appointments are scheduled between 8:15 am and 12:30 Pm monday – thursday.  You will Not be issued a ticket, fine, or citation for retrieving your property.  Property not claimed after ninety (90) days from the removal date on this notice will be disposed of or destroyed by the City.

DATE POSTED:_____________ TIME:_________qAM qPM
204 of 464

1 MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
Regionally Coordinated Homelessness Action Plan Commitment Homeless Housing, Assistance and Prevention Round 6 (HHAP 6)

THIS MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU) is made and entered into by and between the following eligible applicants under the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) Homeless Housing, Assistance, and Prevention Program, Round 6 (HHAP -6): The County of Los Angeles Chief Executive Office (County); the City of Los Angeles; the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA), as the Lead Agency for the Los Angeles Continuum of Care; the City of Glendale, as the Lead Agency for the Glendale Continuum of Care; the City of Long Beach, acting on behalf of its municipal government and as the Lead Agency for the Long Beach Continuum of Care; and the City of Pasadena, as the Lead Agency for the Pasadena Continuum of Care, collectively referred to as the “Parties.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, in February 2025, HCD announced the availability of the HHAP-6 grant funding;

WHEREAS, the California legislature appropriated $1 billion to fund HHAP activities in Fiscal Year 2024-2025, which makes available $760 million in HHAP-6 Fiscal Year 2024-2025 funds to regions made up of eligible Large Cities (with a population of 300,000 or more as of January 1, 2022), counties, and Continuums of Care (CoCs) identified by HUD;

WHEREAS, the Los Angeles region has been strengthening a cohesive regional strategy that meets unique local needs across its geographic area. The Los Angeles region spans multiple jurisdictions, including the County and large cities such as the City of Los Angeles and the City of Long Beach. Within this region, there are four CoCs: the Los Angeles CoC (led by LAHSA), the Glendale CoC, the Long Beach CoC, and the Pasadena CoC. Each CoC serves as a local planning body that works to coordinate housing and services for homeless individuals and families within its designated geographic area . LAHSA is a joint powers authority formed by the County and the City of Los Angeles to serve as the lead agency for the Los Angeles CoC. The cities of Pasadena, Glendale, and Long Beach each operate its own distinct CoC that covers only its respective city jurisdiction;

WHEREAS, the HCD’s Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) identifies the Los Angeles CoC, the Glendale CoC, the Long Beach CoC, the Pasadena CoC, Los Angeles County, the City of Los Angeles, and the City of Long Beach as eligible applicants for the HHAP-6 grant funding. HCD requires all eligible applicants to apply jointly as part of a “region.” Region is further defined in the NOFA as the geographic area served by a county, including all cities and all CoCs within it;

WHEREAS, pursuant to California Health & Safety Code section 50240(a), eligible applicants must apply as part of a region and be a signatory to a Regionally Coordinated Homeless Action Plan (RCHAP), which is to be developed collaboratively by the Parties, with input from community and regional partners committed to ending homelessness in the region. An update to the HHAP Round 5 plan may constitute a HHAP-6 RCHAP, provided it meets the requirements outlined in the NOFA and is approved by HCD;
205 of 464

2 WHEREAS, pursuant to California Health & Safety Code section 50240(f), the RCHAP must be reflected in a Memorandum of Understanding executed by all eligible applicants within a region;

WHEREAS, the Memorandum of Understanding must commit all signatories to participate in and comply with the RCHAP and certify that all eligible applicants and subgrantees will employ the core components of Housing First, as defined in the HHAP-6 NOFA, Section VI.D.2;

WHEREAS, the Parties are all eligible applicants of HHAP -6 and recognize the importance of aligning and coordinating their efforts under the RCHAP to improve homelessness outcomes in the region;

WHEREAS, the Parties, with input from community partners, have updated the previously approved HHAP-5 plan to reflect current strategies, goals, and local priorities, and this updated RCHAP is incorporated into and reflected in this MOU as required under HHAP 6 and the NOFA;

WHEREAS, it is the intent of the Parties hereto that this MOU be in conformity with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and specifically meet the regulatory requirements of HHAP-6;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

A. Housing First Compliance

The Parties certify that they and their subgrantees will employ the core components of Housing First as provided in Chapter 6.5 (commencing with Section 8255) of Division 8 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

Housing First is an evidence-based, client-centered approach that recognizes housing as necessary to make other voluntary life changes, such as seeking treatment or medical care. The goal of Housing First is to provide housing to individuals and families quickly with as few obstacles as possible, along with voluntary support services according to their needs.

Per Welfare and Institutions Code, Section 8255(b), the required core components of Housing First means all of the following:

1. Tenant screening and selection practices that promote accepting applicants regardless of their sobriety or use of substances, completion of treatment, or participation in services.

2. Applicants are not rejected on the basis of poor credit or financial history, poor or lack of rental history, criminal convictions unrelated to tenancy, or behaviors that indicate a lack of “housing readiness.”

3. Acceptance of referrals directly from shelters, street outreach, drop -in centers, and ot her parts of crisis response systems frequented by vulnerable people experiencing homelessness.

4. Supportive services that emphasize engagement and problem solving over therapeutic goals and service plans that are highly tenant-driven without predetermined goals. 206 of 464

3 5. Participation in services or program compliance is not a condition of permanent housing tenancy.

6. Tenants have a lease and all the rights and responsibilities of tenancy, as outlined in California’s Civil, Health and Safety, and Government codes.

7. The use of alcohol or drugs in and of itself, without other lease violations, is not a reason for eviction.

8. In communities with coordinated assessment and entry systems, incentives for funding promote tenant selection plans for supportive housing that prioritize eligible tenants based on criteria other than “first-come-first-serve,” including, but not limited to, the duration or chronicity of homelessness, vulnerability to early mortality, or high utilization of crisis services. Prioritization may include tr iage tools, developed through local data, to identify high-cost, high-need homeless residents.

9. Case managers and service coordinators who are trained in and actively employ evidence- based practices for client engagement, including, but not limited to, mot ivational interviewing and client-centered counseling.

10. Services are informed by a harm -reduction philosophy that recognizes drug and alcohol use and addiction as a part of tenants’ lives, where tenants are engaged in nonjudgmental communication regarding drug and alcohol use, and where tenants are offered education regarding how to avoid risky behaviors and engage in safer practices, as well as connected to evidence-based treatment if the tenant so chooses.

11. The project and specific apartment may include special physical features that accommodate disabilities, reduce harm, and promote health and community and independence among tenants.

B. Commitments: The Parties acknowledge, commit to participate in, and agree to comply with the actions, roles, and responsibilities in the HHAP-6 RCHAP, which is incorporated by reference herein and made a part of this MOU as Addendum I. The Parties' commitments to the RCHAP, including all amendments or updates thereto, are summarized below.

B.1. Each Party shall commit to fulfil the roles and responsibilities as described in Section 3.a of the RCHAP, including coordinated efforts within the region related to outreach and site coordination, siting and use of available public land, the develop ment of shelter, interim and permanent housing options, coordination or and connection to service delivery, and policies for addressing encampments.

B.1.a The City of Long Beach, City of Los Angeles, and LA County shall commit to maintaining housing element compliance, fulfilling housing element implementation, retaining pro-housing designation status, remedying any housing law violations, providing a central inventory of surplus land (with exception as noted in the RCHAP), and fulfilling annual progress report obligations as outlined in Section 3.a.6-11 of the RCHAP.

B.2. Each Party shall commit to the Key Actions outlined in Section 3.b of the RCHAP to improve the system performance measures in the region.

B.3. Each Party shall commit to the Sustainability of the Region’s Interim Housing Portfolio as described in Section 4.b of the RCHAP.
207 of 464

4 B.4 Each Party shall c ommit to the Sustainability of the Region’s Permanent Housing Portfolio as described in Section 4.c of the RCHAP.

B.5 Each Party shall commit to upholding the ten percent Youth Set Aside Requirements as described in Section 4.d of the RCHAP.

ARTICLE II

Disbursement and Administration of HHAP-6 Awards: Each Party shall enter into its own separate agreement with HCD to receive and administer its allocated HHAP-6 funds directly.

Each Party is solely responsible for the proper administration of its own allocation, including but not limited to contracting with subrecipients (where applicable), complying with all HCD reporting requirements on the use of the HHAP-6 funds and related activities, and meeting all terms and conditions of its HHAP-6 agreement with HCD. No Party shall be responsible for another Party's allocation, reporting, or contractual compliance.

ARTICLE III

Term: This MOU shall become effective on August 29, 2025, and shall terminate on June 30, 2029, unless extended, in whole or in part by written agreement of all Parties, or terminated earlier by mutual written agreement of all Parties.

ARTICLE IV

Fiscal: There shall be no remuneration between the Parties related to the execution and implementation of the terms of this MOU.

ARTICLE V

Changes to MOU: This MOU may be amended , including amendments that incorporate future HHAP-6 requirements that may be requested by the funder, by mutual consent of the Parties hereto.

Said amendments shall become effective only when in writing and fully executed by duly authorized officers of the Parties hereto.

ARTICLE VI

Authorized Signatures: The Parties to this MOU represent that the undersigned individuals executing this MOU on their respective behalf are fully authorized to do so by law or other appropriate instrument and to bind upon said Parties to the obligations set forth herein.

ARTICLE VII

Electronic Signatures: Each Party agrees that the electronic signatures, whether digital or encrypted, of the Parties included in this MOU, are intended to authenticate this writing and to have the same force and effect as manual signatures. Electronic Signature means any electronic visual symbol or signature attached to or logically associated with a record and executed and adopted by a Party with the intent to sign such record, including facsimile or email electronic signatures, pursuant to the 208 of 464

5 California Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (Cal. Civ. Code §§ 1633.1 to 1633.17) as amended from time to time.
209 of 464

6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MOU on the dates indicated below.

LOS ANGELES COUNTY Chief Executive Office

By: Dated:

210 of 464

7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MOU on the dates indicated below.

LOS ANGELES HOMELESS SERVICES AUTHORITY

By: Dated:

211 of 464

8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MOU on the dates indicated below.

CITY OF GLENDALE

By: Dated:

212 of 464

9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MOU on the dates indicated below.

CITY OF LONG BEACH

By: Dated:

213 of 464

10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MOU on the dates indicated below.

CITY OF LOS ANGELES

By: Dated:

214 of 464

11 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MOU on the dates indicated below.

CITY OF PASADENA

By: Dated:

215 of 464

4f
25-88381

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: International Association of Fire Fighters (IAFF) Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan.

1. Resolution approving Fire Chief and City contributions to the IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan

2. Resolution Providing for Supplementary Benefits and Compensation of Certain Officers and Executive Employees of the City of Glendale to Supplement the Classification and Compensation Resolution

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
On June 24, 2025, the City Council approved the appointment of the City’s 14th Fire Chief.

As part of his employment agreement, the City Manager is allowing the Fire Chief to participate in the International Association of Fire fighters’ (IAFF) Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan (MERP) through both employee and employer contributions, with the City contributing $75 per month. The MERP enables retiring employees the opportunity to convert unused accumulated sick leave hours to pre-tax monies to be used for the retirees’ medical insurance costs during their retirement.

The City reached agreement on the IAFF MERP terms on September 24, 2024, and will incorporate them into the Executive Employee Supplementary Benefits and Compensation Resolution for the Fire Chief. The IAFF MERP terms are attached for reference.
216 of 464

4f2
25-88381
6 2
0 3

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve the Resolution pertaining to the IAFF MERP terms and the Executive Employee Supplementary Benefits and Compensation Resolution.

ANALYSIS
The City of Glendale’s Fire Chief will participate in the IAFF MERP, which provides reimbursement for medical expenses for retired firefighters who meet the Plan’s eligibility requirements. This participation is facilitated through both employee and employer contributions outlined in the Executive Employee Supplementary Benefits and Compensation Resolution.

The City has the authority to implement mandatory payroll deductions as part of its compensation package to facilitate contributions to the Plan, ensuring compliance with the Resolution. The monthly $75 employer contribution shall be deposited pre-tax with the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters Benefit Trust. These contributions and any payouts related to unused leave at retirement will align with the terms of the Resolution and will adjust accordingly as Resolution provisions change.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact to the adoption of the IAFF MERP for the Fire Chief in the current fiscal year. The City’s contribution amount remains unchanged and is included as part of the FY 2025-26 budget. The subsequent years’ costs shall be appropriated as part of the regular budget process.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This item is exempt from the CEQA/NEPA.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION
Not approve Resolution as submitted.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Paula Adams, Chief Human Resources Officer
Prepared by:

Paula Adams, Chief Human Resources Officer
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
217 of 464

4f3
25-88381
6 2
0 3

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS

1. IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan Terms.

2. Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters Employee Benefit Trust.
218 of 464

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,

CALIFORNIA TO APPROVE EMPLOYEE AND EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

TO THE IAFF MEDICAL EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT PLAN
WHEREAS firefighter employees of the City of Glendale (the “City”), who are in the bargaining unit represented by IAFF Local 776, participate in the IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan (the “Plan”), which provides reimbursement for medical expenses for retired fire fighters who meet the eligibility rules of the Plan; and WHEREAS IAFF Local 776 employees participate in the Plan through employee and employer contributions under the City of Glendale and Glendale Firefighters’ Association Memorandum of Understanding (the “CBA”); and WHEREAS the governing body of the City of Glendale has the authority to require mandatory deductions from employee payroll as part of the employees’ compensation package, for contributions to such Plan to correspond to the CBA of the Local, as stated herein.

NOW THEREFORE, THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. All of the above recitals are true and correct.

SECTION 2. The City shall implement a $150-350 per Employee per month based on years of City service mandatory payroll deduction and $75 per Employee per month mandatory employer contribution to be deposited pre-tax with the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters Benefit Trust (the “Trust”). This amount shall be adjusted whenever, and in the same amount, the contribution amount in the Executive Resolution between the City and IAFF Local 776 is adjusted.

SECTION 3. Upon retirement, the City shall transfer to the Trust pre-tax 100% of the sick leave and vacation leave payout that the Employee is entitled to based upon the Employee’s rate of pay immediately preceding retirement. This percentage shall match the percentage in the Executive Resolution between the City and IAFF Local 776 and shall be adjusted whenever, and in the same amount, the leave transfer in the Executive Resolution is adjusted.

SECTION 4. Except as otherwise stated in Sections 2 and 3 hereof, all aspects of the Plan contributions for Employees, including the timing, manner, and reporting of the contributions will be determined according to the IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan Terms, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 5. The foregoing facts, as well as all facts set forth in the Report to Council dated August 26, 2025, which is incorporated herein by this reference, are deemed to be true and correct and a basis for which provides reimbursement for medical expenses for retired fire fighters who meet the eligibility rules of the Plan. 219 of 464

SECTION 6. This Resolution shall take effect upon its adoption.

ADOPTED this ____ day of ____________, 2025
______________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
______________________________
City Clerk

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, certify that the foregoing Resolution No. _______ was adopted by the City Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regularly scheduled meeting held on the 26th day of August 2025, and that same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
_______________________
City Clerk
220 of 464

RESOLUTION NO. _________

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE PROVIDING FOR

SUPPLEMENTARY BENEFITS AND COMPENSATION OF CERTAIN OFFICERS

AND EXECUTIVE EMPLOYEES OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE TO

SUPPLEMENT THE CLASSIFICATION AND COMPENSATION RESOLUTION OF SAID CITY.

WHEREAS, the City of Glendale (hereinafter referred to as “City”) has established a system of classification for all positions within the City service with descriptive occupational titles used to identify and distinguish positions from one another based on job duties, essential functions, knowledge, skills, abilities and minimum requirements; and
WHEREAS, the City has established a system of supplementary benefits for the classification titles listed herein, based on resolutions and agreements as approved and adopted by the City Council; and
WHEREAS, it is in the City’s best interest to periodically review and amend said supplementary benefits to ensure that the City’s benefit package is contemporary, competitive and meets all statutory requirements; and
WHEREAS, the City of Glendale is a charter city and Article XI, Section 5 of the California Constitution grants charter cities home rule over municipal affairs, which includes the compensation and benefits paid to its officers.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:
221 of 464

SECTION 1: PURPOSE
The purpose of this resolution is to adopt changes to the benefits provided to certain City Officers and Executives.

SECTION 2: SHORT TITLE
This resolution may be referred to as the Supplementary Benefits Resolution.

SECTION 3: DEFINITIONS
As used herein, and in the general classification and compensation resolution, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
"Position" shall mean an individual post within a given classification calling for a certain level of duties, responsibilities and function. "Classification" shall mean a group of positions having sufficiently similar duties, responsibilities and qualifications to be designated by the same descriptive title, and as to which the same salary range may be made to apply with equity.
"Executive employee" shall mean an employee having Management responsibilities for formulating or administering the implementation of City policies and programs. These Executive employees include such positions as Department heads and assistant(s) to the City Manager. “Fire Safety Executive employee” shall mean an employee having Fire Management responsibilities for formulating or administering the implementation of City policies and programs. This includes the position of Fire Chief.
“Police Safety Executive employee” shall mean an employee having Police Management responsibilities for formulating or administering the 222 of 464

implementation of City policies and programs. This includes the position of Police Chief.
"City Officer" as described herein shall mean elected officials in the classifications of City Clerk and City Treasurer.

SECTION 4: DESCRIPTIONS OF CLASSIFICATIONS
The description of classifications herein mentioned, except as may be otherwise provided by the Charter of the City of Glendale, shall be those which are or may be hereafter determined by "The Classification Plan and Class Specifications for Glendale, California", adopted by the Civil Service Commission of the City of Glendale on the 10th day of May, 1940, and any amendments thereof.

SECTION 5: EXTRA COMPENSATION
SECTION 5.1: EXTRA COMPENSATION FOR POST (POLICE OFFICER STANDARDS AND TRAINING) CERTIFICATES.
(a) Effective July 9,2017, Police Safety Executive employees who are in possession of certain POST (Peace Officers Standards and Training) certificates shall receive extra compensation on a monthly basis as follows:

Supervisory - $1,425 (one-thousand four hundred twenty-five dollars) Management - $1,625 (one-thousand six hundred twenty-five dollars) (b) Effective December 19, 2023, Police Safety Executive employees, who are in the position of Police Chief and in possession of certain POST certificates shall receive extra compensation on a monthly basis as follows:

Executive - $2,200 (two-thousand two hundred dollars)
(c) POST Certificate Pay must comply with Government Code § 20636 and 223 of 464

Title 2 California Code of Regulations §§ 571 and 571.1 in order to be eligible for use in the calculation of CalPERS retirement benefits.

Therefore, the compensation reported to, and used by CalPERS in the calculation of retirement benefits, is limited to the amount available to similarly situated Management Employees subject to the Glendale Management Association’s Memorandum of Understanding, pursuant to Government Code § 20636(e).

SECTION 5.2: EXTRA COMPENSATION FOR POLICE FBI ACADEMY/COMMAND COLLEGE COMPLETION.
(a) Police Safety Executive employees who have completed either the FBI Academy or Command College, shall receive four hundred dollars ($400) per month of extra compensation above their base salary. Effective October 11, 2022, Police Safety Executive employees who have completed both the FBI Academy and Command College, shall receive seven hundred fifty dollars ($750.00) per month of extra compensation. Effective December 18, 2022, Police Safety Executive employees in the classification of Police Chief, who have completed both the FBI Academy and Command College, shall receive eight hundred twenty-five dollars ($825.00) per month of extra compensation above their base salary. Completion of the Supervisory/Leadership Institute, Los Angeles Police Department Leadership Program (formerly West Point Leadership Program) or Executive Development may substitute for FBI Academy and Command College.
(b) Educational Incentive must comply with Government Code § 20636 and Title 2 California Code of Regulations §§ 571 and 571.1 in order to be eligible for use in the calculation of CalPERS retirement benefits.

Therefore, the compensation reported to, and used by CalPERS in the 224 of 464

calculation of retirement benefits, is limited to the amount available to similarly situated Management Employees subject to the Glendale Management Association’s Memorandum of Understanding, pursuant to Government Code § 20636(e).

SECTION 5.3: EXTRA COMPENSATION FOR CERTIFIED MUNICIPAL CLERK AND MASTER MUNICIPAL CLERK PROGRAM CERTIFICATION.

Upon attainment of the Certified Municipal Clerk (CMC) program certification issued by the International Institute of Municipal Clerks, the City Clerk shall receive seven percent (7%) additional compensation per month above their base salary. Upon attainment of the Master Municipal Clerk (MMC) program certification issued by the International Institute of Municipal Clerks, the City Clerk shall receive an additional three percent (3%) additional compensation per month above their base salary.

SECTION 5.4: EXTRA COMPENSATION FOR FIREARM PROFICIENCY PAY. (a) Police Safety employees in the classification of Police Chief shall receive additional compensation above the base salary each month for marksmanship as follows:

Standard Compensation Per Month
Marksman $ 0.00 per month
Sharpshooter $12.00 per month
Expert $18.00 per month
Master $60.00 per month
SECTION 5.5: HOLIDAY STAFF DUTY PAY
(a) Police Safety Executive employees shall be eligible to 225 of 464

receive three hundred fifty dollars ($350) per month above the base salary when assigned by the City Manager to a schedule that includes normal full-time work on an approved holiday. Because Executive Police functions are necessary for the Department’s normal operation, the Police Chief and Deputy Police Chief classifications are a part of regular scheduled staffing, such that one of the positions is present or available during the Department’s working hours.

This extra compensation shall be paid only when a Police Safety Executive employee is actually assigned to the Holiday Staff Duty.

Said assignments and any changes and/or revocations of said assignments shall be determined solely at the discretion of the City Manager. Should a unit employee be unable to perform this function due to a non-job-related illness or injury for a period of twenty- one (21) calendar days or more, this assignment compensation shall be suspended for all scheduled work days not worked in excess of the first twenty-one (21) calendar days and until the day he/she returns to this full duty assignment.
(b) Holiday Pay must comply with Government Code § 20636 and Title 2 California Code of Regulations §§ 571 and 571.1 in order to be eligible for use in the calculation of CalPERS retirement benefits.

SECTION 5.6: LONGEVITY COMPENSATION
(a) Police Safety Executive employees shall receive additional monthly compensation at the rates and for the service periods as a sworn peace officer with the City or another public agency as set forth in the table below.

Effective the commencement of the pay period that includes December 19, 2023, the cumulative total percentages for Longevity Compensation shall be:
% of Payment Years of Sworn Service
4% of base salary Beginning year 10
8% of base salary Beginning year 20
(b) Longevity Pay must comply with Government Code § 20636 and Title 2 California Code of Regulations §§ 571 and 571.1 in order to be eligible for use in the calculation of CalPERS retirement benefits.

SECTION 5.7: EXTRA COMPENSATION FOR EDUCATIONAL OR FIRE CERTIFICATION ATTAINMENT.
(a) Fire Safety employees in the classification of Fire Chief, who 227 of 464

are in possession of an Associate of Arts (A.A.) or Associate of Science (A.S.) degree from an accredited college, or complete sixty (60) units of college accredited courses, or certification as a Fire Officer by the California Fire Marshal’s Fire Service Training and Education Service, shall receive two hundred dollars ($200) per month of extra compensation above their base salary.
(b) Fire Safety employees in the classification of Fire Chief, who are in possession of a Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree from an accredited college, shall receive two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per month of extra compensation above their base salary. (c) Fire Safety employees in the classification of Fire Chief, who are in possession of a Master of Arts (M.A.), Master of Science (M.S.) or higher level degree from an accredited college, shall receive three hundred dollars ($300) per month of extra compensation above their base salary.

SECTION 5.8: EXTRA COMPENSATION - FIRE CHIEF OFFICER COMMAND CERTIFICATION ATTAINMENT.
(a)Fire Safety employees in the classification of Fire Chief, who attain a California Incident Command Strike Team Leader certification shall receive two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per month extra compensation above their base salary.
(b)Fire Safety employees in the classification of Fire Chief, who achieve and maintain either the State of California Chief Officer Certification or National Fire Academy Executive Fire Officer Program Certification shall receive five hundred dollars per month ($500) of extra compensation above their base salary.
228 of 464

SECTION 6: ALLOWANCES
SECTION 6.1: PUBLIC SAFETY AND GENERAL EMPLOYEE UNIFORM AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE ALLOWANCES.
(a) Fire Safety Executive employees of the Fire Department shall receive a uniform allowance of up to one-thousand dollars ($1,000) per year for the purchase and maintenance of uniform items which are not solely for personal health and safety. Uniforms are required to be worn during normal working hours as a substitute for personal attire. (b)Police Safety Executive employees of the Police Department shall receive a uniform allowance of up to one thousand five hundred twenty-five dollars ($1,525) per year for the purchase and maintenance of uniform items which are not solely for personal health and safety. Uniforms are required to be worn during normal working hours as a substitute for personal attire. (1) No employee designated in the above subsections, except subsection (a), shall be eligible to receive any payment of any allowance or entitlement, or any part thereof if such employee has for any reason been absent from active service or on industrial accident or sick leave or on a leave of absence for any time in excess of one-half (1/2) of the six (6) month period immediately prior to the time when an installment payment is otherwise due.
(c) Uniform Allowance must comply with Government Code § 20636 and Title 2 California Code of Regulations §§ 571 and 571.1 in order to be eligible for use in the calculation of CalPERS retirement benefits.

Therefore, the compensation reported to, and used by CalPERS in the calculation of retirement benefits, is limited to the amount available 229 of 464

similarly situated Management Employees subject to the Glendale Management Association’s Memorandum of Understanding, pursuant to Government Code § 20636(e).

SECTION 6.2: AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE.

The Director of Finance shall pay a monthly automobile allowance to certain Executive employees in amounts authorized by the City Manager.

The current authorized allowance for Executives is $490 per month. The City Manager may authorize certain Executive employees to take City vehicles home in the furtherance of the performance of their job duties.

SECTION 6.3: CELL PHONE STIPEND.

The Director of Finance shall pay a monthly cell phone stipend to Executive employees in the amount of one hundred dollars ($100) per month.

SECTION 6.4: COMMUNITY OUTREACH ALLOWANCE.

Public Safety employees of the Police Department in the classification of Police Chief shall receive a payment in the amount of three thousand six hundred ($3,600) per year to offset costs incurred by the Chief for purposes of community outreach and command-related expenditures. This payment shall be made through the Chief’s regular paycheck in the first pay period of the calendar year. This allowance shall be a cash, non-pensionable amount and shall be taxed at the federal and state supplemental rates.
230 of 464

SECTION 6.5: MERIT BONUS PAY PROGRAM.

Effective July 1, 1986, those employees who are classified as Executive employees shall be eligible for the Merit Bonus Pay Program. This program is designed to recognize those employees who have achieved a level of excellence in their performance. Awards under this program shall be authorized by the City Manager in the form of one-time (lump sum) payments, and shall range from one percent (1.0%) to five percent (5.0%) of the employee's base annual salary. The number of employees receiving this award in any fiscal year shall not exceed ten percent (10.0%) of the total number of Executive, Management and Mid-Management employees.

SECTION 6.6: COMPENSATION FOR CARPOOLING INCENTIVES.

City employees participating in Carpool and Vanpool Program are authorized to receive monetary incentive payments as authorized by the City Manager.

SECTION 7: EDUCATION
SECTION 7.1: TUITION REIMBURSEMENT.

When any full-time employee enrolls in an upper division or graduate level university course or other course of college level, which course of study is directly related to such employee's work and is approved by the City Manager, payment of one-half (1/2) of the tuition therefore and one- half (1/2) of the cost of required course books for same may be made to the employee upon successful completion of said course; provided, however, that in the event such reimbursed employee leaves the employment of the City for any reason, except layoff, within a period of one (1) year following the completion of such course of study, the amount paid by the City for such tuition and books shall be repaid to the City by having the 231 of 464

Director of Finance deduct same from the severance pay or last salary paycheck of such employee. Executive, employees are eligible for a maximum of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) reimbursement in each five-year period of employment starting from the date of employment in a full-time salaried position. For Executive employees, the rate of payout shall not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in any one year. Unused reimbursements from one ten year period of employment are not cumulative and cannot be used or carried over in another period of employment.

SECTION 8: LEAVES
SECTION 8.1: EXECUTIVE LEAVE.
(a) The City Manager shall be entitled to receive Executive leave to serve as compensation for unusually long hours per working day or for working more than eighty (80) hours in a pay period, as leave of absence with full pay not to exceed one hundred (100) working hours per calendar year.
(b) The City Manager may grant Executive leave to all Executive employees as leave of absence with full pay not to exceed one hundred (100) working hours per calendar year.
(c) Executive employees are not eligible for overtime or compensatory time leave.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Municipal Code, the City Manager at his or her discretion may grant vacation and sick leave benefits to newly hired Executives to the maximum allowed by municipal code, regardless of years of service.
(e) Executive leave is not accrued and any unused Executive leave is not carried over to the next following calendar year.
232 of 464

SECTION 8.2: FLOATING HOLIDAY PAYMENT.
(a) The City's Executive employees may be paid for up to eighteen (18) hours of floating holiday leave; Fire Safety Executive employees may be paid for up to thirty two (32) hours of floating holiday leave; and Police Safety Executive employees may be paid for up to sixty (60) hours of floating holiday leave, when these employees are unable to take their floating holiday leave because of operational necessity or other related reasons before December 31st of each calendar year.
(b) This cash-out is limited to eighteen (18), thirty-two (32) or fifty (60) hours of floating holiday leave, as defined above, at the base rate of pay in effect on such day.

SECTION 8.3: VACATION LEAVE
All Executives shall accrue and accumulate vacation leave consistent with the highest contribution provided to employees represented by the Glendale Management Association as set forth in the City/GMA Memorandum of Understanding. Effective October 16, 2014, the City Manager and City Attorney receive an additional fifty-six (56) hours of vacation leave above the maximum accrual level, as set forth in the City/GMA Memorandum of Understanding, on an annual basis.

SECTION 8.4: VACATION LEAVE PAYMENT.
(a) Qualified City Executives employees may cash out up to one hundred sixty (160) hours of accumulated vacation leave annually per fiscal year. (b)Employees requesting to cash out accumulated vacation hours in excess of eighty (80) hours must have a minimum of two years accumulated vacation leave.

SECTION 8.5: PAID BONDING LEAVE
233 of 464

Effective July 1, 2024, unit employees will be eligible for up to six (6) weeks of paid bonding leave in the twelve (12) months following the birth of an employee’s child and to care for a newborn, and/or placement of a child with an employee in connection with the adoption or foster care of a child by an employee. Consistent with FMLA/CFRA provisions, bonding leave may be used in a minimum duration of two weeks with at least 30 days’ notice to the City.

SECTION 9: BENEFITS
SECTION 9.1: GROUP INSURANCE BENEFITS.

The benefits of group health, medical and accident insurance shall be provided to all City officers and to all full-time City employees compensated on a monthly basis and for certain qualified dependents of such persons. Said insurance benefits shall be provided solely by contracts of insurance approved by the Council and purchased by the City from time to time. Group insurance benefits provided in other resolutions shall remain in effect until superseded by benefits provided in this resolution.

SECTION 9.2: DEPENDENT ELIGIBILITY
Eligible dependents under the group health, medical, dental and accident insurance plans include the following:
(a)The employee’s spouse, in a legally valid marriage;
(b)The employee’s dependent children up to the age of 26; and (c)The employee’s domestic partner, as defined by the State of California Family Code Section 297(b), who registers as domestic 234 of 464

partners with the State of California Secretary of State’s Office.

SECTION 9.3: ACTIVE CITY OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES - MEDICAL (a) The medical premium rates for Executive employees shall be consistent with that of the Glendale Management Association. The City and Executive employees shall each pay fifty percent (50%) of the medical insurance premium increase following the City’s annual health insurance renewal.
(b) Effective upon the “un-blending” of medical insurance coverage for active employees, scheduled to take place on June 1, 2016, Executive employees shall receive 100% of the medical premium decrease/savings applied as a reduction to the Executive employees’ monthly medical insurance premium for the June 1, 2016 medical insurance renewal. (c) For the June 1, 2018 and June 1, 2019 medical insurance renewals, the City shall pay 75% of the increased costs of the medical insurance costs for the respective 2018 and 2019 renewals, with the Executive employee paying the remaining 25% of the increased premium costs. In subsequent years, the amount of the medical insurance renewal increase or decrease reverts to a 50/50 split between the City and Executive employees. (d) The City shall not pay the cost of such insurance for any City officer or employee who is absent on leave without pay for any major portion of a calendar month. The employee shall be billed for the monthly premium by the City.
(e) City employees terminating City employment shall have the City’s portion of the Medical and Dental insurance premiums paid for the last month of their employment with the City provided that the employee has 235 of 464

worked or was on authorized paid leave a minimum of one day in the month they terminate.
(f) Upon the death of a City Officer or Executive employee insured on any of the City’s medical insurance plans, the City may continue to pay the entire cost of the medical insurance premium for the employee's dependents covered at the time of death, for a two (2)-year period of time from the date of death subject to the terms and conditions of that deceased employee’s insurance plan.

SECTION 9.4: CITY RETIREES - MEDICAL
(a) Retired City officers, employees and their qualified dependents who are eligible to be covered by Medicare under Subchapter XVIII of Title 42 of the United States Code (relative to Health Insurance for the Aged) are deemed to be within the Modified and Supplemental group insurance coverage. A retired City officer, employee and/or qualified dependent eligible to receive Part A of Medicare shall enroll in Part A Medicare upon becoming eligible for Medicare coverage. A City officer, employee and/or qualified dependent shall enroll in Part B Medicare upon becoming eligible for Medicare coverage.
(1)For retired City officers, employees and/or their qualified dependents who enroll in Part A Medicare and do not receive Part A Medicare free, the City shall pay the cost of their Part A Medicare insurance provided that they are enrolled in the City’s medical insurance plan. City payment for Part A Medicare shall stop if the officer, employee, and/or qualified dependents terminate medical insurance coverage in the City’s plan.
236 of 464

(2)The retired officer, employee and/or their qualified dependent participating in the City’s medical insurance plan, shall pay the cost of Part B Medicare.
(b) Those retired employees and/or their qualified dependents who are eligible to be covered by Medicare shall be deemed to be with the Modified and Supplemental group insurance coverage and comply with all the conditions of the above subsection.
(c)Retired unmarried employees or dependent spouses participating in the retirement insurance plan who remarry may add dependents to the plan coverage subject to the terms and conditions of their medical insurance plan.
(d) Effective April 1, 2001, any City employee who is of retirement age (50 years or older) and who dies before retirement, that employee’s surviving spouse or other dependents enrolled in the City’s medical insurance plan at the time of death shall be allowed to continue to participate in the City’s medical insurance plan.

SECTION 9.5: SICK LEAVE CONVERSION – TERMINATION OF THE CITY MANAGER.

In the event the City Manager is involuntarily terminated pursuant to the terms of his/her contract of employment, the City Manager shall, in addition to other benefits outlined in the employment agreement, be entitled to a conversion of accrued sick leave to cash up to a maximum of 500 hours. This cash conversion rate shall be based on his/her salary at the date of termination. This provision is only applicable upon involuntary termination and shall not apply if the City Manager retires, in which case the provisions of this resolution relating to the 237 of 464

conversion of sick leave into the Retiree Health Savings Plan (RHSP) shall apply.

SECTION 9.6: RETIREE HEALTH SAVINGS PLAN (RHSP).

City Officers and Executives, who retired after July 1, 2001 and will retire after the effective date of this resolution, shall participate in the RHSP.
(a) RHSP terms and conditions of the employees’ respective Retiree Health Savings Plans shall be determined as follows:
(1)City Officials and Executives shall have only their RHSP benefits (except for conversion values) administered consistent with the terms and conditions stated in the City of Glendale/Glendale Management Association’s Memorandum of Understanding.
(2)Conversion Values. Each hour of unused accumulated sick leave at the time of retirement may be converted to the RHSP in the amount of thirty-one dollars ($31) per hour. Effective July 1, 2019, the amount of sick leave conversion for Executive employees shall increase to thirty-three dollars ($33) per hour.
(2a) The City shall pay a Sick Leave Conversion dollar amount for retired City Officers, and Executives equal to two dollars ($2.00) per hour more than the highest retiree hourly conversion paid to any other non -management bargaining group of employees.
(2b) Effective July 1, 2024, employees who retire from the City with less than 15 years of service shall continue to be eligible for sick leave conversion to RHSP at two dollars ($2.00) per hour more than the highest retiree hourly conversion paid to any other non- management bargaining group of employees (“minimum amount”); those 238 of 464

with 15-19 years of City service shall receive 75% of their regular hourly rate of pay, but not less than the aforementioned minimum amount; those with 20 or more years of City service shall receive 100% of their hourly rate of pay, but not less than the aforementioned minimum amount.
(3) The above Sick Leave Conversion provision involving the cash out of unused sick leave hours to the RHSP program shall be available to all Executives upon retirement (regardless of length of service) or resignation (with fifteen or more years of service). (4) Upon the death of an active City Officer or employee, who is of retirement age (fifty years of age), the deceased employee’s dependents are eligible to receive and convert unused sick leave at the conversion values as set forth above.
(b) City Contribution to RHSP. Upon appointment, all
Executives shall receive a monthly contribution toward their RHSP account, consistent with the highest contribution provided to employees represented by the Glendale Management Association as set forth in the City/GMA Memorandum of Understanding. Non-sworn Executives shall receive a monthly contribution consistent with GMA “General” managers; the Police Chief shall receive a monthly contribution consistent with GMA Police Sworn managers; and the Fire Chief shall receive a monthly contribution consistent with GMA Fire Sworn managers.
(c) RHSP Lump Sum Payment – Fiscal Year 2015/2016. Effective December 16, 2015, Executive employees who have reached or will reach the following service time thresholds of salaried full-time service 239 of 464

with the City of Glendale between December 16, 2015 and June 30, 2016 inclusive, shall receive a one-time payment to their Retiree Health Savings Plan (RHSP) account as follows:
Executive employees with 10-14 years of salaried full-time service with the City: $2,000
Executive employees with 15-19 years of salaried full-time service with the City: $2,750
Executive employees with 20 or more years of salaried full- time service with the City: $3,500
The above lump-sum payments will occur at the conclusion of the 2015/2016 fiscal year, unless the eligible Executive employee retires between December 16, 2015 and June 30, 2016, at which point the payment will be made in a timely manner following the date of retirement.

The above one-time lump sum payment expires on June 30, 2016, and will not be available to unit employees reaching the above service time thresholds at a later date.
(d) RHSP AND RETIREE MEDICAL TRUST CONTRIBUTIONS – (SWORN FIRE CHIEF) At the commencement of their fifth (5 th) year of full-time salaried service with the City of Glendale, the City shall contribute the following amounts towards the Fire Chief’s RHSP account:
a. 56-Hour Schedule: three hundred fifty dollars ($350) per month b. 40-Hour Schedule: four-hundred fifty dollars ($450) per month 240 of 464

At implementation of the Retiree Medical Trust set forth herein, the City shall contribute $75/month to the Fire Chief’s Retiree Medical Trust account, with the balance continuing to be contributed to the Fire Chief’s RHSP account ($275 per month for 56-Hour Schedule, and $375 per month for 40-Hour Schedule).

SECTION 9.7: EXECUTIVE MEDICAL REIMBURSEMENT PLAN (EMRP).

The City shall provide a medical reimbursement plan for City officers, Executives and their dependents enrolled in the PPO medical plan. Eligible expenses for this plan shall include deductible and co-insurance contributions made for medical and dental treatment. The plan shall include preventive care, immunizations and dependent physical examinations. Cover charges shall be limited to one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of prevailing charges to an annual maximum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000).

SECTION 9.8: DENTAL INSURANCE BENEFITS.

The benefits of group dental insurance shall be provided to all City officers and to all full-time salaried City employees, compensated on a monthly basis, and for their qualified dependents. Said insurance benefits shall be provided solely by contracts of insurance to be entered into and executed on the City's behalf by the City Manager and purchased by the City from time to time.
(a) The City shall pay the entire cost of the High Option PPO dental insurance plan for all City Officers and employees and their qualified dependents enrolled in this plan for the coverage they are eligible for. 241 of 464

The City shall pay the entire cost of the HMO Dental Insurance Plan for all City employees and their qualified dependents enrolled in this plan for the coverage they are eligible for. The City shall pay up to the amounts covered by the HMO Dental Insurance Plan for the Mid-Level PPO dental insurance plan for all employees and their qualified dependents enrolled in this plan. Any monthly premium amounts in excess of the HMO Dental Plan amounts for the Mid-Level PPO dental insurance plan will be paid by the employee.
(b) City officers and employees covered under the PPO medical plan may participate in dental coverage under all available dental insurance plans. City officers and employees covered under the HMO medical plans are restricted to dental coverage under the Mid-Level PPO dental insurance plan or the HMO dental plan.
(c) The City shall not pay the cost of such insurance for any pay period in which the City officer or employee is absent on leave without pay for the major portion of that pay period. The employee will be billed for the premium for that pay period by the City.
(d) Retired Executive employees covered under the PPO medical insurance plan may continue to utilize all available dental insurance plans. Retired Executive employees in the HMO medical insurance plans are restricted to coverage under the Mid-Level PPO dental insurance plan or the HMO dental plan. The entire premium cost of such coverage shall be paid by the retired employee.

SECTION 9.9: VISION OPTICAL PLAN.
(a) The benefits of a group vision care plan shall be provided to City officers, Executive employees and their dependents. Said insurance 242 of 464

benefits shall be provided solely by contracts of insurance approved by Council and purchased by the City from time to time. The City shall pay the entire cost of such insurance which shall be the "ten-dollar ($10.00) deductible," Plan "C" option.

SECTION 9.10: LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS.

Benefits of group life insurance shall be provided to certain City officers and employees of the City of Glendale who are designated as City officers and Executive employees by the City Manager. The amount of such benefits shall equal the annual salary of the insured City officer or employee rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars ($1,000) paid on the anniversary date of such group policy. The City shall pay the cost of such insurance for each such City officer and Executive employee. Said insurance benefits shall be provided solely by contracts of insurance to be entered into and executed on the City's behalf by the City Manager and purchased by the City from time to time.

SECTION 9.11: LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN.
(a) Benefits of a long-term disability plan shall be provided to certain City officers and employees of the City of Glendale who are designated as Executive by the City Manager. The City shall pay the cost of such plan for each said designated employee. Said benefit shall be provided solely by contract of insurance to be entered into and executed on the City's behalf by the City Manager and purchased by the City from time to time.

The Council shall by resolution provide for the amount the City shall pay for cost of such insurance.

SECTION 9.12: EXECUTIVE PHYSICAL FITNESS/CIVIC ORGANIZATION 243 of 464

MEMBERSHIP.
(a) The City shall compensate City officers and Executive employees the amount of four hundred and fifty dollars ($450.00) per fiscal year for the cost of membership for themselves and their families in a physical fitness facility or program and/or a wellness program, and/or the employee’s membership in the Glendale Chamber of Commerce, or for related physical fitness exercise equipment, or related safety equipment.

SECTION 9.13: SECTION 125 PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

The City shall pay up to a maximum of six dollars ($6.00) per month for City officers and City employees enrolled in the IRS Section 125 plan for the administration of such plan.

SECTION 9.14: COMPUTER LOANS.

The Director of Finance is authorized and directed to establish loans up to four thousand dollars ($4,000) for qualified employees for the purchase of City-approved computer equipment.

SECTION 10: PENSION/DEFERRED COMPENSATION
SECTION 10.1: PERS CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) (1) The employees’ PERS contribution previously paid by the employer shall be converted to base salary for the following personnel on the date and in the amounts stated:

Non-Safety Executive employees - eight percent (8.0%).

Non-Safety Executive employees - seven percent (7.0%), if newly hired to the City of Glendale after January 1, 2011. 244 of 464

Safety, Executive employees - nine percent (9.0%) effective July 1, 1988.
(2) Effective July 1, 1988, the City shall "pick-up" the employees’ required PERS contribution to salary for Executive employees.

This "pick-up" shall be in accordance with Section 414 (h) 2 of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 20615 of the State of California Government Code, whereby employee contributions shall be tax deferred (not subject to taxation until time of constructive receipt).
(3) All Executive employees are subject to cost-sharing of the employer share of the PERS contribution in the amount of four percent (4%).

This amount is in addition to any Executive employee contribution to the employee share of the PERS contribution.

Effective the first day of the pay period that includes February 1, 2022, the portion of the employer PERS contribution paid by the employees shall decrease by one percent (1%), for a total employee contribution of three percent (3%).

Effective the first day of the pay period that includes July 1, 2023, the portion of the employer PERS contribution paid by the employees shall decrease by one and one-quarter percent (1.25%), for a total employee contribution of one and three-quarters percent (1.75%).

Effective the first day of the pay period that includes July 1, 2024, the portion of the employer PERS contribution paid by the PEPRA employees shall decrease by one-quarter percent (0.25%).

245 of 464

Effective the first day of the pay period that includes July 1, 2025, the portion of the employer PERS contribution paid by the PEPRA employees shall decrease by one-quarter percent (0.25%).

Effective the first day of the pay period that includes July 1, 2026, the portion of the employer PERS contribution paid by the PEPRA employees shall decrease by one-quarter percent (0.25%).

SECTION 10.2: DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS.

Such plan or plans may provide for a deferral of a portion of base salary for such City officers and Executive may authorize deductions to be made from their base salary for the purpose of participating in such deferred compensation plan or plans. Such sums as are deposited by the City of Glendale into such plan or plans shall be invested in such manner as shall be lawful under the laws of the United States and of the State of California applicable to the investment of deferred compensation plan funds and in effect at the time of such investment. The Director of Finance is hereby authorized and directed to establish all accounts made necessary to implement the provisions hereof, and to cause the deductions from base salary of, and in the amounts designated by the City officers and employees who elect to participate in such plan or plans.

Participation in such plan or plans, and payment of benefits into such plan, shall be by separate and individual written agreement between each such eligible employee.

Effective the pay period containing July 1, 2025, the City will provide a matching contribution to employees’ 457 deferred compensation 246 of 464

accounts, up to $25 per month.

SECTION 10.3: DEFINED CONTRIBUTION RETIREMENT PICK-UP.

The Director of Finance is hereby authorized to establish a defined contribution retirement plan for Executive employees. Such plan shall provide immediate one hundred percent (100%) vesting of the employee.

Participation by Executive employees shall be mandatory at the rate of six and one-half percent (6.5%) respectively not to exceed IRS maximum contribution limited for combined plans under Section 415(e), unless the employee, on a one time basis, irrevocably elects to not participate. The City of Glendale, as employer, shall "pick-up" these mandatory employee contributions as authorized under Section 414(h)(2) of the IRS Code.

The Director of Finance is authorized to establish a plan and modify such plan so as to meet IRS regulations. The Director of Finance is also authorized to contract the administration of these retirement plans with qualified plan administrators.

SECTION 11: PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO PRIOR BENEFITS RESOLUTION-

CONSTRUCTION
The provisions of this resolution, so far as they are substantially the same as the provisions of the former supplementary benefits resolutions or ordinances, must be construed as continuations thereof and not as original enactments. Nothing contained within this resolution shall prohibit the City Manager from extending specific benefit items consistent with those negotiated with the Glendale Management Association (GMA) to Executive employees to avoid either compaction and/or the diminishment of benefits between Executives and their subordinate managers. 247 of 464

SECTION 12: SEVERABILITY OF PARTS OF RESOLUTION
It is hereby declared to be the intention of the Council that the sections, paragraphs, lines, sentences, clauses and phrases of this resolution are severable, and if any phrase, clause, sentence, line, paragraph or section of this resolution shall be declared unconstitutional by the valid judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction such unconstitutionality shall not affect any of the remaining phrases, clauses, sentences, lines, paragraphs and sections of this resolution.

SECTION 13: EFFECTIVE DATE.

This Resolution shall take effect and be in full force as of the pay period beginning August 24, 2025.

Passed by the Council of the City of Glendale on the 26th day of August 2025.
___________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________
City Clerk

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES)
248 of 464

I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, certify that the foregoing resolution was adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the 26th day of August 2025, and that the same was passed by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk

249 of 464

ATTACHMENT – IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan Terms

MEDICAL INSURANCE - RETIRED EMPLOYEES
A.Retiree Health Savings Plan (RHSP) (All Managers)

1.Purpose
a. The Retiree Health Savings Plan (RHSP) enables retiring unit employees the opportunity to convert unused accumulated sick leave hours to pre-tax monies to be used for the retirees’ medical insurance costs during their retirement. b. Retiring unit employees may also participate in the PERS Sick Leave Credit program for unused sick leave, as set forth in Govt. Code 20965. Said retiring employees who choose the option of converting unused sick leave to service credit may not receive double credit for the same allotment of unused sick leave hours at retirement.

For Example:

If a unit employee has 2,000 hours upon retirement, he or she may choose any one of these three options:

1. Convert up to 2,000 hours to the RHSP program (for sworn fire the MERP or RHSP, at the employee’s option);

2. Convert up to 2,000 hours to the PERS Sick Leave Credit program; or

3. A combination of the above two options with the understanding that hours may only be used once.
c. Upon implementation of the Retiree Medical Trust set forth in Section C, below, the City shall instead of the RHSP program, contribute accumulated sick leave to Sworn Fire Managers Retiree Medical Trust account for employees electing this option.

2.Eligibility Limitations
a. Managers who retire from the City of Glendale (regardless of length of service) or terminate employment after fifteen (15) years or more of service shall be eligible to participate in the Retiree Health Savings Plan (RHSP) and have their sick leave hour conversion amounts deposited into said RHSP account. i. Sworn Fire Managers who retire from the City of Glendale (regardless of length of service) or terminate employment after fifteen (15) years or more of service shall be eligible to participate in the RHSP and/or Retiree Medical Trust.
250 of 464

b. Managers must have their unused accumulated vacation leave paid at the current base rate of pay to the employee’s RHSP account upon retirement subject to IRS regulations. Any accumulated compensatory leave shall be paid at the current hourly regular rate of pay including extra pays to the employee’s RHSP account upon retirement subject to IRS regulations.
i. Sworn Fire Managers who retire from the City of Glendale or terminate employment after fifteen (15) years or more of service must have their unused accumulated vacation leave paid at the current hourly base rate of pay to the employee’s Retiree Medical Trust account (or RHSP if specifically elected by the employee) upon retirement or separation subject to procedures that comply with IRS regulations. Any accumulated compensatory leave shall be paid at the current hourly regular rate of pay including extra pays to the employee’s RHSP account upon retirement subject to IRS regulations.
c. Active Managers must transfer unused accumulated compensatory time in excess of the limit set forth in this agreement at the current regular rate of pay, including extra pays that are normally subject to overtime, to the employee’s RHSP account, subject to IRS regulations. The transfer will be made the pay period following the pay period in which accrual exceeds the maximum hours, per this agreement.
d. The employee is responsible for paying any post retirement RHSP service fees and holds the City harmless for any taxes incurred from their utilization of the RHSP or Retiree Medical Trust.

3. Sick Leave Conversion Rate
(Sworn Police)
Retiring City employees (regardless of the years of service) and employees who separate for any reason and who have 15 or more years of City service, may have each eligible hour of accrued unused sick leave hours converted at the rate of thirty-three dollars ($33.00) per hour, which will be placed in each employee’s individual Retired Health Savings Plan (RHSP) effective the employee’s official date of retirement. Employees who separate from the City for reasons other than retirement prior to fifteen years of service are not eligible for this benefit. (Sworn Fire Managers)
Retiring City employees (with less than 15 years of service) and employees who separate for any reason and who have 15 or more years of City service, shall have each eligible hour of accrued unused sick leave converted at the rate of thirty- three dollars ($33.00) per hour, which will be paid to the employee’s individual Retiree Medical Trust (or Retiree Health Saving Plan (RHSP) if specifically elected by the employee) effective upon the employee’s official date of retirement or separation. Employees who retire from the City with 15-19 years of service, shall receive seventy-five percent (75%) of their regular hourly rate of pay, but not less 251 of 464

than $33.00 per hour; Employees who retire from the City with 20 or more years of service shall receive one hundred percent (100%) of their hourly rate of pay, but not less than $33.00 per hour.

The regular hourly rate of pay for Sworn Fire Managers shall be based upon the assignment (40 or 56-hour) at the time of the employee’s official date of retirement.
(General Managers)
Retiring City employees (regardless of the years of service) and employees who separate for any reason and who have 15 or more years of City service, may have each eligible hour of accrued unused sick leave hours converted at the rate of thirty-three dollars ($33.00) per hour, which will be placed in each employee’s individual Retired Health Savings Plan (RHSP) effective the employee’s official date of retirement. Employees who retire from the City with 15-19 years of service, shall receive seventy-five percent (75%) of their regular hourly rate of pay, but not less than $33.00 per hour; Employees who retire from the City with 20 or more years of service shall receive one hundred percent (100%) of their hourly rate of pay, but not less than $33.00 per hour.

4.Future Increases in Sick Leave Conversion Rate
The City shall pay a sick leave conversion rate equal to three dollars ($3.00) per hour more than the highest retiree hourly conversion rate paid to any other recognized employee organization.

5.All RHSP Exhausted – May Choose to Personally Maintain Medical Plan When all RHSP funds have been exhausted, retired eligible employees may elect to pay personally the full monthly medical premium to continue on the City’s medical plan or terminate the medical plan coverage.

B. RHSP Seniority Contributions (General Managers)
At the commencement of their fifth (5th) year of full time salaried service with the City of Glendale, the City shall contribute to all General Managers’ RHSP account. The City contribution shall be one-hundred fifty dollars ($150) per month. Effective with the pay period which includes July 1, 2025, the City contribution shall increase by fifty dollars ($50) for a total contribution of two hundred dollars ($200) per month. Effective with the pay period which includes July 1, 2026, the City contribution shall increase by fifty dollars ($50) for a total contribution of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per month.

C. RHSP and Retiree Medical Trust Contributions – (Sworn Fire Managers) At the commencement of their fifth (5th) year of full time salaried service with the City of Glendale, the City shall contribute to all sworn Fire Managers in the classifications of Assistant Fire Chief, Deputy Fire Chief, and Fire Battalion Chief, the following amounts 252 of 464

toward their RHSP account on a pre-tax basis, or as required by law and/or IRS regulations:
a. 56-Hour Schedule: three-hundred fifty dollars ($350) per month b. 40-Hour Schedule: four-hundred fifty dollars ($450) per month Upon implementation of the Retiree Medical Trust set forth herein, the City shall contribute $75/month to each unit employee’s Retiree Medical Trust account, with the balance continuing to be contributed to each unit employee’s RHSP account ($275 per month for 56-Hour Schedule, and $375 per month for 40-Hour Schedule).

1. City Acknowledgment. The City acknowledges that, pursuant to a majority vote of the Sworn Fire Management Association membership, the Sworn Fire Managers of the Association have entered into an agreement with the IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan of the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters Employee Benefit Trust (hereafter, the “Trust”). The Trust, which qualifies as a “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c)(9). The Trust will provide for the reimbursement of post-retirement medical expenses incurred by City retirees who were covered by this Agreement.

2. Association Acknowledgment. The Association acknowledges that:
a. The City is not a party to the Trust.
b. The City is not subject to the terms of the Trust or any employee welfare benefit plan or other arrangement funded by the Trust, and has no responsibility or authority whatsoever for providing or overseeing any benefits offered under any such plan or arrangement. c. The preceding City acknowledgements will continue to apply on and after the City’s adoption of this agreement.
d. The City’s sole obligation under this Article IV, Section C of the agreement is to make contributions to the Trust in accordance with the terms specified herein. No person will have any vested right to continue receiving such contributions after the expiration of this agreement.

3. Defined Class of Employees Receiving Contributions. Employees receiving contributions to the Trust consist of all employees of the City represented by the Sworn Fire Management Association (“Defined Class”).

4. Employee Contribution Amount. The City and the Association agree that the City shall withhold a mandatory contribution in the amount of $150/month over twenty-six pay periods per year.
253 of 464

Employee contributions shall be on a pre-tax basis from the pay of every employee of the Defined Class and the City shall transmit such contributions to the Trust pursuant to the requirements of section 6 below. No Employee shall be permitted to opt-out of the mandatory contributions or receive any portion of the contribution in cash.

5. Employer Contribution Amount. For every employee in the Defined Class, upon implementation of the Retiree Medical Trust set forth herein, the City shall contribute $75/month to each unit employee’s Retiree Medical Trust account on a pre-tax basis, with the balance continuing to be contributed to each unit employee’s RHSP account ($275 per month for 56-Hour Schedule, and $375 per month for 40-Hour Schedule). No Employee will be permitted to opt-out of the mandatory employer contribution or receive any portion of the contributions in cash or other form.

6. Remittance of Contributions. The City shall remit all contributions to the Trust in one aggregate payment, either per pay period or per calendar month at the City’s discretion. The contributions will be transmitted, via ACH transfer or wire, directly to the custodian of the Trust within 30 days after the last day of the calendar month that the contributions relate to.

The City hereby acknowledges receipt of the Trust Agreement governing the Trust and will follow the Trust Office’s guidelines for reporting and depositing the required contributions set forth herein.

7. Reporting to the Trust Office. The City shall electronically submit to the Trust Office a report of contributing employees for each contribution sent to the Trust, in the format requested by the Trust, and received by the Trust Office within five (5) days of receipt of the contribution funds.

The City shall also provide an initial report of identifying information (i.e., name, address, date of hire, DOB, SSN, etc.) for all contributing employees, as reasonably requested by the Trust; and shall send updates to this information to the Trust Office whenever the City has notice of changes to the information.

8. Limitations. The City is not a party to the Trust and shall not incur or be liable for any fees associated with the Trust. The City will only administer and report contributions toward a qualifying employee benefit plan under the Internal Revenue Code. The City may cease payroll deductions toward the Trust if the City incurs a fee, anticipates incurring a fee, or believes the payroll deductions will expose the City to legal claims or liabilities; provided however, that the City shall provide advance notice to the Association of its intent to cease contributions and allow the Association a reasonable opportunity to discuss and/or absorb any costs to the City. Responsibility for the maintenance and investment of the Trust funds rests solely with the Trust’s Board of Trustees. 254 of 464

255 of 464

TRUST AGREEMENT

GOVERNING THE

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL OF FIRE FIGHTERS

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST
Restated Effective July 1, 2018
(Incl. Am. Nos. 1-6)
(7/28/18 Ed.)
256 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- i -

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL OF FIRE FIGHTERS

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PREAMBLE ................................................................................................................................................ 1 ARTICLE I DECLARATION OF TRUST .............................................................................................. 1

1. Name ................................................................................................................................... 1

2. Purpose................................................................................................................................ 1

3. Duration of the Trust Fund ................................................................................................. 2

4. Term of Trust Agreement ................................................................................................... 2 ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................... 2 ARTICLE III THE TRUSTEES ............................................................................................................... 3

1. The Board of Trustees ......................................................................................................... 3

2. Statutory Capacities of Trustees ......................................................................................... 3

3. Agents for Service of Process ............................................................................................. 4

4. Number and Term of Trustees ............................................................................................ 4

5. Membership Requirement ................................................................................................... 4

6. Appointment of Successor Trustees.................................................................................... 4

7. Individuals Disqualified from Serving as Trustees ............................................................. 5

8. Acceptance of Appointment by Trustees ............................................................................ 5

9. Term of Appointment ......................................................................................................... 5

10. Termination of Appointment by Appointing Entity ........................................................... 5

11. Termination of Appointment for Failure to Attend Meetings ............................................. 5

12. Termination of Appointment for Conviction of a Crime .................................................... 5

13. Termination of Appointment for Mental Incapacity ........................................................... 5

14. Resignation of Appointment ............................................................................................... 6

15. Vacancies ............................................................................................................................ 6

16. Return of Books and Records ............................................................................................. 6 ARTICLE IV TRUST FUND ADMINISTRATION ............................................................................... 6

1. Manner of Voting ................................................................................................................ 6

2. Constitution of a Quorum ................................................................................................... 6

3. Motions ............................................................................................................................... 6

4. Prohibition of Proxies ......................................................................................................... 6

5. Regular Meetings ................................................................................................................ 7

6. Special Meetings ................................................................................................................. 7

7. Action without a Formal Meeting ....................................................................................... 7

8. Arbitration of Deadlocked Issues........................................................................................ 7

9. Election of Chairman and Secretary ................................................................................... 8

10. Duties of Chairman and Secretary ...................................................................................... 8

11. Authorized Signatures ......................................................................................................... 8

12. Compensation and Expenses............................................................................................... 9

13. Benefits to Trustees Not Prohibited .................................................................................... 9 257 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- ii -
ARTICLE V PARTICIPATION ............................................................................................................... 9

1. Bargaining Units Entitled to Participate ............................................................................. 9

2. Other Bargaining Units ....................................................................................................... 9

3. Non-Bargaining Unit Employees of Participating Employers .......................................... 10

4. Unauthorized Participation ............................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE VI TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................... 10

1. General Duty – Receipt of Contributions and Creation and Administration of Benefit Plans ..................................................................................................................... 10

2. Compliance with the Internal Revenue Code ................................................................... 10

3. Basis of Payments to and from Trust Fund ....................................................................... 11

4. Application of Trust Fund Assets ..................................................................................... 11

5. Fiduciary Standards .......................................................................................................... 11

6. Deposits ............................................................................................................................ 11

7. Investments ....................................................................................................................... 11

8. Specifically Permitted Investments ................................................................................... 12

9. Title to Investments and Other Assets .............................................................................. 12

10. Fidelity Bond .................................................................................................................... 12

11. Records ............................................................................................................................. 13

12. Annual Audit..................................................................................................................... 13

13. Plan Description ................................................................................................................ 13

14. Annual Report ................................................................................................................... 13

15. Documents to be Examined or Furnished ......................................................................... 13

16. Procedure for Review of Denied Benefit Claims.............................................................. 14

17. Privacy Rule ...................................................................................................................... 14

18. Whistleblower Policy ........................................................................................................ 14 ARTICLE VII ALLOCATION OR DELEGATION OF TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITIES............ 14

1. Allocation of Responsibilities to Committees .................................................................. 14

2. Delegation of Investment Responsibilities ....................................................................... 15

3. Delegation of Other Responsibilities ................................................................................ 15

4. Review of Performance .................................................................................................... 16 ARTICLE VIII TRUSTEE POWERS .................................................................................................... 16

1. General Powers ................................................................................................................. 16

2. Specific Powers Discretionary .......................................................................................... 16

3. Benefit Plans Currently Being Provided ........................................................................... 16

4. Additional Benefit Plans ................................................................................................... 17

5. Design of the Benefit Plans............................................................................................... 17

6. Means of Providing Benefits ............................................................................................ 17

7. Facility of Payment ........................................................................................................... 17

8. Self-Payments by Employees ........................................................................................... 17

9. Administrative Agent ........................................................................................................ 18

10. Banking Services .............................................................................................................. 18

11. Other Professional and Non-Professional Help ................................................................ 18

12. Obtaining of Necessary Premises, Equipment and Supplies ............................................ 18

13. Insurance ........................................................................................................................... 18

14. Borrowing Money ............................................................................................................. 19 258 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- iii -

15. Reserve Funds ................................................................................................................... 19

16. Payment of Taxes .............................................................................................................. 19

17. Refunds of Contributions Erroneously Paid ..................................................................... 19

18. Prosecution of Legal Actions or Claims ........................................................................... 19

19. Defense of Legal Actions or Claims ................................................................................. 20

20. Compromise of Legal Actions or Claims ......................................................................... 20

21. Penalties for False or Withheld Information ..................................................................... 20

22. Correction of Errors .......................................................................................................... 20

23. Subscription Agreements .................................................................................................. 20

24. Participation in Certain Non-Profit Organizations ............................................................ 21

25. Participation in Non-Profit Educational Organizations .................................................... 21

26. Reciprocity ........................................................................................................................ 21

27. Coordinated Administration.............................................................................................. 21

28. Mergers ............................................................................................................................. 22

29. Interpretation and Application of Documents ................................................................... 22 ARTICLE IX CONTRIBUTIONS AND COLLECTIONS .................................................................. 22

1. Contribution Reporting Forms .......................................................................................... 22

2. Contribution Due Date ...................................................................................................... 22

3. Delinquent Contributions .................................................................................................. 22

4. Audit of Employer Books and Records ............................................................................ 23

5. Protection of Employees in Cases of Employer Delinquency .......................................... 23

6. Coordination with Provisions in Collective Bargaining Agreements ............................... 23 ARTICLE X CLAIMS AND APPEAL PROCEDURES ...................................................................... 23

1. Procedures to be Followed ................................................................................................ 23

2. Hearings before Board of Trustees ................................................................................... 24

3. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies .......................................................................... 24 ARTICLE XI LIMITATIONS ................................................................................................................ 24

1. Liabilities and Debts of Trust Fund .................................................................................. 24

2. Liabilities and Debts of Participating Parties .................................................................... 24

3. Personal Liabilities of Trustees ......................................................................................... 25

4. Judgments against Trust Fund .......................................................................................... 25

5. Participating Parties’ Rights ............................................................................................. 25

6. Cessation of Participation ................................................................................................. 25

7. Protection of Trust Fund, Contributions, and Benefits ..................................................... 25

8. Reliance upon Written Documents ................................................................................... 26

9. Agents of Trust Fund ........................................................................................................ 26 ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 26

1. Trust Fund Offices ............................................................................................................ 26

2. Applicable Laws and Regulations .................................................................................... 26

3. Service in More than One Fiduciary Capacity .................................................................. 27

4. Notices .............................................................................................................................. 27

5. Severability ....................................................................................................................... 27

6. Titles and Words ............................................................................................................... 27 259 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- iv -
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION ................................................................... 27

1. Amendments ..................................................................................................................... 27

2. Termination ....................................................................................................................... 28

3. Allocation upon Termination ............................................................................................ 28 EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................................ 28 260 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 1 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

TRUST AGREEMENT

GOVERNING THE

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL OF FIRE FIGHTERS

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters (“WSCFF”) wishes to create an employee welfare benefit trust fund to hold contributions for a post -retirement medical trust fund for retirees from bargaining units represented by WSCFF locals; and

WHEREAS the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters seeks to grant administration of the trust fund to a Board of Trustees as set forth in this Trust Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters adopted such Trust Ag reement, effective July 1, 1999 . And since that time have adopted six Amendments thereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the signatory parties do hereby adopt the “Restated Trust Agreement”, including Amendment No s. 1 through 6, and to update the address of the Trust Office and the name of the benef it plan , as set forth in the following pages, effective July 1, 2018.

ARTICLE I

DECLARATION OF TRUST

1. Name

The signatory parties hereby declare the establishment of a Trust Fund, named the

Washington State Council of Fire Fighters
Employee Benefit Trust

The Trustees may hold property, enter into contracts, a nd in all matters act in behalf of the Trust Fund in such name.

2. Purpose

The purpose of the Trust Fund is to provide an entity to which contributions from participating employers, participating labor organizations , and participating employees can be paid, and through which the Trustees can create and administer one or more employee welfare 261 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 2 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
benefit plans for the participating employees on whose behalf the con tributions have been paid, and their beneficiaries.

3. Duration of the Trust Fund
The Trust Fund shall continue in existence on an indefinite basis, contemporaneously with the terms of this Trust Agreement.

4. Term of Trust Agreement
This Trust Agreement shall be effective as of July 1, 1999, and shall continue indefinitely until such time as it may be terminated in accordance with the provisions of Article XIII hereof.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS
The following definitions shall govern this Trust Agreement:

1. “Beneficiary” – any participating employee, spouse (or domestic partner per applicable law) or child (as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 152 (f)(1)) of a partic ipating employee or surviving spouse, surviving domestic partner or surviving child of a participating employee, who is entitled to benefits, as defined in a benefit plan.

2. “Benefit Plan” or “Employee Welfare Benefit Plan” – any lawful employee welfare benefit plan created and administered by the Trustees.

3. “Collective bargaining agreement” – a written agreement between a participating employer and a participating labor organization and any suppleme nt, amendment, continuation, or renewal thereof, by the terms of which the employer or its employees are obligated to make contributions for the types of benefit plans administered by the Trustees.

4. “Contributions” – the payments required of a participating employer, or of participating employees, pursuant to the terms of a collective bargaining agreement , or special agreement, for the purpose of providing employee welfare benefits to the employees covered by said agreements and their beneficiaries, including the self-payments made by participating employees pursuant to any self-payment rules adopted by the Trustees.

5. “Participating Employee” – any individual employed by a participating employer who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or special agreement, and for whom contributions are made to the Trust Fund, and any individual who may have been so employed but is subsequently laid off, terminated, or retired.

6. “Participating employer” – any public or private employer that is party to a collective bargaining agreement and that satisfies the requirements of Article V hereof. 262 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 3 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

7. “Participating labor organization” – the labor organizations named in Article V hereof and any other lawful labor organizations (also known as Locals) that represent employees in collective bargaining with employers and that satisfy the requirements of Article V hereof.

8. “Related trust fund” – an employee benefit trust fund, other than this Trust Fund, to which participating employers make contributions as required by a collective bargaining agreement with participating labor organizations.

9. “Signatory parties” – the parties who have created this Trust Agreement and whose signatures appear on the last page hereof (or their successors).

10. “Subscription agreement” – a written agreement by which a labor org anization or participating employer acknowledges its obligation to make contributions to the Trust Fund and subscribes to the terms and provisions of this Trust Agreement.

11. “Trust” or “Trust Fund” – the entity created by this Trust Agreement, and all property and money held by such entity, including all contract rights and records. The “Trust Office” is located at Vimly Benefit Solutions , Inc., 12121 Harbour Reach Drive, #105 ; P.O. Box 6 , Mukilteo, WA 98275.

12. “Trustees” or “Board of Trustees” – the Trustees of the Trust Fund and their successors

13. “Welfare benefits” or “employee welfare benefits” – the benefits provided in an employee welfare benefit plan.

14. “WSCFF” –the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters.

ARTICLE III

THE TRUSTEES

1. The Board of Trustees
The Trust Fund and the employee welfare benefit plans shall be administered by a Board of Trustees.

2. Statutory Capacities of Trustees
For purposes of complying with the various provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 , the Trustees shall be considered as “named fiduciaries,” “fiduciaries,” and the “plan administrator,” as those terms are used in the Act. 263 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 4 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

3. Agents for Service of Process
Each Trustee shall be considered as an agent of the Trust Fund for the purpose of accepting service of legal process ; provided that the Trustees may designate their administrative agent, or another person, as agent of the Trust Fund for this purpose.

4. Number and Term of Trustees.
a) Nine trustees . There shall be nine Trustees, five of whom shall be elected by delegates of participating Locals in the Trust benefit plan(s) for a three year term, and four of whom shall be appointed by the Executive Board of the WSCFF for a one year term. The first term of the newly elected Trustee shall terminate on June 30, 2015 , and the first term of the newly appointed Trustee shall terminate on June 30, 2013. The term of a new Trustee shall commence on July 1 following the WSCFF convention at which he was appointed or elected. Elections and appointments shall be according to rules of the WSCFF for its election of its Executive Board and its appointments, or to other special Trust election and appointment rules that the WSCFF adopts. b) Reserved Seats.
(i) Trustee from outside State of Washington. One of the four appointed Trustees positions shall be reserved for a member of a Local based outside the state of Washington, if such a person is available.
(ii) Retiree trustee. No more than one of the elected or appointed Trustee positions shall be available for a retiree, provided however that a Trustee who becomes a retiree while serving as a Trustee may finish his or her term, even if there is already a retiree on the Board.
(iii) Local 27. Effective July 1, 2012, and for the single term ending on June 30, 2015, one of the five elected Trustees positions shall be reserved for a member of the Seattle Fire Fighters Union, IAFF Local 27, on the condition that Local 27 is a participating Local during that three year term.
.

4. Membership Requirement
Effective June 30, 2004, each person elected or appointed as Trustee shall be an active member of a participating labor organization (or a retiree who was an active member until retirement) and a participating employee in one of the Trust’s benefit plans. There shall be no more than one Trustee from any participating labor organization.

5. Appointment of Successor Trustees
264 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 5 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
In the event of the termination of appointment, resignation, or death of a Trustee, a successor Trustee shall be selected as follows: If the terminating Trustee was elected, the remaining Trustees shall select a Trustee for the balance of the term. If the terminating Trustee was appointed, the Executive Board of the WSCFF shall appoint a new Trustee.

6. Individuals Disqualified from Serving as Trustees
No individual who has been convicted of any of the crimes listed in Section 411(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 shall serve as a Trustee during the period of disqualification specified in the statute.

7. Acceptance of Appointment by Trustees
Each Trustee shall sign a document accepting his position as Trustee and agreeing to abide by the terms and provisions of this Trust Agreement. Acceptance will also be deemed to occur by attendance at two Trustee meetings.

8. Term of Appointment
Each Trustee shall serve until termination of appointment, resignation, or death.

9. Termination of Appointment by Appointing Entity
The appointment of a Trustee may be terminated at any time by the entity which originally made the appointment, according to such entity’s internal rules, procedures, or practices.

The termination of a Trustee’s appointment shall be effective upon the termination date specified in a written notice of termination, addressed to the Chairman and Secretary of the Trustees, prepared by the appointing entity.

10. Termination of Appointment for Failure to Attend Meetings The appointment of a Trustee shall be automatically terminated if such Trustee fails to attend three (3) consecutive meetings of the Trustees, without being excused from attend ance by specific action of the remaining Trustees noted in the minutes.

11. Termination of Appointment for Conviction of a Crime The appointment of a Trustee shall be automatically terminated if such Trustee is convicted of any of the crimes listed in Section 411(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

12. Termination of Appointment for Mental Incapacity
265 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 6 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The appointment of a Trustee shall be automatically terminated if such Trustee is declared mentally incompetent by court decree.

13. Resignation of Appointment
A Trustee may resign his appointment at any time subject to applicable law. Such resignation shall be effective upon the resignation date specified in a written notice of resignation addressed to the Chairman and Secretary of the Trustees.

14. Vacancies
No vacancy in the position of Trustee shall impair the power of the remaining Trustees to administer the affairs of the Trust Fund so long as a quorum exists as specified in Article IV, Section 2, hereof.

15. Return of Books and Records
In the event of the termination of appointment, resignation, or death of a Trustee, the Trustee (or his legal guardian, heirs, or personal representative) shall, upon the request of the Chairman or the Secretary of the Trustees, forthwith turn over to the Chairman or Secretary any and all records, books, documents, monies, and other property in the possession of the Trustee, or under his control, that belong to the Trust Fund or that were received by him in his capacity as Trustee.

ARTICLE IV

TRUST FUND ADMINISTRATION

1. Manner of Voting
Any action to be taken by the Trustees shall be determined by majority vote of the total number of Trustees in attendance at the meeting, with abstentions deemed not to be votes.

2. Constitution of a Quorum
To constitute a valid regular or special meeting of the Trustees, a quorum must be present. A quorum exists if there are present at a mee ting a majority of the number of Trustee positions pursuant to Article III, Section 4, hereof, even if all positions are not filled.

3. Motions
Any Trustee, including the Chairman or Secretary , may offer or second any motion or resolution presented for the Trustees’ consideration.

4. Prohibition of Proxies
266 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 7 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
To e ncourage full attendance at meetings of the Trustees and due consideration of the matters being voted upon, there shall be no proxies. A Trustee must be present in order to cast a vote.

5. Regular Meetings
The Trustees shall hold regular periodic meetings consistent with the needs of Trust Fund business, provided that there shall be at least two (2) regular meetings held during each calendar year. The Trustees shall determine the time and place of all such meetings.

6. Special Meetings
Either the Chairman or the Secretary or any two (2) Trustees may ca ll a special meeting of the Trustees by giving written notice to all the other Trustees of the time and place of such meeting at least ten (10) days before the date set for the meeting, provided that ten (10) days ’ advance notice shall not be necessary if all Trustees are agreeable to an earlier meeting.

7. Action without a Formal Meeting
The Trustees may ta ke action without a formal meeting by means of (a) a conference telephone call, arranged by the Secretary or the administrative agent, in which all Trustees participate; (b) the presentation of a written motion or resolution sent to all Trustees by the Secretary or the administrative agent and the subsequent obtaining of Trustee votes on the motion or resolution in telephone calls placed to each Trustee by the Secret ary or the administrative agent; or (c) the presentation of a written motion or resolution s ent to all Trustees by the Secretary or the administrative agent and the subsequent obtaining of Trustee votes on the motion or resolution in letters sent by each Trustee to the Secretary or the administrative agent.

Any such action shall be reported in the minutes of the next formal meeting.

8. Arbitration of Deadlocked Issues
In the event the Trustees should deadlock on any matter submitted for their concurrence, the dispute may be referred by either group of Trustees to an impartial arbitrator in accordance with the labor arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association. A deadlock shall be deemed to occur when there is a tie vote on any motion before the Trustees.

The Trustees shall attempt to agree on the joint submission of a statement of the issue in dispute. However, if the Trustees cannot jointly agree upon such a statement, each group of Trustees shall submit to the arbitrato r, in writing, its version of the issue in dispute. As part of his award, the arbitrator shall state his determination as to the exact issue.

The expenses of any such arbitration, including any court proceedings relating thereto, the fee of the arbitrat or, and the reasonable attorney and witness fees of the parties shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund.
267 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 8 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

The decision and award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Trustees and upon all parties whose interests are affected thereby.

The procedure specified in this Section shall be the sole and exclusive procedure for the resolution of deadlocked issues.

9. Election of Chairman and Secretary

The Trustees shall elect one of the appointed Trustees as Chairman and one of the entire Board of Trustees as Secretary.

The Chairman and the Secretary shall each hold office indefinitely, provided that , when a particular Chairman and Secretary have held office for two (2) years or at any time thereafter, any Trustee may obtain, on request, a new election of officers.

A Chairman or Secretary may resign his office at any time. Such resignation shall be effective upon the resignation date specified in a written notice of resignation addressed to the remaining Trustees. In case of the resignation, death, or termination of appointment of either the Chairman or the Secretary, there shall be a new election of both offices.

10. Duties of Chairman and Secretary

The Chairman shall chair the meetings of the Trustees, shall appoint all committees, and shall carry out such other duties as the Trustees may assign to him.

The Secretary, in the absence of the Chairman, shall act in the place of the Chairman and perform the Chairman’s duties. The Secretary shall also advise the Trustees as to all correspondence and financial reports pertaining to the Trust Fund and shall keep minutes or records of all meetings, proceedings, and actions of the Trustees, provided that these particular responsibilities may be delegated to the administrative agent or to the other of the professional or non-professional help retained by the Trustees.

11. Authorized Signatures

The Chairman and the Secretary or any two authorized Trust ees shall sign all negotiable instruments, certificates, contracts, government reports, and other legal documents on behalf of the Trust Fund, provided that the authority for signing negotiable instruments may be delegated to the administrative agent, corp orate trustee (if any), depository bank, or custodian bank. All persons doing business with the Trust Fund may rely on such signatures.

If the Trust Fund issues benefit checks to participating employees or their beneficiaries, the signatures of the Chai rman and Secretary may be affixed thereto by a facsimile signature device, under safeguards determined by the Trustees.
268 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 9 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

12. Compensation and Expenses
No Trustee shall receive any compensation from the Trust Fund for services as a Trustee except as may be allowed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and as may be authorized by the Trustees.

Each Trustee shall be reimbursed out of t he Trust Fund for all expenses properly and actually incurred by him in the administration of the Trust Fund.

The Trustees shall establish the conditions for the payment of compensation (if any) and for the reimbursement of expenses.

13. Benefits to Trustees Not Prohibited
Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall prohibit a Trustee from receiving any benefits under the terms of a benefit plan, if he is otherwise eligible for the same as a participating employee or as a beneficiary of a participating employee.

ARTICLE V

PARTICIPATION

1. Bargaining Units Entitled to Participate
The following labor organizations (or their successors), and the employees in the bargaining units represented b y such labor organizations, shall be allowed to participate in the Trust Fund:

Fire Fighter Locals that are members of the
International Association of Fire Fighters

2. Other Bargaining Units
The Trustees shall have the authority to permit labor organizations (other than those specified above), and the employees in a bargaining unit covered by a collective bargaining agreement, to participate in the Trust Fund.

The participation of such bargaining units shall be entirely discretionary with the Trustees and shall be subject to whatever terms and conditions they may impose.

The Trustees have the authority to decline or termi nate the participation of a particular bargaining unit if (a) the labor organization and the employer fail to provide the Trustees with a copy of their collective bargaining agreement; (b) the language of the contribution provisions in the collective barga ining agreement does not meet the requirements established by the Trustees (if any); (c) the labor organization fails to submit a subscription agreement binding it to this Trust Agreement, if required; (d) the negotiated contribution rate is lesser, or gre ater, than the 269 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 10 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
contribution rate supporting a particular benefit plan then being administered by the Trustees, provided that the Trustees, in their discretion, may accept the different contribution rate and establish different eligibility rules or benefit formulas for the employees affected; or (e) there exist other facts and circumstances that, in the Trustees’ discretion, justify a declination or termination of participation.

3. Non-Bargaining Unit Employees of Participating Employers

The Trustees shall have the authority to enter into subscription agreements directly with participating employers, who are contributing for their bargaining unit employees, by the terms of which such an employer agrees to make contributions to the Trust Fund so that the non - bargaining unit employees of the employer can be covered by the benefit plans provided through the Trust Fund.

The acceptance of such subscription agreements shall be entirely discretionary with the Trustees and shall be subject to applicable law and whatever terms and conditions they may impose.

4. Unauthorized Participation

The only individuals who shall be entitled to participate in and receive benefits from the Trust Fund shall be those employees who are within the bargaining units described in Sections 1 and 2 or who are within the group described in Section 3 above. It is expected that participating employers will submit contributions only on behalf of such employees. The receipt by the Trust Fund of contributions which may be submitted on be half of individuals who are not eligible to participate shall not estop the Trustees from declining or terminating the participation of such individuals nor shall it constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of this Article or of the benefit plans.

ARTICLE VI

TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITIES

1. General Duty – Receipt of Contributions and Creation and Administration of Benefit Plans

It shall be the general duty of the Trustees to receive the contributions from participating employers and the contribut ions from participating employees (if any) and any other income or assets that they may receive and, with such, to create and administer one or more employee welfare benefit plans for the participating employees and their beneficiaries.

Additionally, the Trustees shall have the specific duties set forth in this Trust Agreement and such other duties as are imposed upon them by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and other applicable laws.

2. Compliance with the Internal Revenue Code
270 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 11 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The Trustees shall administer the Trust Fund and the benefit plans so that, to the extent allowed in the Internal Revenue Code, employer contri butions are tax deductible, the Trust Fund is tax exempt, and the value of the employee welfare benefits is excludable from the recipients’ taxable income.

3. Basis of Payments to and from Trust Fund
The basis on which contributions of participating employers and contributions of participating employees (if any) are made shall be as specified in the underlying collective bargaining agreement or subscription agreement. The basis on which benefits are paid out of the Trust Fund shall be as specified in the employee welfare benefits plans.

4. Application of Trust Fund Assets
As required by Section 403(c)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the assets of the Trust Fund shall never inure to the benefit of any participating employer and shall be held for the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to participating employees and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan.

5. Fiduciary Standards
As required by Section 404(a)(1)(A) and (B) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Trustees shall discharge their duties and administer the Trust Fund assets solely in the interest of the participating emp loyees and their beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of (a) providing benefits to participating employees and their beneficiaries and (b) defraying reasonable expenses of benefit plan administration.

In carrying out the duties , the Trustees shall act with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man , acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters , would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

6. Deposits
The contributions or any other monies which the Trustees may receive shall be deposited in one or more banks or similar financial institutions supervised by the United States or a state, pending the allocation of such monies for the payment of current benefits and expenses or for investment. Such monies may be commingled, on a temporary basis, with monies belonging to other related trust funds.

7. Investments
The Trustees shall invest all contributions or other monies not required for the payment of current benefits and expenses. The Trustees may invest and reinvest in bank accounts, 271 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 12 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
savings and loan accounts, securities, mortgages, deeds of trust, notes, commercial paper, real estate, insurance contracts, and in such other property, real, personal, or mixed, as they deem prudent provided that, in making of investments, the Trustees shall diversify such investments as required by Section 404(a)(1)(C) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so. Further, no investment shall be made which would constitute a “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 406 of such Act, provided that the Trustees shall have the authority to apply to the Secretary of Labor for a conditional or uncondit ional exemption from any of the “prohibited transaction” rules, as they may deem necessary in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans.

8. Specifically Permitted Investments
In the event the Trustees designate one or more banks or similar financial institutions supervised by the United States or a state to serve as custodian of the trust assets, or as a corporate trustee, or in another fiduciary capacity, the monies belonging to the Trust Fund may be invested in the accounts of such bank or institution, provided that such accounts bear a reasonable interest rate.

Further, the monies of the Trust Fund may be invested in (a) a common or collective trust fund or pooled investment fund, maintained by a bank or trust company supervised by the United States or a state or (b) in a pooled investment fund of an insurance company, even though such bank, trust company, or insurance company is a party -in-interest as that terms is designated in Section 3(14) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, provided that the bank, trust company, or insurance company receives not more than reasonable compensation for managing such an investment.

9. Title to Investments and Other Assets
Title to all investments or other assets of the Trust Fund shall be maintained in the name of the Trust Fund, provided that , for convenience in transferring stocks, bonds, or other negotiable securities, title to such securities may be held in the name of the Trust Fund’s custodian bank or of its nominee.

Except as may be authorized by regulation of the Secretary of Labor , the indicia of ownership of all investments and other assets of the Trust Fund shall not be maintained outside the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States.

10. Fidelity Bond
The Trustees shall procure a fidelity bond in the amount required by Section 412(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 covering each Trustee or other person who receives, handles, disburses, or otherwise exer cises custody or control of any of the funds or other property of the Trust Fund. The cost of such bond shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund, provided that, if such bond covers persons other than the Trustees or the employees (if any), and 272 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 13 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
if there is an additional premium for the coverage for such other persons, the additional premium shall be chargeable to such other persons.

11. Records

The Trustees shall maintain rec ords of their administration of the Trust Fund, including records of all receipts and disbursements, all investments purchased or sold, the texts of all benefit plans, all employee eligibility listings, all minutes of Trustee meetings, and all correspondence. No such record shall be destroyed except upon the specific action of the Trustees, and destruction shall not be directed until a period of eight (8) years has elapsed from the date the record was created.

12. Annual Audit

The Trustees shall engage, on behalf of the participating employees and their beneficiaries, an independent qualified public accountant and shall authorize such accountant to conduct an annual f inancial examination of the Trust Fund, as required by Section 103(a)(3)(A) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The cost of such examination shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund.

A statement of the results of each such examination s hall be submitted to the Trustees for their review and, further, shall be made part of the Trust Fund’s annual report.

13. Plan Description

The Trustees shall a plan description, a summary plan description, and any modifications or changes in the information contained in such description, as required by Section 102 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

The Trustees shall also furnish to partici pating employees and to each beneficiary receiving benefits, copies of the summary plan description and copies of any modifications or changes in the information in such description, as required by Section 104(b)(1) of such Act.

14. Annual Report

The Trustees shall prepare and file with the Department of Labor an annual report, as required by Section 103 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The Trustees shall also furnish to participating employees and to each beneficiary receiving benefits portions of the annual reports as required by Section 104(b)(3) of such Act.

15. Documents to be Examined or Furnished

The Trustees shall make cop ies of (a) this Trust Agreement; (b) the plan description ; (c) the latest annual report ; (d) the applicable collective bargaining agreement ; and (e) any other contracts or instruments under which a benefit plan is established or operated available for 273 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 14 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
examination by participating employees or their beneficiaries in the Trust Office, as required by Section 104(b)(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

The Trustees shall, upon written request by a participating employee or his beneficiary, furnish to the participating employee or beneficiary a c opy of (a) this Trust Agreeme nt; (b) the plan description; (c) the latest u pdated summary plan description; (d) the latest annual report; (e) any terminal report; (f) the applicable collective bargaining agreement; and (g) any other contracts or instruments under which a benefit plan is established or operated, as required by Section 104(b)(4) of such Act. Such copies shall be furnished within thirty (30) days of the request. The Trustees may impose a reasonable charge for such copies as may be allowed by regulation of the Secretary of Labor.

16. Procedure for Review of Denied Benefit Claims

The Trustees shall establish administrative procedures whereby particip ating employees or their beneficiaries whose claims for benefits are denied are notified, in writing, of the reasons for such denial and which afford such a participating employee or beneficiary a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review, as requi red by Section 503 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Such procedures shall include the hearing and appeal provisions set forth in Article X hereof.

17. Privacy Rule

The Trustees shall provide certification to the Trust Fund that they agree to not use or disclose Protected Health Information (“PHI”) other than as permitted or required by the Plan document(s) or as required by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and its corresponding regulations titled the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information (Privacy Rule). The Trustees shall have the auth ority to implement policies and procedures and take any other action that may be required in order to comply withy HIPAA and the Privacy Rule. Any omissions or oversights in the use and/or disclosure of PHI will be resolved in accordance with the applicable law and its regulation(s).

18. Whistleblower Policy

The Trustees shall discharge their duties and administer the Trust Fund in such a manner as to comply with Section 510 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, ‘Interference with Rights Protected under Act’.

ARTICLE VII

ALLOCATION OR DELEGATION OF TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Allocation of Responsibilities to Committees

The Trustees may allocate to one or more committees of Trustees all or part of the following responsibilities, with full Power to act: (a) the responsibility for managing the Trust 274 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 15 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
Fund investments (if not otherwise delegated to a qualified investment man ager); (b) the responsibility for reviewing and determining benefit claims of participating employees and their beneficiaries; (c) the responsibility for conducting hearings and issuing determinations as provided for in Article X, Section 2 hereof; (d) the responsibility for resolving questions or problems that may be encountered in connection with payroll auditing activities; (e) the responsibility for resolving questions or problems that may be encountered in connection with payroll auditing activities; ( f) the responsibility for resolving questions or problems that may be encountered in connection with the collection of delinquent employer accounts; ( g) the responsibility for resolving questions or problems that may be encountered in connection with the d ay-to-day work of the administrative agent; ( h) the responsibility for reviewing the performance of the qualified investment manager (if any), and of the other professional persons retained by the Trustees.

In the event the Trustees elect to allocate any of the stated responsibilities , they shall do so by the adoption of a motion or resolution calling for the appointment of a committee of Trustees and specifying the particular responsibility that is being allocated. With respect to the responsibility tha t is allocated, the committee shall have all the powers of the full Board of Trustees. Any action to be taken by the committee shall be determined according to the voting formula contained in Article IV, Section 1 hereof. If the committee members deadloc k on any matter submitted for their concurrence, such matter shall be referred to the full Board of Trustees for review and action.

Nothing contained herein shall in any way limit the authority of the Trustees to create additional committees for the purp ose of assisting with or expediting the affairs of the Trust Fund, provided that any such committee shall be empowered only to make recommendations with respect to the matters referred to it.

2. Delegation of Investment Responsibilities

The Trustees may delegate all or part of their responsibilities for the management of the Trust Fund investments to one or more qualified investme nt managers, as that term is defined in Section 3(38) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, i.e., (a) an investment adviser registered as such under the Inves tment Advisers Act of 1940; (b) a b ank as defined in that Act; or ( c) an insuran ce company qualified to manage, acquire, or dispose of employee benefit plan assets under the laws of more than one state.

In the event the Trustees elect to delegate investment responsibility they shall do so by the adoption of a motion or resolution ma king the delegation to a designated investment manager. The delegation shall be effective when the investment manager accepts the delegation and acknowledges in writing his status as a fiduciary with respect to the Trust Fund.

3. Delegation of Other Responsibilities

275 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 16 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The Trustees may delegate all or part of their responsibilities with respect to the administration of the Trust Fund or the benef it plans (except investment responsibilities) to their administrative agent or to any other person whom they may designate for such purpose.

In the event the Trustees elect to delegate a particular responsibility they shall do so by the adoption of a mot ion or resolution making the delegation to a designated person. The delegation shall be effective when the designated person accepts the delegation. If the delegation involves a responsibility other than one which is ministerial in nature, the designated person shall also acknowledge in writing his status as a fiduciary with respect to the Trust Fund.

4. Review of Performance
In the event the Trustees elect to allocate or delegate Trustee responsibilities they shall periodically review the performance of the persons to whom such responsibilities have been allocated or delegated.

ARTICLE VIII

TRUSTEE POWERS

1. General Powers
Except as may be expressly limited by the terms of this Trust Agreement, Trustees shall have full and exclusive authority to control and administer the Trust Fund and the employee welfare benefit plans which they create.

The authority of the Trustees not only encompasses the specific powers recited in the various paragraphs of this Trust Agreement but also includes the general power to do all things and take all actions, including the expenditure of Trust Fund monies, which they may deem necessary to carry out the purpose of this Trust Agreement. The Trustees may i mplement their powers through the adoption of appropriate motions, resolutions, or administrative rules and regulations.

2. Specific Powers Discretionary
The recitation of specific powers in this Trust Agreement shall not be interpreted as compelling the exercise of any such power. The exercise of specific powers is discretionary with the Trustees.

3. Benefit Plans Currently Being Provided
The employee welfare benefit plan (or plans) presently being administered through this Trust Fund is (are) described as follows:

Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan (ef. July 1, 2018).
276 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 17 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The Trustees shall have the authority to amend such benefit plan (or plans), or any plans hereafter adopted, including amendments that expand, restrict, or terminate all or part of the rules relating to eligibili ty for benefits, or to the amount and nature of such benefits, as they may determine. Amendments may be made on a prospective or retroactive basis.

4. Additional Benefit Plans

The Trustees shall have the authority to create and administer additional employee welfare benefit plans as may be lawful under Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, provided that such plans are suppor ted by employer or employee contributions.

5. Design of the Benefit Plans

The Trustees shall have the authority to determine the details of the benefi t plans, including the determination of the rules under which participating employees shall be eligible for benefits and the nature and amount of such benefits. The Trustees shall also have the authority to determine whether benefits shall be extended to beneficiaries of participating employees and, if so, to determine which class or classes of beneficiaries shall be eligible for benefits, the eligibility rules which will apply to such class or classes of beneficiaries, and the nature and amount of such be nefits. If there are different contribution rates, the Trustees may establish different eligibility rules, or benefit formulas, for the participating employees and their beneficiaries who are affected thereby.

6. Means of Providing Benefits

The Trustees shall have the authority to provide the benefits, in whole or in part, directly from the Trust Fund or to contract with an insurance carrier, service organization, health maintenance organization, or other entity, to underwrite or provide such benefits.

7. Facility of Payment

The Trustees shall have the authority to adopt rules by the terms which benefit payments owing to minors or incompetents may be paid instead to a person or institution providing care or other services to such minor or incompetent, even though a legal guardianship does not exist.

Benefit payments made under any such rules shall fully discharge the Trust Fund’s obligation to the minor or incompetent.

8. Self-Payments by Employees and Beneficiaries

The Trustees shall h ave the authority to include provisions in the benefit plan(s) by the terms of which participating employees and/or beneficiaries, may be permitted to make contributions on their own behalf, only as allowed by federal law.

277 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 18 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

9. Administrative Agent
The Trustees shall have the authority to retain, at the expense of the Trust Fund, one or more administrative agents to assist the Trustees in the day-to-day administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans. Such assistance may include the receipt and recording of contributions, the processing of delinquent accounts, the preparation of employee eligibility listings, the processing of benefit a pplications, the payment of benefits, the maintenance of financial records, and the handling of routine communications.

The administrative agent may be a contract administrator or a salaried administrator. In the event the Trustees employ a salaried adm inistrator they shall also have the authority to employ such additional administrative staff personnel as may be necessary.

The Trustees shall periodically review the performance of the administrative agent.

10. Banking Services
The Trustees shall have the authority to retain, at the expense of the Trust Fund, one or more banks or similar financial institutions supervised by the United States or a state, to perf orm depository or custodial services, or to serve as corporate trustee or co -trustee, on behalf of the Trust Fund.

The Trustees shall periodically review the performance of the banks which they have retained to perform banking services.

11. Other Professional and Non-Professional Help
The Trustees shall have the authority to retain, at the expense of the Trust Fund, on e or more accountants, actuaries, attorneys, employee benefit plan consultants, investment managers, payroll auditors, and other professional or non -professional help, as they may deem necessary in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans . Unless limited by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the retention of any such professional or non - professional help may be on a contract or salaried basis.

The Trustees shall periodically review the performance of their professional and non - professional help.

12. Obtaining of Necessary Premises, Equipment and Supplies The Trustees shall have the authority to purchase or lease suitable premises and equipment and to purchase materials and supplies, at the expense of the Trust Fund, as they may deem necessary in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans.

13. Insurance
278 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 19 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The Trustees shall have the authority to purchase policies of insurance (liability, property damage, casualty, and errors and omissions) to protect the Tru st Fund and to protect themselves and their employees (if any) with respect to their activities on behalf of the Trust Fund as they may deem necessary. The cost of such insurance policies shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund, provided that, if such insurance policies cover persons other than the Trustees or their employees (if any), and if there is an additional premium for coverage for such other persons, the additional premium shall be chargeable to such other persons.

Any policy of errors and omissio ns insurance which covers the Trustees individually shall contain a recourse clause as required by Section 410(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, provided that nothing herein shall prevent a Trustee (or an employer, employer association, or labor organization acting on his behalf) from purchasing for the Trustee a waiver of the recourse clause or a separate policy insuring against such recourse.

14. Borrowing Money

The Trustees shall have the authority to borrow money for the Trust Fund, with or without security, as they may deem necessary in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans.

15. Reserve Funds

The Trustees shall have the authority to maintain reasonable reserve funds for future contingencies as they may deem necessary in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans.

16. Payment of Taxes

The Trustees shall have the authority to pay, at the expense of the Trust Fund, all real and personal taxes, and other ta xes and assessments of any kind that may be lawfully levied or assessed against the Trust Fund.

17. Refunds of Contributions Erroneously Paid

The Trustees shall have the authority to adopt rules by the terms of which refunds of contributions may be made to a participating employer or employee where the employer or employee has paid such contributions in error, provided that employer refunds shal l be made only as permitted by Section 403(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

18. Prosecution of Legal Actions or Claims

The Trustees shall have the authority to originate and maintain any legal actions or claims involving potential legal actions, a t the expense of the Trust Fund, as they may deem necessary in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans. All such actions and claims shall be prosecuted in the name of the Trust Fund or in the name of an assignee. 279 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 20 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

19. Defense of Legal Actions or Claims

The Trustees shall have the authority to defend all legal actions, claims involving potential legal actions, and investigatory proceedings initiated against the Trust Fund or against one or more of the Trustees, former Trustees, administrative agents, or against one or more of the employees of the Trust Fund (if any) that relate to the administration of the Trust Fund or the benefit plans. Except as stated below, the defense of such actions, claims, and proceedings shall be at the expense of the Trust Fund.

If the final court decree establishes personal liability on the part of specified Trustees, administrative agents, or employees (if any) for breach of their fiduciary responsibilities, as permitted by Section 409(a) of the Employee Retireme nt Income Security Act of 1974, and orders that the specified persons are to bear the expenses of their own defense, their attorney fees shall not be chargeable to the Trust Fund. If attorney fees and costs have already been charged to the Trust Fund, the specified persons shall be obligated to repay the Trust Fund for the pro - rate share of such fees and costs.

20. Compromise of Legal Actions or Claims

The Trustees shall have the authority to compromise, settle, or release all legal actions or claims involving potential legal actions, in favor of or against the Trust Fund, on such terms and conditions as they may determine.

21. Penalties for False or Withheld Information

The Trustees shall have the authority to adopt rules and regulations by the terms of which reasonable penalties or forfeitures may be imposed upon participating employees or beneficiaries who (a) falsify any information requested of them in the administration of the Trust Fund and the benefit plans; or (b) fail to provide requested information within a reasonable time.

22. Correction of Errors

It is recognized and acknowledged by all parties that the Trustees will provide eligibility credits or benefits to partic ipating employees and their beneficiaries based on Trust Fund records. It is also recognized and acknowledged that such records could be incorrec t due to (a) incomplete records; (b) employees or beneficiaries submitting incorrec t or false benefit applications; (c) recording or computation err ors by the administrative agent; (d) computer errors; or (e) other similar circumstances. The Trustees shall have the authority to correct the Trust Fund records whenever errors are discovered and to terminate partici pation, adjust eligibility credits or benefits, or seek the recovery of benefit overpayments, as they may determine.

23. Subscription Agreements

280 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust
- 21 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The Trustees shall have the authority to create and distribute subscription agreements, at the expense of the Trust Fund, by the terms of which a participating employer or labor organization acknowledges its obligation to make contributions to the Trust Fund a nd subscribes to the terms and provisions of this Trust Agreement.

24. Participation in Certain Non-Profit Organizations
The Tru stees shall have the authority to participate in non -profit foundations, corporations, councils, committees, or other organizations that have as their purpose (a) the alleviation of physical or mental disease, or of other conditions or hazards that require the care or service being paid for through the benefit pla ns administered by the Trustees; or (b) the improvement in the availability of, and quality of, medical care, or of other care or service being paid for through the benefit plans, or the reduction in the costs of such care or services. If the Trustees act to participate in any such non -profit organization, the membership or participation fees of the organization shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund.

Further, to the extent that such is not prohib ited by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Trustees may make loans, grants, or donations to any such nonprofit organization, in reasonable amounts, out of the uncommitted reserves of the Trust Fund.

25. Participation in Non-Profit Educational Organizations The Trustees shall have the authority to participate in non -profit foundations, corporations, committees, or other organizations which sponsor educational programs or provide educational materials pertaining to the administration of trust funds of this nature and of employee benefit plans. If the Trustees act to participate in any such non -profit organization, the membership or participation fees of the organization shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund.

The Trustees shall also have the authority to purchase educational materials and to provide for the attendance of the Trustees, or of such of their em ployees (if any), as they may designate, at educational conferences and meetings. The costs of such materials and attendance shall be chargeable to the Trust Fund.

26. Reciprocity
The Trustees shall have the authority to enter into reciprocal agreements with other employee benefit trust funds providing similar benefits to those provided through the Trust Fund, for the exchange of eligibility credits or monies or for the payment of pro -rata benefits, in order to protect employees who may terminate their participation in the Trust Fund and begin participation in a reciprocal trust fund and vice versa.

27. Coordinated Administration
281 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 22 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
The Trustees shall have the authority to coordinate the administration of the Trust Fund and of the benefit plans with the administration of related employee benefit trust funds and benefit plans, to such extent as they may determine.

28. Mergers

It is recognized that at some time or times in the future, the Trustees may deem it in the best interest of the Trust Fund and of the participating employers, employer associations, labor organizations, and employees to accept the merger of another employee welfare benefit trust fund into the Trust Fund or to merge the Trust Fund into another employee welfar e benefit trust fund.

In the event that another employee welfare benefit trust fund is to be merged into the Trust Fund, the Trustees shall have the authority to negotiate the terms of the merger, enter into an appropriate merger agreement, and carry out the steps necessary to consummate the merger.

In the event that the Trust Fund is to be merged into another employee welfare benefit trust fund, the Trustees shall have the authority to negotiate the terms of the merger, enter into an appropriate merger a greement, and pursuant thereto, to terminate the Trust Fund subject to Article XIII Section 2 hereof, and to transfer the remaining monies, assets, and liabilities to the other trust fund.

29. Interpretation and Application of Documents

The Trustees shall have the authority to interpret and apply the provisions of this Trust Agreement, or of the benefit plans, or of th eir own motions, resolutions, and administrative rules and regulations, or of any contracts, instruments, or writings that they may have adopted or entered into.

ARTICLE IX

CONTRIBUTIONS AND COLLECTIONS

1. Contribution Reporting Forms

The Trustees may create and make ava ilable, at their discretion, contribution reporting forms.

2. Contribution Due Date

The Trustees shall have the authority to fix a due date for all contributions.

3. Delinquent Contributions

A participating employer shall be considered to be delinquent in the payment of contributions if it (a) fails t o submit a contribution reporting form, and the contributions detailed therein, by the close of business on the due date; or (b) fails to submit contributions on behalf of 282 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 23 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
all the employees for whom contributions are required by the underlying collective b argaining agreement or Special Agreement; or (c) fails to compute properly the contributions according to the required contribution formula specified in the underlying collective bargaining agreement or Special Agreement.

The Trustees shall undertake re asonable efforts, at the expense of the Trust Fund, to collect known delinquent contributions and related claims.

4. Audit of Employer Books and Records

The Trustees shall have the authority, at the expense of the Trust Fund, to audit the payroll books and records of a Participating Employer, either directly or through a qualified public accountant, as they may deem necessary in the a dministration of the Trust Fund. Such payroll audit may be undertaken pursuant to a routine payroll audit program or on an individual basis.

5. Protection of Employees in Cases of Employer Delinquency

To protect participating employees and beneficiaries in situations where participating employees may be denied eligibility credits or benefits because t heir employer is delinquent in the payment of contributions, the Trustees shall have the authority to extend eligibility credits to such employees or to direct the payment of benefits to them, or to their beneficiaries, in whole or in part, as they may determine.

6. Coordination with Provisions in Collective Bargaining Agreements

In the event the underlying collective bargaining agreement contains provisions relating to delinquencies that specify additional remedies or obligate the delinquent employer to greater amounts of liquidated damages, interest, or attorney fees than those set forth herein, the Trustees, at their option, may pursue the additional remedies or impose the greater charges.

The Trustees shall not be obligated, however, to pursue the collection of delinquent accounts through the grievance -arbitration procedures ( if any) provided for in the underlying collective bargaining agreement.

ARTICLE X

CLAIMS AND APPEAL PROCEDURES

1. Procedures to be Followed

The Trustees and the participating employees and their beneficiaries shall follow these claims and appeal procedures.

The procedures specified in this Article and in the employee benefit plan(s) administered through this Trust Fund, together with any written hearing procedures adopted by the Trustees, shall be the exclusive procedures available to a participating employee or beneficiary who is dissatisfied with an 283 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 24 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
eligibility determination or benefit award, or who is otherwise adversely affected by any action of the Trust Office.

2. Hearings before Board of Trustees

Any participating employee or beneficiary of a participating employee who applies for benefits and is ruled ineligible by the Trust Office (or by a committee of Trustees, an administrative agent, insurance carrier, or other organization acting for the Trustees) or who believes he did not receive the full amount of benefits to which he is entitled, or who is otherwise adversely affected by any action of the Trust Office, shall h ave the right to request the Trustees to conduct a hearing in the matter, provided that he makes such a request, in writing, within one hundred eighty-one (181) days after being apprised of, or learning of, the action. The Trustees shall then conduct a he aring at which the participating employee or beneficiary shall be entitled to present his position and any evidence in support thereof. The participating employee or beneficiary may be represented at any such hearing by an attorney or by any other represe ntative of his choosing. Thereafter, the Trustees shall issue a written decision affirming, modifying, or setting aside the former decision no later than five (5) days after the benefit determination related to the hearing is made.

3. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies

Any Beneficiary who has exhausted these Claims and Appeal Procedures may bring an action in federal court pursuant to ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE XI

LIMITATIONS

1. Liabilities and Debts of Trust Fund

No signatory party or Trustee and no participating employer, employer association, labor organization, employee, or beneficiary shall be responsible for the liabilities or debts of the Trust Fund.

2. Liabilities and Debts of Participating Parties

No participating employer, employer association, or labor organization shall become responsible by reason of their participation in the Trust Fund for the liabilities or debts of any other participating employer, employer association, or labor organization.

Except for any obligation to make contributions to the Trust pursuant to a Speci al Agreement or Subscription Agreement, a Participating Employer shall have no obligation to provide benefits to which its employees may be entitled under a collective bargaining agreement to the extent that those benefits are provided under a plan funded through the Trust. A Participating Employer shall not be a fiduciary of the Trust or any employee benefit plan funded through the Trust, and shall have no responsibility or liability for Trust investments or the income tax treatment of Trust earnings or benefits provided under such plan. 284 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 25 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818

3. Personal Liabilities of Trustees

No Trustee shall incur any personal liability in connection with the admin istration of the Trust Fund or the benefit plans, except for such liability that may be established in accordance with Section 409(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Except as may be required by applicable provisions of such Act, no Trustee shall be held personally liable for any breach of fiduciary responsibilities in connection with the administration of the Trust Fund or the benefit plans where it is established (a) that the responsibilities at issue were lawfully allocated or d elegated ___ other Trustees or fiduciaries; or (b) that, in carrying out the responsibilities at issue, the Trustee reasonably relied upon the advice given by the administrative agent or by one or more of the advisers retained by the Trustees.

No Trustee shall be personally liable for a breach of fiduciary responsibilities if such breach was committed before he became a Trustee or after he ceased to be a Trustee.

4. Judgments against Trust Fund

Any money judgment against the Trust Fund shall be enforceable only against the Trust Fund entity and shall not be enforceable against any Trustee or other person, unless liability against the Trustee or other person, in his individual capacity, is established in accordance with Section 409(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

5. Participating Parties’ Rights

Except as specifically provided for in this Trust Agreement or in the benefit plans, no participating employer, employer association, labor organization, or employee, nor any beneficiary of a participating employee shall have any right, title, or interest in or to the Trust Fund, or in or to the contributions, or in or to the benefits provided.

No participating employee shall be entitled to receive any part of the contributions in lieu of the benefits provided thro ugh a benefit plan, nor shall a participating employee who does not qualify for benefits, or his employer, have any claim to the contributions which may have been paid on his behalf.

6. Cessation of Participation

In the event a participating employer, employer association, or labor organization, or groups thereof should cease participation in the Trust Fund, there shall be no division or allocation of any of the monies or assets of the Trust Fund, except as may be required by law.

7. Protection of Trust Fund, Contributions, and Benefits

285 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 26 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
No part of the Trust Fund (including the contributions) or the benefits payable under the benefit plans shall be subject in any manner, by a participating employee or beneficiary, to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, encumbrance, or charge, and any such attempt shall be null and void, provided that the Trustees may recognize assignments of benefits from a participating employee or beneficiary to a doctor, hospital, or other person or institution that has treated or cared for, or provided services or goods to, the participating employee or beneficiary.

Further, no part of the Trust Fund (including the contributions) or the benefits payable under the benefit plans shall be liable for the debts of a participating employee or beneficiary, nor be subject in any manner to garnishment, attachment, lien, charge, or any other legal process brought by any person against a participating employee or beneficiary, and any such attempt shall be null and void.

8. Reliance upon Written Documents

The Trustees may act upon any written letter, report, certificate, instrument, or other document submitted to them by any participating employer, labor organization, employee, or beneficiary, or by any other person, where such document appears to be genuine and to be signed by the proper person or persons, and the Trustees shall be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any such document.

9. Agents of Trust Fund

The Trust Fund is an entity separate and apart from the participating employers, employer associations, and labor organizations. Accordingly, unless authorized in a motion or resolution of the Board of Trustees, no participating employer, employer association, or labor organization, nor any individual employed thereby, shall have any authority to act or function for or on behalf of the Trust Fund or as an agent thereof.

Likewise, unless authorized in a motion or resolution of the Board of Trustees no individual Trustee shall have any authority to act or function for or on be half of the Trust Fund or as an agent thereof.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

1. Trust Fund Offices

The Trust Fund shall maintain a principal office and sub -offices, where necessary, in such locations as the Trustees may determine.

2. Applicable Laws and Regulations

286 of 464

Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State
Council of Firefighters Employee Benefit Trust

- 27 -
wsc001 0001 tg190101 7/2818
This Trust Agreement shall be interpreted, and the Trust Fund shall be administered, in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Internal Revenue Code, and the regulations pertinent thereto, and other applicable statutes and regulations, as such statutes and regulations presently exist or as they may hereafter be amended.

References herein to particular sections of the above -mentioned statutes shall include any regulations pertinent to such sections and any subsequent amendments to such sections or regulations.

3. Service in More than One Fiduciary Capacity

Any Trustee or other person who is a fiduciary may serve the Trust Fund in more than one fiduciary capacity.

4. Notices

Any written notice permitted or required by this Trust Agreement shall be personally delivered to the person for whom it is intended or sent to such person at his residence or business address by first class mail or prepaid telegram.

5. Severability

If any provision of this Trust Agreement, or of the benefit plans, is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining portions of the Trust Agreement or of the benefit plans.

6. Titles and Words

The titles of the various articles and sections of this Trust Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not a part of, nor shall they be used to construe, any term or provision hereof. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender , they shall be construed as though they were use d in the feminine gender, and words in singular form shall be construed as though they were used in the plural form, in all cases where they would so apply.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

1. Amendments

This Trust Agreement may be amended by action of the WSCFF’s Executive Board, on its own accord , after fifteen (15) days ’ advance written notice to the Trustees or upon recommendation of the Board of Trustees. If the WSCFF is decertified or otherwise ceas es to exist without having made provisions for any remaining funds in the Trust, the remaining members of the Board of Trustees shall have the power to amend.

287 of 464

288 of 464

AMENDMENT NO. 7
to the

TRUST AGREEMENT GOVERNING THE

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL OF FIRE FIGHTERS

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST

{14072/A0667213.1}
Dr. 12/17/21
The Executive Board of the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters does hereby amend the “Trust Agreement Governing the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters Employee Benefit Trust, restated effective April 14, 2004,” as follows:

1. IAFF Trustee Position. Under Article III, “The Trustees,” Section 4 is deleted and revised to read as follows:

“4. Number and Term of Trustees.

a) Ten Trustees. There shall be ten Trustees, five of whom shall be elected by delegates of participating Locals in the Trust benefit plan(s) for a three-year term, and five of whom shall be appointed by the Executive Boa rd of the WSCFF for a one-year term. The term of a new Trustee shall commence on July 1 following the WSC FF convention at which he/she was appointed or elected. Elections and appointments shal l be according to rules of the WSCFF for its election of its Executive Board and its appointments, or to other special Trust election and appointment rules that the WSCFF adopts.

b) Reserved Seats.

(i) Trustee from Outside State of Washington. One of the five appointed Trustee positions shall be reserved for a member of a Local based outside the state of Washington, if such a person is available.

(ii) Retiree Trustee. No more than one of the elected or appointed Trustee positions shall be available for a retiree, provided however that a Trustee who becomes a retiree while serving as a Trustee may finish his or her term, even if there is already a retiree on the Board.

(iii) IAFF Executive Board Trustee. One of the five appointed Trustee positions shall be reserved for a member of the International Associ ation of Fire Fighters (the “IAFF”) Executive Board, provided that the IAFF Executive Board member is not currently sitting on the governing board of the IAFF Financial Corporation. The IAFF Executive Board shall recommend members of its Board for this Trustee position, and the WSCFF Executive Board shall review the qualifications of the recommended persons and select a qualified person to appoint to the Board of Trustees. If the IAFF Trustee gets selected for a posit ion on the IAFF Financial Corporation governing board during his or her Trustee term, that person shall be disqualified, his or her term as a Trustee shall be automatically terminated, and the process in this Section shall be used to appoint a new person as IAFF Trustee.”

289 of 464

Amendment No. 7 to the
Trust Agreement Governing the WSCFF Employee Benefit Trust

Page 2 ends

{14072/A0667213.1}

2. Trustee Membership Requirement. Under Article III, “The Trustees,” the second Section 4 is deleted, renumbered as Section 5, and revi sed to read as follows . All subsequent Sections of Article III are renumbered and references adjusted accordingly:

“5. Membership Requirement

Each person elected or appointed as a Trustee, except the IAFF Executive Board Trustee, shall be an active member of a Participating Labor Organization (or a retiree who was an active member until retirement) and a Participating Employee in one of the Trust’s benefit plans. There shall be no more than one Trustee from any Participating Labor Organization.”

3. Majority for Voting and Quorum. Under Article IV, Sections 1 and 2 are r evised by adding the following parenthetical after the word “majority”: “(more than 50%)”.

4. Name Change of Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan. Under Article VIII, “Benefit Plans Currently Being Provided ,” Section 3 is revised to change th e name of the Plan currently administered through the Trust from “Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan” to “IAFF Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan (or ‘IAFF MERP’),” and to adjust any references thereto accordingly.

This Amendment shall be effective upon approval by the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters Executive Board, as indicated by authorized signatures below, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article XIII, Section 1, of the Trust Agreement.

For the EXECUTIVE BOARD,

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL

OF FIRE FIGHTERS

_________________________________
Dennis Lawson, President

Date: ________________

_________________________________
Greg Markley, Secretary/Treasurer

Date: ________________

Acknowledged for:

BOARD OF TRUSTEES,

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL

OF FIRE FIGHTERS EMPLOYEE

BENEFIT TRUST

______________________________
Trustee
______________________________
Print Name

Date: ________________

____________________________
Trustee
______________________________
Print Name

Date: ________________

12/31/2021
12/30/2021
12/30/2021
Craig A Soucy
01/12/2022
Jeffrey P Wainwright
290 of 464

AMENDMENT NO. 8
to the

TRUST AGREEMENT GOVERNING THE

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL OF FIRE FIGHTERS

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST

{14072/A0722324.1}
Dr. 9/1/22
The Executive Board of the Washington State Council of Fire Fighters does hereby amend the “Trust Agreement Governing the Washington St ate Council of Fire Fighters Employee Benefit Trust, restated effective April 14, 2004,” as follows:

1. Trustee Positions. Under Article III, Section 4 is deleted and revised to read as follows:

“4. Number and Term of Trustees.

a) Thirteen Trustees. There shall be thirteen Trustees. Five of the Trustees shall be active me mbers of partici pating Locals located in the state of Washington and shall be elected at the WSCFF conve ntion by delegates of participating Locals in the Trust benefit plan(s) for a three-year term. Five of the Trustees shall be appointed by the Executive Board of the WSCFF (the “WSCFF Executive Board”) for a one-year term and shall have the qualifications indicated below in subsection (b). Three of the Trustees shall be d esignated by position on the WSCFF Executive Board or IAFF 7 th District, as described in subsection (c ) below, for a term that coincides with their t erm on the WSCFF Executive Board or IAFF 7th District.

The term of a new Trustee shall commence on July 1 foll owing the WSCFF convention at whi ch he /she was appointed or elected. Elections and appointments shall be according to rules of the WSCFF for its election of its Executive Board and its appointments, or to other special Trust election and appointment rules that the WSCFF adopts.

b) Five Appointed Trustee Seats.

(i) Four Trustees from Outside State of Washington . The WSCFF Executive Board shall appoint a Western Regional Trustee , a n Eastern Regional Trustee , and two At Large Regional Trustees, as described below . In the event that the Trustee ’s Local terminates participation in the Tr ust, the WSCFF Executive Board shall appoint a new Trustee to finish the term.

(1) Eastern Regional Trustee. The Eastern Regional Trustee shall be a member (or retiree who was a member un til retirement) of an IAF F Loca l that is currently participating in the Trust and located in one of the following Eastern states: Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Del aware, District of Colum bia, Florida, G eorgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryla nd, 291 of 464

Amendment No. 8 to the
Trust Agreement Governing the WSCFF Employee Benefit Trust

Page 2 ends

{14072/A0722324.1}
Massachusetts, Mi chigan, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolin a, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, and West Virginia.

(2) Western Regional Trustee. The Western Regional
Trustee sh all be a member (or retiree who was a member un til retirement) of an IAFF Loca l that is currently participating in the Trust and located in one of the following Western states: Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Montan a, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Wisconsin or Wyoming.

(3) Two At Large Regional Trustees. One At Large
Regional Trustee shall be a member (or retiree who was a member until retirement) of an IAFF Local that is currently participating in the Trust and located in one of the following Northwest states:

Oregon, Alaska, Idaho or Montana. The second At Large Reg ional Trustee shall be a member (or retiree who was a member un til retirement) of an IAFF Local that is within the United States but not in Washington state.

(ii) IAFF Executive Board Trustee. The WSCFF Executive Board shall appoin t a member of the International Association of Fire Fighters ( the “IAFF”) Executive B oard as a Trustee. The individual appointed to this Trustee position cannot be currently sitting on the governing board of the IAFF Fi nancial Corporation. The IAFF Executi ve Board shall recommend members of its Board for this Trustee position, and the WSCFF Exec utive Board shall r eview the qualifications of the recommended persons and select a qualified person to appoint to the Board of Trustees. If the IAFF Trustee gets se lected for a position on the IAFF Financial Corporation governing board during h is or her Trus tee term, that person shall be disqualified, his or her term as a Trustee shall be automatically terminated, and the process in this Section shall be used to appoint a new person as IAFF Trustee.

c) Three Trustee Seats Designated for WSCFF Executive Board and IAFF 7th District Positions. The President and Secretary/Treasurer of the WSCFF Executive Board shall serve as Trustees, based upon their position on the WSCFF Executive Board . The IAFF 7 th District Vice President shall also serve as a Trustee, base d on his or her position with the IAFF 7th District. If the re is a vacancy in one of these designated positions, then the WSCFF Executive Board shall appoint another member of the WSCFF Executive Board to serve as Tru stee until the designated position is filled.”
292 of 464

Amendment No. 8 to the
Trust Agreement Governing the WSCFF Employee Benefit Trust

Page 3 ends

{14072/A0722324.1}

2. Trustee Membership Requirement. Under Article III, Section 5 is deleted and revised to read as follows:

“5. Membership Requirement

Each person elected or appointed as a Trustee , except the IAFF Executive Board Trustee and the IAFF 7th District VP Trustee, shall be an active member of a Participating Labor Organization (or a retiree who was an active member until retirement) and a Partic ipating Employee in one o f the Trust ’s benefit plans.

There shall be no more than one Trustee from any Participating La bor Organization. A ma jority of the Trustee positions must be held by active employees, except that a Trustee who retires while serving as a Trustee may finish his or her term, even if there is a majority of retirees on the Board for the completion of that term.”

3. Quorum. Under Article IV, Section 2 is deleted and revised to read as follows:

“2. Constitution of a Quorum

To constitute a valid regular or special meeting of the Trustee s, a quorum must be present. A quorum exists if there are presen t at a meeting a majority (more than 50%) of the number of filled Trustee positions pursuant to Ar ticle III, Section 4, hereof.”

4. Other Bargaining Unit Participation. Under Article V, Section 2 is deleted and revised to read as follows , and the third paragraph of Section 2 is moved to a new Section 5 in Article V, titled “Termination of Participation”:

“2. Other Bargaining Units

The Trustees shall have the aut hority to permit labor organizations , other than those identified in Section 1 above , to participate in the Trust Fund through negotiation of a collective bargaining agreement , as long as the employees in those bargaining units are Fire Department or Fire District employees and the IAFF Local in that Fire Department or Fire Distr ict is particip ating in the Trust Fund. The Trustees shall have complete discretion o ver p articipation of such bargaining units and their participation shall be subject to whatever terms and conditions the Trustees decide to impose . The total number of participating employees represented by such bargaining units shall not exceed 10% of the total number of participating employees in the Trust as a whole.”

5. Non-Bargaining Unit Employee Participation. Under Article V, Section 3 is deleted and revised to read as follows:
293 of 464

294 of 464

4g
25-88596

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s Application Submission Request to be designated as the America’s Job Center of California SM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area
Motion:

1. Approving the submission of the Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s request to the Governor of California for approval to be the America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area for four years beginning July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029.

2. Upon approval from the Governor of California for VWDB to be the America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area for four years beginning July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029, authorizing the City Manager, or a designee, to execute all agreements, amendments, certifications, and documents necessary to effectuate the America’s Job Center of California SM Operator services, subject to the approval by the City Attorney.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Verdugo Workforce Development Board (VWDB) has a long-standing history of coordinating partner services for the Verdugo Jobs Center (VJC), on behalf of the Verdugo Workforce Development Area (VWDA), which consists of the Cities of Glendale, Burbank and La Cañada Flintridge. With this experience, the VWDB is seeking approval to be the America’s Job Center of California OperatorSM for a four-year period from July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029. As the Operator, the VWDB will be responsible for coordinating partner services in VWDBA. Without an approved application, the VWDB would have to conduct a new competitive bidding process for Operator Services impacting the current coordination of partner services. 295 of 464

4g2
25-88596
6 2
8 8

RECOMMENDATION
That City Council:

1. Approves the submission of the Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s request to be America’s Job Center of California SM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area, which allows for VWDB to coordinate partner services.

2. Upon approval from the Governor of California for VWDB to be the America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area for four years beginning July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029, authorizes the City Manager, or a designee, to execute all agreements, amendments, certifications, and documents necessary to effectuate the America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator services, subject to the approval by the City Attorney.

ANALYSIS
The Verdugo Consortium is a Joint Powers Agreement (JPA) comprised of the Cities of Glendale, Burbank, and La Cañada Flintridge. The Verdugo Workforce Development Board (VWDB) is the planning and policy body for the Consortium. Its purpose is to provide employment and training programs within the three cities and to allocate and award Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) funds toward its goals. Through the JPA, the City of Glendale (City) has responsibility for the administration of all Consortium activities, including approval of federal WIOA requirements, such as the submission of the Operator application, which allows local areas to provide partner services directly instead of awarding a contract through a competitive bid process.

The America’s Job Centers of California (AJCC) Operator role is responsible for coordinating service delivery among all AJCC partners and service providers within the Local Workforce Development Area (Local Area). Pursuant to the Code of Federal Regulation (20 CFR 678.620(a)), at a minimum, the One-Stop Operator must coordinate the service delivery of required partners and service providers. The role of the AJCC Operator may include the following:
Coordinating the service delivery of required AJCC partners and service providers.
Ensuring the implementation of partner responsibilities and contributions agreed upon in Memorandums of Understanding (MOU).
Reporting to Local Boards on operations, performance, and continuous improvement recommendations.
Implementing policies established by Local Boards in regard to the MOU partnerships.
Adhering to all applicable federal and state guidances.

The Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) requires that States use a competitive process to designate an Operator for its system, at least once every four years, or a local workforce board may request and be granted by the state, the option to become its own Operator and provide its own service (WIOA Sec. 121 (d)(2)(A)). In California, a local workforce board can submit an application to the State of California Workforce Development Board (CWDB) to act in the role as the AJCC Operator. Once 296 of 464

4g3
25-88596
6 2
8 8
the application is reviewed and accepted, the CWDB, on behalf of the Governor of California, can designate the workforce board as the AJCC Operator for the local workforce development system. This year, the CWDB is accepting Workforce Board applications for the AJCC Operator. Workforce Boards will not have another opportunity to submit an application until 2029.

On January 15, 2025, the Verdugo Workforce Development Board (VWDB) released a request for proposal (RFP) for Operator Services. The Operator RFP process released in January 2025, resulted in only one bid submission.

Due to the singular bidder, the VWDB staff sought direction from the CWDB. Upon their recommendations it was suggested that the Board submit an application to become the AJCC Operator for the period of July 1, 2025 through June 30, 2029. Given the smaller size of our board, representing only three cities, as well as an RFP which resulted in one applicant, the VWDB has sufficient justification to assume responsibility for delivering AJCC Operator services directly. The VWDB’s situation is not unique to the State in which one bid has led multiple boards this program year to submit applications to be their own Operator.

The VWDB currently takes an active role in Operator services by reviewing and editing documents, such as the Partners MOU, required in this role as well as tracking the monthly infrastructure cost. Not only does the VWDB already assume some of the Operator responsibility, but also, it currently provides similar services as an intermediary for projects such as BioTC and is the coordinator of the California Adult Education Program (CAEP). Both of these projects require that the VWDB coordinate partnerships, maintain relationships with all key partners, coordinate and execute MOU’s, assist with tracking and reporting of performance, and coordinate professional development, among other duties similar to the One-Stop Operator. Therefore, the VWDB is poised to assume the role of the Operator.

To provide adequate opportunity for public comment, local boards are required to provide a 30-day period for comment on the VWDB’s AJCC Operator application. The VWDB’s application was widely distributed, including being posted on the VWDB’s website and distributed to all partners with requests to post on their websites as well. The public comment period was from June 27, 2025 to July 27, 2025. No comments were received during this time period. The VWDB reviewed the Operator application at its public board meeting held on June 25, 2025.

If approved, the Operator Application will be valid for four years from July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
The Operator application is a federal requirement for workforce boards that seek to provide Operator partner services in their area. As such it was discussed at a public workforce board meeting on June 25, 2025, held at the Verdugo Jobs Center which allowed stakeholders to participate and comment on this item. The Operator application also went through 30 day public comment period which no comments were received. 297 of 464

4g4
25-88596
6 2
8 8

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The action being considered does not constitute a “project” within the meaning of CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(5), as it constitutes an organizational or administrative activity of government that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment; thus, it is not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines section 15060(c)(3).

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION
1: The City Council may decline to adopt the motion as recommended herein. This would result in the VWDB having to initiate a new competitive bidding process for Operator Services, thus impacting the current coordination of partner services. 2: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Onnig Bulanikian, Director of Community Services & Parks Prepared by:

Judith Velasco, Workforce Development Administrator
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit 1: Minutes of the meeting of the Verdugo Workforce Development Board, June 25, 2025.

Exhibit 2: VWDB Operator Application
298 of 464

MOTION
Moved by Council Member , seconded by
Council Member , that the Council of the
City of Glendale hereby:

1. Approves submission of the Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s (“VWDB”) request to the Governor of California for approval to be the America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area for four years beginning July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029.

2. Upon approval from the Governor of California for VWDB to be the America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator for the Verdugo Workforce Development Area for four years beginning July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2029, authorizes the City Manager, or a designee, to execute all agreements, amendments, certifications, and documents necessary to effectuate the America’s Job Center of California SM Operator services, subject to the approval by the City Attorney.

Vote as Follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
299 of 464

VERDUGO WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD

FULL BOARD MEETING MINUTES
6/25/2025
9:30 a.m. to 10:30 a.m.

VWDB Full Board Minutes 6/25/2025 Page 1 of 3
MEMBERS PRESENT: Jose Barba, Sonya Kay Blake, Vicki Brannock, Alexis Carter, Marisol Espinoza, Nick Hacopian, Caroline Lett, Iskra Martinez, Kathy McIntyre, Nicole Miller, Stephanie O’Keefe, Terry Walker
MEMBERS ABSENT: Ara Aslanian, Luiza Balyan, Onnig Bulanikian, Mary Hamzoian, Steve Kaplan, Debbie Kukta, Pamela
Marcello, Michael Ritterbrown, Veronica Romero, Soua
Vang

COMMUNITY &

OTHER AGENCY
REPRESENTATIVES:

Monica Casas, Eliza Dzhaneryan, Karine Grigoryan
STAFF PRESENT: Diana Montecino, MaryAnn Pranke Judith Velasco, Melissa Younesian
CALL TO ORDER: 9:35 am by Vice Chair Marisol Espinoza

I. Introductions
A. Vice Chair Marisol welcomed and introduced Nicole Miller from IATSE Local B-132.

II. Minutes of February 12, 2025, April 09, 2025, and May 21, 2025 A. Minutes presented and reviewed. M OTION: Nick Hacopian 2nd: Veronica Romero ABSTAIN: Jose Barba
Action: APPROVED

III. Action Items

A. Approval of the recommendation for Jamie Keyser Thomas to be appointed to the Verdugo Workforce Development Board (VWDB), in compliance with State and Federal requirements under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) of 2014

MOTION FOR CONSENT ITEM A Motion: Stephanie O’Keefe 2nd: Vicki Brannock Abstain: Jamie Keyser Thomas

B. Approval of the recommendation for Caroline Lett to be appointed to the Verdugo Workforce Development Board, in compliance with State and Federal requirements under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014

MOTION FOR CONSENT ITEM B Motion: Nick Hacopian 2nd: Vicki Brannock

C. Approval of the recommendation for Kathleen McIntyre to be appointed to the Verdugo Workforce Development Board, in compliance with State and Federal requirements under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014

MOTION FOR CONSENT ITEM C Motion: Sonya Kay Blake 2nd: Veronica Romero

Exhibit 1
300 of 464

VERDUGO WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD

FULL BOARD MEETING MINUTES
6/25/2025
9:30 a.m. to 10:30 a.m.

VWDB Full Board Minutes 6/25/2025 Page 2 of 3
D. Approval of the recommendation for Nicole Miller to be appointed to the Verdugo Workforce Development Board, in compliance with State and Federal requirements under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014

MOTION FOR CONSENT ITEM D Motion: Stephanie O’Keefe 2nd: Veronica Romero Abstain: Nicole Miller

E. Approval of the VWDB’s Local Workforce Development Plan 2025- 2028 and the Los Angeles Basin Regional Planning Unit’s Regional Workforce Development Plan 2025- 2028 and their submission to the California Workforce Development Board and the State of Californi a Employment Development Department

F. Approval of the allocation of $145,500 to City of Burbank’s Job Connect to provide services in Burbank as the Verdugo Jobs Center Affiliate Site for Fiscal Year 2025-2026

G. Approval of contract amendment with Glendale Youth Alliance for the Student Training and Employment Program grant to extend the end date from June 30, 2025 to June 30, 2026 and increase funding by$183,327 for an amended contract amount not to exceed $601,341, to continue administration of work experience services

H. Approval of contract amendment with Glendale Community College’s Professional Development Center for the Student Training and Employment grant to extend the end dates from June 30, 2025 to June 30, 2026, and increase funding in an amount of $13,600 for a total contract amount of $27,200

I. Approval of the Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s Preliminary Budget for Fiscal Year 2025-2026

J. Approval to designate Glendale Youth Alliance as the board’s youth provider for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 and to enter into contract with Glendale Youth Alliance for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 in an amount not to exceed $703,428 in Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act funding for Youth Services

K. Approval to accept anticipated preliminary funds from the Los Angeles County Department of Economic Opportunity for Fiscal Year 2025- 2026 for the Youth@Work program and to enter into contract with Glendale Youth Alliance to provide Youth Services

L. Approval to release the Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s America’s Job Centers of California Operator Application for July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2029 for public review and comment

M. Approval of Fiscal Year 2025-2026 Slate of Officers for the Verdugo Workforce Development Board

MOTION FOR CONSENT ITEM E – M Motion: Vick Brannock 2nd: Alexis Carter

IV. Director’s Report
A. Executive Director Judith Velasco introduced Denise Hayes, a successful participant of the Verdugo Jobs Center (VJC), who obtained her Class A D riving License through Hi -Desert Trucking School and is currently working as a long-haul driver. Ms. Hayes provided a summary of her experience with the services that VJC provided to her. 301 of 464

VERDUGO WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD

FULL BOARD MEETING MINUTES
6/25/2025
9:30 a.m. to 10:30 a.m.

VWDB Full Board Minutes 6/25/2025 Page 3 of 3

1. The VWDB applauded Ms. Hayes on her accomplishments.

2. Ms. Hayes emphasized the importance of marketing and letting the community know about the services available at VJC. If her training provider had not mentioned VJC to her, she never would have known about the services available.

B. Ms. Velasco announced the VWDB’s staff goals for the upcoming fiscal year which are:

1. Alignment with industries and partners in apprenticeships with a manufacturing focus,

2. Identify business champions,

3. Regular communication with elected local officials,

4. Diversify revenue, and

5. Develop career pathways.
a. Discussion: The board members provided feedback on the goals. i. Sonya Kay Blake advised that it is strategic to align with prevailing priorities and create an action plan for the sectors the VWDB has in mind.
ii. Stephanie O’Keefe mentioned that the concept of apprenticeships is somewhat dated and needs to be rebranded.
iii. Terry Walker added that apprenticeships can help offset expenses, if the employer took on the responsibility of training expense.
iv. Nicole Miller emphasized that constant communication with elected officials will help as well as sharing the available resources more publicly. v. Jose Barba recommended documenting the client’s story; as they meet their milestones, referencing their timeline.
vi. Vicki Brannock stated that Biocom has been trying to pitch the apprenticeship model to employers in the Biotech world, but employers are not interested. A challenge is that employers are more familiar with the internship model and are hesitant to change.

C. Ms. Velasco shared that the VWDB received an 18% increase in allocation for WIOA Adult, Dislocated Work and Youth funds.

D. Ms. Velasco disclosed that WIOA remains as status quo.

1. The Make America Skilled Again (MASA) Initiative brings the p ossibility of grant funds being consolidated into a block grant.
i. Currently WIOA funds flow to the state and then allocated to the boards.

E. Ms. Velasco announced that she will be reaching out to board members to schedule meetings with Local Elected Officials on MASA, request Letters of Support, and meet with board members to discuss apprenticeship models and new opportunities.

V. Other Business and Announcements
A. Ms. Velasco shared the recent awards the VWDB and VJC have received for services provided through successful partnerships.

B. The next VWDB meeting will be held in-person at the VJC on Wednesday, September 24, 2025 at 9:30 am.

II. Public Comments: None

III. Adjournment: 10:33 am
302 of 464

Page 1 of 8 ends

Request for Approval

America’s Job Center of CaliforniaSM Operator

Local Workforce Development Board
Verdugo Workforce Development Board

Local Workforce Development Area
Verdugo Consortium

Exhibit 2
303 of 464

Page 2 of 8 ends

The Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) allows Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Board) to be an America’s Job Center of California (AJCC) Operator, with the agreement of the Chief Elected Official (CEO) and the Governor. In order to be considered, the Local Board or administrative entity must have successfully participated in a competitive process or provide substantial documentation that they meet one of the exceptions for Noncompetitive procurement.

This application will serve as the Local Board’s or administrative entity’s request for Governor’s approval to be an AJCC Operator within a Local Workforce Development Area (Local Area) under WIOA. The application and required supporting documentation must be submitted to the California Workforce Development Board (CWDB) by March 1, 2025, through the following method:

Email: [email protected]
Subject line: AJCC Operator Application

If the CWDB determines the request is incomplete, it will either be returned or held until the necessary documentation is submitted. Please contact your Regional Advisor for technical assistance or questions related to completing and submitting this request.

Judith Velasco
Contact Person
818-937-8031
Contact Person’s Phone Number

Date of Submission

Verdugo Workforce Development Board
(VWDB)
Name of Local Board
1255 South Central Avenue
Mailing Address

Glendale, CA 91204
City, State, Zip
304 of 464

Page 3 of 8 ends

Request for Approval
America’s Job Center of California Operator
Type of Procurement

1. What type of procurement was used by the Local Board or administrative entity? ☐Competitive ☒ Noncompetitive

2. If Noncompetitive, did the Local Board or administrative entity offer an open, competitive procurement prior to Noncompetitive?
☒Yes ☐No

3. If Noncompetitive, identify the reason(s) for using this procurement method:
☐ The AJCC Operator services are only available from a single source. ☐ A public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation.
☒ After solicitation of a number of sources, competition was determined inadequate.

Documentation Requirements for Competitive Procurement
Please provide responses to the following items on a separate document.

1. A description of the AJCC Operator.
a. Will the Local Board or administrative entity be the only AJCC Operator or act as a member of a consortium? If part of a consortium, include a list of the other consortium members. N/A b. Is there more than one comprehensive AJCC in the Local Area? If so, will the Local Board or administrative entity act as the operator for all of them? If not, list which ones the Local Board will act as operator for and who will be the operator for the others.

2. Documentation of local internal controls, conflict of interest, and firewalls policies adhered to during the AJCC Operator procurement process. N/A

3. Documentation of the procurement process, including but not limited to, preparation of the request for proposal, public notices, receipt of bids/letter of intent, public bid/proposal meetings, evaluation, comparison, protest letters, and award notice/contract. In addition, provide a timeline that includes the date and staff name, organization, and title involved in each step of the selection process. N/A

4. Copy of the Local Board’s or administrative entity’s bid/proposal. N/A

5. A written description of the following operational topics. a. Specify the role(s) of the Local Board or administrative entity as the AJCC Operator(s) (i.e., coordinating service providers, primary provider of services, and coordinating activities throughout the AJCC system). If the Local Board or administrative entity is part of a consortium, provide each assigned role and the related responsibilities for each entity in the consortium. N/A b. How does this structure demonstrate the Local Board’s or administrative entity’s ability to successfully operate the AJCC system while also providing leadership and accountability for the entire Local Area and AJCC system? N/A
c. How will this structure deliver the highest performance outcomes for the Local Area? N/A 305 of 464

Page 4 of 8 ends

Documentation Requirements for Noncompetitive Procurement Please provide responses to the following items on a separate document.

The Verdugo Workforce Development Board (VWDB) has responded to all questions below in a separate document, entitled Attachment 1 “Responses to Noncompetitive Procurement”

1. A justification for whichever exemption mentioned above the Local Board or administrative entity feels they fall under in order to use Noncompetitive.

2. A description of the AJCC Operator.
a. Will the Local Board or administrative entity be the sole AJCC Operator or act as a member of a consortium? If part of a consortium, include a list of the other consortium members.

b. Is there more than one comprehensive AJCC in the Local Area? If so, will the Local Board or administrative entity act as the operator for all of them? If not, list which ones the Local Board or administrative entity will act as operator and who will be the operator for the others.

3. An analysis of market conditions and other factors that lead to the determination for utilizing Noncompetitive.

4. Copies of internal controls, conflict of interest, and firewall policies.

5. Provide a written description of the following operational topics:
a. Specify the role(s) of the Local Board or administrative entity as the AJCC Operator(s) (i.e., coordinating service providers, primary provider of services, and coordinating activities throughout the AJCC system). If the Local Board or administrative entity is part of a consortium, provide each assigned role and the related responsibilities for each entity in the consortium. b. How does this structure demonstrate the Local Board’s or administrative entity’s ability to successfully operate the AJCC system while also providing leadership for the entire Local Area and AJCC system?
c. How will this structure deliver accountability and the highest performance outcomes for the Local Area?

6. Evidence that the request for approval of the Local Board or administrative entity to be an AJCC Operator through Noncompetitive was made available to the public for at least 30 days. Submit copies of comments received.

7. Views expressed by the local WIOA mandatory AJCC partner programs. Submit copies of any letters of support, disagreement, or other views received.

8. Attach documentation (signed and dated letter) that the members of the Local Board and other relevant parties (e.g., Board of Supervisors) reviewed the information provided in the application and approved its contents in a public meeting.
306 of 464

Page 5 of 8 ends

Signature Page
By signing below, the local CEO and Local Board chair request approval from the Governor to be designated as an AJCC Operator. Each party certifies that this application submission was reviewed and demonstrates that the Local Board met all the requirements to be designated as the AJCC Operator of the Local Area under WIOA law and regulations.

Instructions
The Local Board chair and local CEO must sign and date this form. Include the original signatures with the request.

Local Workforce Development Board Chair Local Chief Elected Official

Signature Signature
Nick Hacopian Ara Najarian
Name Name
Chair, Verdugo Workforce Development
Board

Mayor, City of Glendale
Title Title

Date Date

307 of 464

Page 6 of 8 ends

Attachment 1 “Verdugo Workforce Development Board’s Response to Non Competitive Procurement Questions”

1. A justification for whichever exemption mentioned above the Local Board or administrative entity feels they fall under in order to use Noncompetitive.

The Verdugo Workforce Development Board ( VWDB) released the AJCC Operator Request for Proposal (RFP) on January 15, 2025 with a submission deadline of March 7, 2025. An optional bidders conference was held on February 12, 2025 in which three individuals attended, representing three different bidding organizations . The RFP was promoted via email announcements and social media avenues. Notification of the RFP was published in the Glendale News-Press, the Burbank Leader, and the La Cañada Flintridge Outlook Valley Sun. Notification was also mailed to the VWDB members, VWDB Partners, California Adult Education Program (CAEP) Partners, and consultants which includes any current and past contractors. The RFP was also published on the VWDB Website and all social media outlets associated with the VWDB and Verdugo Jobs Center ( VJC). The only applicant who submitted a successful application was the incumbent contractor. After consultation with the City of Glendale’s Legal Department, it was determined that the RFP did not constitute a competitive bid process. Therefore, the best course of action was to cancel the RFP and have the VWDB apply for and assume the Operator role given its prior experience and expertise in drafting the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) and its active role with the partners.

The VWDB will be the sole AJCC Operator and not act as a member of a consortium.

The VWDB has one comprehensive AJCC (Verdugo Jobs Center) located in the City of Glendale and one affiliate AJCC location (Job Connect) in the City of Burbank. The VWDB will act as the AJCC Operator for both.

3. An analysis of market conditions and other factors that lead to the determination for utilizing Noncompetitive.

As a result of the Operator RFP receiving only one (1) bidder, the VWDB did an overall analysis of this role and its ability to fulfill it. The workforce knowledge required to be an AJCC Operator limits the candidates who can submit a competitive application. Also, given the size of the VWDB region, it is more cost effective and efficient to deliver these services directly.

Prior to the implementation of WIOA, the VWDB provided its own AJCC Operator services directly, coordinating partners and executing Memoranda of Understanding (MOU) to formalize partnerships. The VWDB was also responsible for managing and maintaining the partnerships, coordinating professional development and ensuring that the workforce develop system continuously improved. The procurement of the AJCC Operator began once the requirements under WIOA were implemented.

The VWDB currently has an active role in Operator services by recommending agenda topics, reviewing and editing documents, such as the Partners MOU. The VWDB also tracks the monthly infrastructure cost of the co -located partners on behalf of the current operator. Not only does the VWDB already assumes a portion of the Operator responsibility, but also, it currently provides similar services as an intermediary for projects such as BioTC and is the coordinator of the California Adult Education Program (CAEP) which operates under GlendaleLEARNS. Both of these 308 of 464

Page 7 of 8 ends

projects require that the VWDB coordinate partnerships, maintain relationships with all key partners, coordinate and execute MOU’s, assist with tracking and reporting of performance, and coordinate professional development, among other duties similar to the Operator. Therefore, the VWDB is poised to assume the role of AJCC Operator.

4. Copies of internal controls, conflict of interest, and firewall policies.

We have attached these policies to the application.

As the AJCC Operator, the VWDB will oversee service delivery of partners by designating a VWDB staff(s) to ensure compliance per EDD Workforce Services Directive 22-13 including:

 Coordinating the service delivery of required AJCC partners and service providers.  Ensuring the implementation of partner responsibilities and contributions agreed upon in Memorandums of Understanding.
 Reporting to Local Boards on operations, performance, and continuous improvement recommendations.  Implementing policies established by Local Boards.
 Adhering to all applicable federal and state guidance.  Holding regular partner meetings on a quarterly basis during the program year.

b. How does this structure demonstrate the Local Board’s or administrative entity’s ability to successfully operate the AJCC system while also providing leadership for the entire Local Area and AJCC system?
The Verdugo Workforce Development Board has a long -standing history of over 30 years delivering workforce services.

The VWDB ’s track record includes delivering innovative solutions to populations with the greatest need in partnership with its MOU partners, businesses, and community.

The average tenure of VWDB staff is 10 years . Its staff possess the skills, knowledge, and expertise to deliver exceptional service to be the AJCC Operator. A designated VWDB staff(s) will assume this role while other staff will continue to develop programs and provide leadership in workforce development to the Verdugo Consortium comprised of the cities of Burbank, Glendale and La Cañada Flintridge.

How will this structure deliver accountability and the highest performance outcomes for the Local Area? The VWDB, as the AJCC Operator, can effectively deliver accountability and the high performance as it has done so with other roles it has assumed, such as the Career Services Provider. The VWDB has demonstrated it can coordinate partner communication and partner services via a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), as demonstrated with the BioTC and GlendaleLEARNS programs it currently administers. In this role, the VWDB will report on AJCC Operator activities and align with AJCC certification Hallmarks of Excellent which is critical to continue to deliver services in a system-based approach.

309 of 464

Page 8 of 8 ends

The Public Notice for the VWDB AJCC Operator Application was available for a 30-day public comment period which ran from Friday, June 27, 2025 to Sunday, July 27, 2025 . This public notice was posted on the VWDB’s website (verdugoworks.com and glendaleca.gov ), social media and sent out to all partners and key stakeholders .

Additionally, the 30-day public notice was promoted to local news outlets such as the Glendale News Press, Burbank Leader and La Cañada Outlook. No comments were received.

7. Views expressed by the local WIOA mandatory AJCC partner programs. Submit copies of any letters of support, disagreement, or other views received.

The 30-day public comment period began on Friday, June 27, 2025 and ended on Sunday, July 27, 2025; no comments were received.

This application was reviewed at a public Verdugo Workforce Development B oard meeting on June 25, 2025.

Additionally, this application will be reviewed at an earliest City of Glendale Council meeting after the public comment period ends on July 27, 2025.
310 of 464

8a
25-88603

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Ordinance of the City of Glendale, California, Amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code Volume IX to Adopt Local Amendments to the 2022 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code to require projects in single-family homes, duplexes and townhomes involving replacement or alteration (but not repair) of an existing air conditioning system or installation of new air conditioning systems must either include a heat pump space conditioner as the primary heating system, or install specific energy efficiency measures in addition to a new air conditioner.

1. Ordinance Amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code, Volume IX, to Adopt Local Amendments to the 2022 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Ordinance
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
In 2022, Glendale adopted local Reach Codes requiring all-electric new construction, photovoltaic (PV) systems, and electric vehicle (EV) charging infrastructure. Following a 2023 court ruling overturning Berkeley’s natural gas ban, the City suspended enforcement of the all-electric requirement in June 2024 but continued PV, EV, and electric-readiness provisions.

In April 2025, the City Council began exploring an Air Conditioner to Heat Pump (AC2HP) Reach Code for existing single-family homes, duplexes, and townhomes. On August 12, 2025, Council directed staff to introduce an ordinance based on modified CALGreen voluntary provisions—that would require installation of a heat pump as the primary heating source; or permit the gas furnace to be retained, but require installation of additional energy-efficiency upgrades where an air conditioning system (not including 311 of 464

8a2
25-88603
6 3
1 8
repair of existing systems) is being replaced or added. The ordinance aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by promoting high-efficiency heat pump technology and aligns with state climate goals, the City’s General Plan Safety Element, recently adopted Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP). Compliance requirements vary depending on whether existing ducts are reused or replaced, with specific duct sealing, airflow, and insulation standards.

Furthermore, the Council requested staff develop a heat pump rebate program with direct payments to eligible residents (as opposed to utility bill statement credits)—designed to cover the cost difference between a heat pump and a standard air conditioner replacement and that the rebate program be considered together with the reach code ordinance. At the August 19, 2025, City Council meeting, the ordinance was introduced. 312 of 464

8a3
25-88603
6 3
1 8

RECOMMENDATION
The City Council introduce an ordinance amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code, Volume IX, to include local reach code amendments to the 2022 Edition of the California Building Energy Code pertaining to heat pumps.

ANALYSIS
In 2022, Glendale adopted local Reach Codes covering building electrification, photovoltaic (PV) systems, and electric vehicle (EV) charging through amendments to the 2022 California Building and Energy Code. These required all-electric new construction (with limited waivers), PV installations for most non-residential and multifamily buildings, and EV charging infrastructure in most new developments.

Following a 2023 federal court ruling striking down Berkeley’s natural gas ban, Glendale’s City Council suspended enforcement of its all-electric new construction requirement in June 2024 but continued enforcing PV, EV, and electric-readiness provisions. In April 2025, Council directed staff to explore a new Air Conditioner to Heat Pump (AC2HP) Reach Code requiring heat pumps or other energy-efficiency upgrades in existing single-family homes when air conditioning systems are installed or replaced.

At the City Council meeting of August 12, 2025, City Council directed staff to introduce an AC2HP Reach Code (Exhibit 1) in accordance with the CalGreen voluntary code provisions for existing single-family buildings (houses, duplexes and townhomes) that would require installation of a heat pump as the primary heating source, or other energy conservation improvements, in cases where an existing air conditioning system is altered or replaced, or where an air conditioning system is added, and which clarifies that the ordinance does not apply to an air conditioning system repair.

Additionally, Council directed Glendale Water and Power staff to bring a heat pump rebate program to the City Council for consideration at the time of adoption of the reach code ordinance, and that such rebate program be (i) based on direct payment to qualified residents as opposed to a bill credit, and (ii) that the rebate address the cost differential between a standard heat pump replacement and an air conditioner replacement.

Proposed Ordinance
The proposed ordinance would amend the 2022 California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, as adopted, amended and codified under Glendale Building and Safety Code Volume IX to include, as mandatory, an amended version of the voluntary requirements of the 2025 Title 24, Part 11 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen), Section A4.204.1.1 for heat pump space conditioning alterations in single family homes.

CALGreen includes both mandatory and voluntary measures. Jurisdictions may adopt the voluntary measures as mandatory requirements. If the requirements affect the 313 of 464

8a4
25-88603
6 3
1 8
California Energy Code, as the proposed ordinance does, they must be found to be cost effective and must require that buildings be designed to use less energy than the standard California Energy Code. The attached study commissioned by the California Codes and Standards Program (Exhibit 2) has found that the proposed requirements are cost effective and will result in a reduction in Long-Term System Cost (LSC) energy relative to the existing building.

Staff has proposed a modified version of the CALGreen Code that would encourage the installation of a heat pump space conditioning system at the time an air conditioner is replaced or added to an existing home. The proposed ordinance is based on the CALGreen code but has been modified to facilitate implementation. As proposed, a project may comply with the ordinance by either installing a heat pump space conditioner and no other measures other than those that are required under the California Energy Code, or maintain a gas furnace as the primary heating source and install additional energy efficiency measures above what is required under the California Energy Code.

There are several different ways a project could comply. The simplest way would be to install a heat pump (an air conditioner that is also configured to function as a space heater). This could be done either by replacing the furnace with a heat pump system (with or without a furnace) to serve as the air handler for the heat pump, and as a back- up heating system. California Energy Code requirements would apply; these vary depending upon whether the duct system is replaced at the same time.

Alternatively, a project could comply by installing an air conditioner but rely on a gas furnace for space heating. Again, certain California Energy Code requirements would apply when replacing an air conditioner. In addition, this alternative would require other energy efficiency measures.

Table 1 presents compliance requirements for heat pump systems under two scenarios, one using the existing ducts, the other with new ducts. Table 2 presents compliance requirements for systems that still use furnaces as the primary heating source, under the same duct scenarios.
314 of 464

8a5
25-88603
6 3
1 8
Table 1. Summary of Requirements if Using a Heat Pump
(for both heating and cooling)
Ducts State Code Requirements Additional Local Code
Requirements
Existing
Duct sealing (10% leakage)
Airflow efficiency (300 CFM/ton)
Refrigerant charge verification
None
New
Duct sealing (5% leakage)
Airflow efficiency (350 CFM/ton)
Fan efficacy (0.58 W/CFM)
Refrigerant charge verification
Attic insulation (R-49)
Air sealing
R-8 Duct insulation
None
Note: When installing a heat pump, a homeowner may also opt to keep the existing furnace or install a new furnace to provide supplemental heating only (below 35°F) Table 2. Summary of Requirements if Using a Furnace
(for heating and an air-cooled air conditioner for cooling) Ducts State Code Requirements Additional Local Code
Requirements
Existing
Duct sealing (10% leakage)
Airflow efficiency (300 CFM/ton)
Refrigerant charge verification
Fan efficacy (0.45 watts/CFM)
Attic insulation (R-49)
Air sealing
New
Duct sealing (5% leakage)
Airflow efficiency (350 CFM/ton)
Fan efficacy (0.45 W/CFM)
Refrigerant charge verification
Attic Insulation (R-49)
Air sealing
R-8 Duct insulation
Fan efficacy (0.35 watts/CFM)
Impacts
There are some incremental costs associated with converting to a heat pump, but these costs are offset by utility bill savings over the lifetime of the equipment and the initial investment differential will be incentivized through the GWP rebate program. From a societal perspective, the incremental costs are more than offset by the savings that accrue to all utility billpayers (e.g., reductions in utility infrastructure costs). The 315 of 464

8a6
25-88603
6 3
1 8
incremental cost, that is the amount over what would otherwise be needed to just replace the air conditioner and comply with the 2025 California Energy Code, depends on whether the furnace is replaced at the same time as the air conditioner. The lifetime of a furnace and air conditioner are about the same, 10-15 years, so it often makes economic sense to replace both if the furnace is near the end of its life. In this scenario, the cost of the furnace replacement is assumed as part of the base project cost.

Alternatively, a heat pump could be configured to operate as the primary heating source using the air handler in the existing furnace and using the furnace for supplemental heating on very cold days.

The costs may be offset by federal tax credits in the amount of 30% off total project costs up to $2,000. Additionally, Glendale Water and Power staff are bringing a heat pump rebate program to the City Council for consideration at the time of adoption of the reach code ordinance. The heat pump rebate program will be presented to City Council August 26, 2025, to consider with the adoption of the AC2HP Reach Code.

In terms of greenhouse gas emissions, heat pumps can provide significant reductions.

This is because heat pumps are far more efficient than gas furnaces (and electric resistance heat) and because an ever-increasing amount of electricity in California is derived from low-carbon energy sources.

Exceptions
The proposed Ordinance offers two general exceptions. The first is for situations where the electrical panel capacity is insufficient to meet the load of a heat pump. The second is where the heat pump would need to be sized more than 12,000 Btu/hr (1 ton) over the air conditioner that would be installed in order to meet the heating load. This exception would pertain to colder California climate zones and would not be normally utilized in Glendale. There are also exceptions in the proposed ordinance to the duct sealing and airflow requirements that specify alternative methods of compliance. All applicable exceptions in the California Energy Code also apply.

Newly adopted State legislation (AB 130) and Critical Timing Impacting Adoption of Local Reach Code Amendments to the Residential Building Code On June 30, 2025, the Legislature adopted, and the Governor signed into law, Assembly Bill (AB) 130 (formerly AB 306); AB 130 became immediately effective.

Among other things, AB 130 restricts local jurisdictions from adopting local amendments to the residential building code for the next two code cycles, between October 1, 2025, and June 1, 2031, subject to limited exceptions, including changes related to home hardening and health safety.
316 of 464

8a7
25-88603
6 3
1 8
Staff has evaluated the various implications of AB 130, including on how the City may proceed with adopting an AC2HP Reach code before the October 1, 2025 restrictions take effect. AB 130 would allow the City may adopt a reach code that encourages the use of a heat pump or dual-fuel system (a heat pump combined with a furnace), when an air conditioner is replaced or installed in existing single-family homes, duplexes or townhomes if the proposed local changes are “substantially equivalent to changes or modification that were previously filed [with the California Building Standards Commission] by the governing body of the city or county and were in effect as of September 30, 2025” (Emphasis added).(AB 130, Section 29, amending Health & Safety Code §17958(b)(1) “Exception 1”). Compliance with this provision entails adopting a reach code in sufficient time to take effect before September 30, 2025.

There are two pathways to accomplish this:

1. Amend the 2022 Energy Code
Adopt a reach code based on the existing 2022 Energy Code so that it “will be in effect” before September 30, 2025. Then, when the City adopts the 2025 Building Standards (which it must do before the end of the year) the City can use AB 130, Exception 1 to adopt a reach code on the 2025 Energy Code that is “substantially similar” to the one adopted before September 30, 2025. The City Council would be required to adopt findings that the 2025 reach code is substantially similar. This is the process staff is recommending.

2. 2025 Code Pathway
Propose the reach code in the 2025 Building Standards Code adoption process scheduled to occur before the end of 2025. The second option requires the City to show that the proposed changes are: i) “necessary to implement a local code amendment that is adopted to align with a general plan approved on or before June 10, 2025” (the proposed reach code aligns with the City’s Safety Element), ii) that “permits mixed fuel residential construction consistent with federal law”, e.g. compliance with the federal Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), (the reach code allows mixed-fuel options and therefore does not conflict with EPCA), and, iii) incentivizes “all-electric construction as part of an adopted greenhouse gas emissions reduction strategy” (the AC2HP is an all-electric option that is incentivized through energy cost savings and installation cost rebates). Staff has evaluated this option and believes the reach code would comply with all the requirements of this exception.

With respect to Option 1 (amending the 2022 Building Standards Code), there is time to introduce and adopt the reach code by August 31, 2025, so that it becomes effective before the end of September; however, if the reach code is scheduled for adoption after August 31, 2025, it would need to be adopted on an urgency basis in order to be effective before September 30, 2025.
317 of 464

8a8
25-88603
6 3
1 8
The proposed reach code ordinance would be submitted to the CEC and CBSC immediately upon adoption; however, their approval is not required for the ordinance to become effective, but the reach code could not be enforced until CEC and CBSC approval is obtained.

Should Council approve staff’s recommendations, work would proceed on the timeline provided in Table 4 below.

Table 3. Schedule and Next Steps
Task Timeframe
Ordinance Introduction (Attachment 1) and submittal to the California Energy Commission and California
Building Standards Commission
8/19/2025
Ordinance Adoption(Attachment 1) and submittal to the
California Energy Commission and California Building
Standards Commission
8/26/2025
Ordinance goes into effect 9/25/2025
Receive approval from the California Energy
Commission and California Building Standards
Commission approves for filing
TBD

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Staff presented DRAFT reach code language to the August 7, 2025, Sustainability Commission meeting and received recommendations and direction from the Commission.

Staff provided a copy of the reach code model language to the Community Development Building Official and the GWP Clean Energy Officer in June 2025. Staff presented the proposed ordinance to the City Council at the August 12, 2025, meeting.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The City Council finds and determines that this Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§15000, et seq., "CEQA"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines") because it consists of revisions and clarifications to an existing code of construction-related regulations and specification of procedures related thereto being taken for enhanced protection of the environment and 318 of 464

8a9
25-88603
6 3
1 8
while there may be added infrastructure resulting from the implementation of the Reach Codes, it does not have the potential to cause significant effects on the environment; to the contrary, the transition from fossil fuel sources is part of the State of California’s overall plan to decrease GHG emissions from stationary and transportation sources. Adoption of the Ordinance is categorically exempt in accordance with CEQA Guidelines §15305 as a minor alteration in land use limitations which do not result in any changes in land use or density and is exempt under CEQA Guidelines §15308 as an action taken by a regulatory agency as authorized by California law to assure maintenance or protection of the environment.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION
1: Do not introduce an Ordinance Amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code to Adopt Local Amendments to the 202 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code. 2: Introduce the Ordinance Amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code, Volume IX, to Adopt Local Amendments to the 2025 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code after October 1, 2025 using the General Plan Exemption set forth in AB 130.. 3: The City Council may consider any alternates not presented by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

John Takhtalian, Assistant City Manager
Prepared by:

David Jones, Sustainability Officer
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS

1. Ordinance of the City of Glendale, California, amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code Volume IX to adopt local amendments to the 2022 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code.

2. 2025 Single Family AC to Heat Pump Cost-Effectiveness Study. 319 of 464

1 1
5 2
3 2
ORDINANCE NO.

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING THE 2022 GLENDALE BUILDING AND SAFETY CODE, VOLUME IX (GREEN

BUILDING STANDARDS), TO REQUIRE ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

FOR AIR CONDITIONER ALTERATIONS, REPLACEMENTS AND INSTALLATIONS

IN EXISTING SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
WHEREAS, this Ordinance amends the 2022 Glendale Building and Safety Code to add reach codes to Volume IX Green Building Standards that require installation of heat pumps or energy efficiency measures when air conditioners are altered, replaced or installed in existing single-family residential buildings – these standards do not apply to repair of existing AC systems; and
WHEREAS, adoption of the reach codes aligns with the City’s General Plan Safety Element, the Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) which aims to reduce communitywide greenhouse gas emissions, and the Greener Glendale Plan; and WHEREAS, various state orders and statutes are targeted to reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, including but not limited to, Executive Order N-79-20, the Advanced Clean Cars II program which prohibits the sale of internal combustion passenger vehicles beyond 2035, and the California Green Building Standards Code which contains mandatory green building provisions, as well as a range of voluntary measures, known as CALGreen Voluntary Tier 1 and Tier 2, relating to energy efficiency and renewable energy; and
WHEREAS, California Health and Safety Code section 17958 requires cities adopt building regulations that are substantially the same as those adopted by the California Building Standards Commission and contained in the California Building Standards; and
WHEREAS, additionally, the California Energy Code is a part of the California Building Standards which implements minimum energy efficiency standards in buildings through mandatory requirements, prescriptive standards, and performances standards; and
WHEREAS, California Health and Safety Code Sections 17958.5, 17958.7 and 18941.5 allow cities to make changes or modifications to the building standards contained in the California Building Standards based upon express findings that such changes or modifications are reasonably necessary because of local climactic, geological or topographical conditions; and
WHEREAS, California Green Building Standards Code Section 101.7.1 provides that local climactic, geological or topographical conditions include environmental conditions established by a city, county, or city and county through findings; and 320 of 464

2 1
5 2
3 2
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Glendale finds that each of the amendments, additions and deletions to the California Green Building Standards Code and California Energy Code contained in this Ordinance are reasonably necessary because of local climactic, geological or topographical conditions described in Attachment “A” to this Ordinance; and
WHEREAS, California Public Resources Code Section 25402.l(h)2 and Section 10-106, of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards (Standards) establish a process which allows local adoption of energy standards that are more stringent than the statewide Standards, provided that such local standards are cost effective, and that the California Energy Commission finds that the local standards will require buildings to be designed to consume no more energy than permitted by the California Energy Code; and
WHEREAS, the cost effectiveness studies prepared by the California Statewide Investor Owned Utilities Codes and Standards Program, and which are attached to the August 19, 2025 staff report demonstrate that the local amendments are cost-effective and do not result in buildings consuming more energy than is permitted by the 2022 California Energy Code or the upcoming 2025 Code updates which will be adopted before the end of 2025 of which these amendments will become a part based on findings the Council will make in compliance with AB 130; and WHEREAS, the proposed reach code was proposed for consideration as a local amendment to the 2022 California Energy Code at an August 12, 2025 City Council meeting, pursuant to which direction was given to bring this Ordinance forward for introduction; and
WHEREAS, following adoption of this Ordinance the local amendments to the 2022 California Energy Code as amended into the 2022 Glendale Building and Safety Code will, in accordance with Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the 2022 California Administrative Code (Title 24, Part 1), be submitted to the California Building Standards Commission for filing and will be submitted to the California Energy Commission for approval.

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

SECTION 1. RECITALS
The City Council finds the foregoing recitals to be true and correct and hereby incorporates those recitals into this Ordinance.

SECTION 2. PURPOSE AND INTENT
It is the purpose and intent of this Ordinance to adopt the local amendments to the 2022 California Energy Code (Title 24, Part 6 and Part 11) that provide local, cost effective standards for existing residential, that exceed the minimum standards of the 2022 California Energy Code and 2022 California Green Building Standards Code to achieve energy savings, reduce local pollution, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and address 321 of 464

3 1
5 2
3 2
unique local climactic, geological, and topographical conditions. The requirements of this chapter shall not affect any other state or local requirements related to the delivery of affordable housing, including but not limited to state and local density bonus requirements under Government Code Section 65915 et seq. and G.M.C Chapter 4.11, Chapter 30.35 and Chapter 30.36. Furthermore, nothing in this local amendment negates the requirement of new construction to comply with State code minimums.

SECTION 3. LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO ENERGY CODE
Volume IX (Green Building Standards) of the 2022 Glendale Building and Safety Code, is hereby amended as follows:

A4.204.1 Energy Efficiency. Alterations to existing residential buildings shall comply with Section A4.204.1.1.

A4.204.1.1 Altered Space-Conditioning System Serving Existing Single-Family Dwelling Units – Mechanical Cooling. When a space-conditioning system serving an existing single-family dwelling unit is altered in climate zones 1 through 14 and 16 by installation or replacement of an air conditioner, the altered system shall comply with either a or b below in addition to the requirements for installation specified by Title 24, Part 6, Sections 150.2(b)1E and 150.2(b)1F:
a. A heat pump shall be the primary heating source and sized according to the system selection requirements specified by Title 24, Part 6 of Section 150.0(h)5.

Supplemental heating may be provided by gas furnace or electric resistance heating as specified in Title 24, Part 6, Sections 150.0(h)7 and 150.0(i); or b. An air conditioner shall meet all the requirements in either subsection I or II below:

I. Systems with Existing Duct Distribution Systems:

A. The duct system measured air leakage shall be equal to or less than 10 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, per the requirements in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1; and Exception 1 to A4.204.1.1bIA. If it is not possible to meet the duct sealing requirements, all accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual inspection and a smoke test by a certified ECC-Rater utilizing the methods specified in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.5.

Exception 2 to A4.204.1.1bIA: Existing duct systems, constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos.

B. Demonstrate, in every control mode, airflow greater than or equal to 300 CFM per ton of nominal cooling capacity through the return grilles, and an air-handling unit fan efficacy less than or equal to 0.45 W/CFM. The 322 of 464

4 1
5 2
3 2
airflow rate and fan efficacy requirements in this section shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, following the procedures outlined in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix RA3.3; and Exception 1 to A4.204.1.1bIB: Systems unable to comply with the minimum airflow rate and system efficacy requirements shall demonstrate compliance by satisfying all of the following:

1. Following the procedures in Section RA3.3.3.1.5;

2. Installing a system thermostat that conforms to the specifications in Section 110.12;

3. For standard ducted systems (without zoning dampers), meet the applicable minimum total return filter grille nominal area requirements in Table 150.0-B or 150.0-C as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Sections RA3.1.4.4 and RA3.1.4.5. The design clean-filter pressure drop requirements specified by Section 150.0(m)12D for the system air filter(s) shall conform to the requirements given in Tables 150.0-B and 150.0-C.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1bIB: Multispeed compressor systems or variable speed compressor systems shall verify air flow (cfm/ton) and fan efficacy (Watt/cfm) for system operation at the maximum compressor speed and the maximum air handler fan speed.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIB: Gas furnace air-handling units manufactured prior to July 3, 2019 shall comply with a fan efficacy value less than or equal to 0.58 W/cfm as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures given in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.3.

C. In all climate zones, refrigerant charge verification requirements shall meet the requirements in Title 24, Part 6 Section 150.2(b)1Fiib, including the minimum airflow rate specified in Section 150.2(b)1Fiia; and D. Vented attics shall have insulation installed to achieve a U-factor of 0.020 or insulation installed at the ceiling level shall result in an insulated thermal resistance of R-49 or greater for the insulation alone; luminaires not rated for insulation contact must be replaced or retrofitted with a fireproof cover that allows for insulation to be installed directly over the cover; and Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Dwelling units with at least R-38 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement. 323 of 464

5 1
5 2
3 2
Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Dwelling units with knob and tube wiring located in the vented attic.

Exception 4 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Where the accessible space in the attic is not large enough to accommodate the required R-value, the entire accessible space shall be filled with insulation provided such installation does not violate Section 806.3 of Title 24, Part 2.5.

E. Air seal all accessible areas of the ceiling plane between the attic and the conditioned space including all joints, penetrations and other openings that are potential sources of air leakage by caulking, gasketing, weather-stripping or otherwise sealing to limit infiltration and exfiltration.

Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1bIE: Dwelling units with at least R-38 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1 bIE: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIE: Dwelling units with atmospherically vented space heating or water heating combustion appliances located inside the pressure boundary of the dwelling unit.

II. Entirely New or Complete Replacement Duct Systems:

A. R-8 duct insulation shall be installed for all new ducts located in unconditioned space; and
B. The total duct system measured air leakage shall be equal to or less than 5 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, per the requirements in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1; and C. Demonstrate, in every control mode, airflow greater than or equal to 350 CFM per ton of nominal cooling capacity through the return grilles, and an air-handling unit fan efficacy less than or equal to 0.35 W/CFM. The airflow rate and fan efficacy requirements in this section shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, following the procedures outlined in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix RA3.3; and D. In all climate zones, refrigerant charge verification requirements shall meet the requirements in Title 24, Part 6 Section 150.2(b)1Fiib; and E. In Climate Zones 1-4, 6, and 8-16 if the air handler and ducts are located within a vented attic, vented attics shall have insulation installed to achieve a 324 of 464

6 1
5 2
3 2
U-factor of 0.020 or insulation installed at the ceiling level shall result in an insulated thermal resistance of R-49 or greater for the insulation alone; luminaires not rated for insulation contact must be replaced or retrofitted with a fireproof cover that allows for insulation to be installed directly over the cover; and
Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: In Climate Zones 1, 3, and 6, dwelling units with at least R-19 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: Dwelling units with knob and tube wiring located in the vented attic.

Exception 4 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: Where the accessible space in the attic is not large enough to accommodate the required R-value, the entire accessible space shall be filled with insulation provided such installation does not violate Section 806.3 of Title 24, Part 2.5.

F. In Climate Zones 2, 4, and 8-16, air seal all accessible areas of the ceiling plane between the attic and the conditioned space including all joints, penetrations and other openings that are potential sources of air leakage by caulking, gasketing, weather-stripping or otherwise sealing to limit infiltration and exfiltration.

Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIF: Dwelling units with at least R-19 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIF: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIF: Dwelling units with atmospherically vented space heating or water heating combustion appliances located inside the pressure boundary of the dwelling unit.

Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1: Where the capacity of the existing main electrical service panel is insufficient to supply the electrical capacity of a heat pump and where the existing main electrical service panel is sufficient to supply a new or replacement air conditioner, as calculated according to the requirements of California Electrical Code Article 220.83 or Article 220.87. Documentation of electrical load calculations in accordance with Article 220 must be submitted to the enforcement agency prior to permitting for both the heat pump and proposed air conditioner. 325 of 464

7 1
5 2
3 2
Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1: Where the required capacity of a heat pump to meet the system selection requirements of Section 150.0(h)5 is greater than or equal to 12,000 Btu/h more than the greater of the required capacity of an air conditioner to meet the design cooling load OR the capacity of the existing air conditioner. Documentation of heating and cooling load calculations in accordance with 150.0(h) must be submitted to the enforcement agency prior to permitting for both the heat pump and proposed air conditioner.

SECTION 4. Severability.

This Ordinance’s provisions are severable. If any portion of this Ordinance or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid or unconstitutional, that decision does not affect the validity of the Ordinance’s remaining portions and the Ordinance’s application to other persons and circumstances. The City Council declares that it would have passed the remainder of this Ordinance without the invalid or unconstitutional provision.

SECTION 5. CEQA Findings.

The City Council finds and determines that this Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§15000, et seq., "CEQA"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines") because it consists of revisions and clarifications to an existing code of construction-related regulations and specification of procedures related thereto being taken for enhanced protection of the environment and while there may be added infrastructure resulting from the implementation of the Reach Codes, it does not have the potential to cause significant effects on the environment; to the contrary, the transition from fossil fuel sources is part of the State of California’s overall plan to decrease GHG emissions from stationary and transportation sources. Adoption of the Ordinance is categorically exempt in accordance with CEQA Guidelines §15305 as a minor alteration in land use limitations which do not result in any changes in land use or density and is exempt under CEQA Guidelines §15308 as an action taken by a regulatory agency as authorized by California law to assure maintenance or protection of the environment.

SECTION 6. Effective Date.

This Ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30) days after the date of its passage.

SECTION 7. Certification.

The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City’s book of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and within fifteen (15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law.
326 of 464

8 1
5 2
3 2
Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on the day of , 2025.

Mayor
ATTEST:

City Clerk

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
) SS.

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, Dr. Suzie Abajian, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the day of , 2025, and that
the same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

City Clerk
327 of 464

9 1
5 2
3 2
Attachment A:

Local climactic, geological or topographical conditions

1. Reach Code requiring AC2HP Replacement
Finding No. 1: Climactic:

The burning of fossil fuels used to heat structures, heat water for cooking, and for other uses is a significant contributor to greenhouse gas emissions and climate change.

Combustion of natural gas and petroleum products for heating and cooking emit carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide. Emissions from natural gas consumption represented 46% of total annual U.S. energy-related CO2 emissions in 20211. Scientists attribute the global warming trend observed since the mid-20th century to the human expansion of the ‘greenhouse effect’ warming that results when the atmosphere traps heat radiating from Earth towards space. Long lived gasses such as carbon dioxide can persist in the atmosphere for more than 100 years, even with efforts to reduce emissions today. Nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, and methane are gases that contribute to the greenhouse gas effect2.

Global climate change imposes substantial local impacts and risks on the Los Angeles Area, and thus the City of Glendale, including rising temperatures, changing precipitation patterns and amounts, sea level rise, flooding, drought, and wildfire. A general summary of climate risks facing the Los Angeles Area and City of Glendale are as follows:
Increased temperatures and extreme heat events. The Los Angeles region is expected to experience an increase in average maximum temperatures of 4-5 degrees Fahrenheit by mid-century, and 5-8 degrees Fahrenheit by late-century, with the duration and intensity of extreme heat events increasing as well. Changes in Rainfall Intensity. By mid-century, more precipitation is projected to occur in winter in the form of less frequent but larger events. Most climate models predict drying trends across the State by 2100.
Increased Risk of Large Wildfires. A hotter, drier climate is projected to increase wildfires across southern California, though there remains some uncertainty in quantifying future changes of burned area in the region. Exacerbation of Air Quality Problems. If temperatures rise to the medium warming range, there could be 75% to 85% more days with weather conducive to ozone formation, relative to today’s conditions. This is more than twice the increase expected if rising temperatures remain in the lower warming range. This 1 U.S. Energy Information Administration, Where Greenhouse Gases Come From, 2021. https://www.eia.gov/energyexplained/energy-and-the-environment/where-greenhouse-gases-come- from.php#:~:text=In%202021%2C%20petroleum%20accounted%20for,energy%2Drelated%20CO2%20emissions. 2 NASA, Causes of Climate Change, as of November 25, 2020, https://climate.nasa.gov/causes/. 4 NASA, Causes of Climate Change, as of November 25, 2020, https://climate.nasa.gov/causes/. 328 of 464

10 1
5 2
3 2
increase in air quality problems could result in an increase in asthma and other health-related problems.
Sea Level Rise. 1-2 feet of sea level rise is projected by the mid-century, and most extreme projections lead to 8-10 feet by the end of the century, especially affecting LA County as a whole5.

An AC2HP program has a significant positive effect on energy resource efficiency, waste and pollution generation, and the health of building occupants over the life of the building. As a result of the high temperatures, which are expected to rise in the future due to the effects of climate change, average load demand and peak load demand of energy used in Glendale are important factors impacting public safety and creating the potential for adverse economic impacts due to power outages or power reductions (i.e. “brownouts”). Reduction of total and peak energy use because of incremental conservation measures required by this Ordinance will have local benefits in the additional available system energy capacity. Furthermore, the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from all-electric buildings will help mitigate climate change and its negative effects such as extreme heat, droughts, intense storms, and flooding, thus making these amendments reasonably necessary because of local climactic reasons.

Finding No. 2: Geologic
The Los Angeles area is densely populated and located in an area of high seismic activities. Concern for fire-life safety associated with gas appliances and associated piping located in the ground and in buildings increases with the risk of explosion or fire if there is a structural failure due to a seismic event considering the increasing number of buildings in the region. The risk of natural gas infrastructure and pipeline explosions and fires are magnified in cases of major earthquakes, for example, the 2010 San Bruno pipeline explosion.
oSevere seismic events could disrupt communications, damage gas mains, and place increased demands on the dispersed resources of the Fire Department necessary for the life safety needs of the community
Reducing gas infrastructure in existing single family units will also reduce the risks of fires and explosions, particularly after seismic events, which will further save the City money by reducing disaster response and recovery costs
The elimination of gas infrastructure in future construction will reduce risk of geologic risk via natural gas infrastructure, making these amendments necessary because of local geologic/ seismic reasons.
5 California’s Fourth Climate Change Assessment, Los Angeles Regional Report, 2018. https://www.energy.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2019-11/Reg%20Report-%20SUM-CCCA4-2018- 007%20LosAngeles_ADA.pdf.
329 of 464

1 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 ORDINANCE NO.

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING THE 2022 GLENDALE BUILDING AND SAFETY CODE, VOLUME IX (GREEN

BUILDING STANDARDS), TO REQUIRE ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

FOR AIR CONDITIONER ALTERATIONS, REPLACEMENTS AND INSTALLATIONS

IN EXISTING SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
WHEREAS, this ordinance amends the 2022 Glendale Building and Safety Code to add reach codes to Volume IX Green Building Standards that require installation of heat pumps or energy efficiency measures when air conditioners are altered, replaced or installed in existing single-family residential buildings – these standards do not apply to repair of existing AC systems; and
WHEREAS, adoption of the reach codes aligns with the City’s General Plan Safety Element, the Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) which aims to reduce communitywide greenhouse gas emissions, and the Greener Glendale Plan; and WHEREAS, various state orders and statutes are targeted to reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, including but not limited to, Executive Order N-79-20, the Advanced Clean Cars II program which prohibits the sale of internal combustion passenger vehicles beyond 2035, and the California Green Building Standards Code which contains mandatory green building provisions, as well as a range of voluntary measures, known as CALGreen Voluntary Tier 1 and Tier 2, relating to energy efficiency and renewable energy; and
WHEREAS, California Health and Safety Code section 17958 requires cities adopt building regulations that are substantially the same as those adopted by the California Building Standards Commission and contained in the California Building Standards; and
WHEREAS, additionally, the California Energy Code is a part of the California Building Standards which implements minimum energy efficiency standards in buildings through mandatory requirements, prescriptive standards, and performances standards; and
WHEREAS, California Health and Safety Code Sections 17958.5, 17958.7 and 18941.5 allow cities to make changes or modifications to the building standards contained in the California Building Standards based upon express findings that such changes or modifications are reasonably necessary because of local climactic, geological or topographical conditions; and
WHEREAS, California Green Building Standards Code Section 101.7.1 provides that local climactic, geological or topographical conditions include environmental conditions established by a city, county, or city and county through findings; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Glendale finds that each of the amendments, additions and deletions to the California Green Building Standards Code 330 of 464

2 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 and California Energy Code contained in this ordinance are reasonably necessary because of local climactic, geological or topographical conditions described in Attachment “A” to this ordinance; and
WHEREAS, California Public Resources Code Section 25402.l(h)2 and Section 10-106, of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards (Standards) establish a process which allows local adoption of energy standards that are more stringent than the statewide Standards, provided that such local standards are cost effective, and that the California Energy Commission finds that the local standards will require buildings to be designed to consume no more energy than permitted by the California Energy Code; and
WHEREAS, the cost effectiveness studies prepared by the California Statewide Investor Owned Utilities Codes and Standards Program, and which are attached to the August 19, 2025 staff report demonstrate that the local amendments are cost-effective and do not result in buildings consuming more energy than is permitted by the 2022 California Energy Code or the upcoming 2025 Code updates which will be adopted before the end of 2025 of which these amendments will become a part based on findings the Council will make in compliance with AB 130; and WHEREAS, the proposed reach code was proposed for consideration as a local amendment to the 2022 California Energy Code at an August 12, 2025 City Council meeting, pursuant to which direction was given to bring this ordinance forward for introduction; and
WHEREAS, following adoption of this ordinance the local amendments to the 2022 California Energy Code as amended into the 2022 Glendale Building and Safety Code will, in accordance with Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the 2022 California Administrative Code (Title 24, Part 1), be submitted to the California Building Standards Commission for filing and will be submitted to the California Energy Commission for approval.

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

SECTION 1. RECITALS
The City Council finds the foregoing recitals to be true and correct and hereby incorporates those recitals into this Ordinance.

SECTION 2. PURPOSE AND INTENT
It is the purpose and intent of this ordinance to adopt the local amendments to the 2022 California Energy Code (Title 24, Part 6 and Part 11) that provide local, cost effective standards for existing residential, that exceed the minimum standards of the 2022 California Energy Code and 2022 California Green Building Standards Code to achieve energy savings, reduce local pollution, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and address 331 of 464

3 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 unique local climactic, geological, and topographical conditions. The requirements of this chapter shall not affect any other state or local requirements related to the delivery of affordable housing, including but not limited to state and local density bonus requirements under Government Code Section 65915 et seq. and G.M.C Chapter 4.11, Chapter 30.35 and Chapter 30.36. Furthermore, nothing in this local amendment negates the requirement of new construction to comply with State code minimums.

SECTION 3. LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO ENERGY CODE
Volume IX (Green Building Standards) of the 2022 Glendale Building and Safety Code, is hereby amended as follows (underlined for additions and strike through for deletions):

A4.204.1 Energy Efficiency. Alterations to existing residential buildings shall comply with Sections A4.204.1.1 and A4.204.1.2.

Supplemental heating may be provided by an existing gas furnace or existing electric resistance heating as specified in Title 24, Part 6, Sections 150.0(h)7 and 150.0(i); or
b. An air conditioner shall meet the following all the requirements in either subsection I or II below:

I. Systems with Existing Duct Distribution Systems:

I. R-8 duct insulation for ducts located in unconditioned space; and A. II. The duct system measured air leakage shall be equal to or less than 510 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, per the requirements in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1; and Exception 1 to A4.204.1.1bIA. If it is not possible to meet the duct sealing requirements, all accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual inspection and a smoke test by a certified ECC-Rater utilizing the methods specified in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.5.

Exception 2 to A4.204.1.1bIA: Existing duct systems, constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos.

B. III. Demonstrate, in every control mode, airflow greater than or equal to 400 300 CFM per ton of nominal cooling capacity through the return grilles, and 332 of 464

4 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 an air-handling unit fan efficacy less than or equal to 0.45 W/CFM. The airflow rate and fan efficacy requirements in this section shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, following the procedures outlined in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix RA3.3; and Exception 1 to A4.204.1.1bIB: Systems unable to comply with the minimum airflow rate and system efficacy requirements shall demonstrate compliance by satisfying all of the following:

1. Following the procedures in Section RA3.3.3.1.5;

2. Installing a system thermostat that conforms to the specifications in Section 110.12;

C. IV. In all climate zones, refrigerant charge verification requirements shall meet the requirements in Title 24, Part 6 Section 150.2(b)1Fiib, including the minimum airflow rate specified in Section 150.2(b)1Fiia; and D. V. Vented attics shall have insulation installed to achieve a U-factor of 0.020 or insulation installed at the ceiling level shall result in an insulated thermal resistance of R-49 or greater for the insulation alone; luminaires not rated for insulation contact must be replaced or retrofitted with a fireproof cover that allows for insulation to be installed directly over the cover; and Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Dwelling units with at least R-38 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Dwelling units with knob and tube wiring located in the vented attic.
333 of 464

5 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 Exception 4 to Section A4.204.1.1(b)ID: Where the accessible space in the attic is not large enough to accommodate the required R-value, the entire accessible space shall be filled with insulation provided such installation does not violate Section 806.3 of Title 24, Part 2.5.

E. VI. Air seal all accessible areas of the ceiling plane between the attic and the conditioned space including all joints, penetrations and other openings that are potential sources of air leakage by caulking, gasketing, weather-stripping or otherwise sealing to limit infiltration and exfiltration.

Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1bIE: Dwelling units with at least R-38 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1 bIE: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIE: Dwelling units with atmospherically vented space heating or water heating combustion appliances located inside the pressure boundary of the dwelling unit.

II. Entirely New or Complete Replacement Duct Systems:

A. I. R-8 duct insulation shall be installed for all new ducts located in unconditioned space; and
B. II. The total duct system measured air leakage shall be equal to or less than 5 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, per the requirements in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1; and C. III. Demonstrate, in every control mode, airflow greater than or equal to 400350 CFM per ton of nominal cooling capacity through the return grilles, and an air-handling unit fan efficacy less than or equal to 0.35 W/CFM. The airflow rate and fan efficacy requirements in this section shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, following the procedures outlined in Title 24, Part 6, Reference Residential Appendix RA3.3; and D. IV. In all climate zones, refrigerant charge verification requirements shall meet the requirements in Title 24, Part 6 Section 150.2(b)1Fiib; and E. V. In Climate Zones 1-4, 6, and 8-16 if the air handler and ducts are located within a vented attic, vVented attics shall have insulation installed to achieve a U-factor of 0.020 or insulation installed at the ceiling level shall result in an insulated thermal resistance of R-49 or greater for the insulation alone; luminaires not rated for insulation contact must be replaced or retrofitted with a fireproof cover that allows for insulation to be installed directly over the cover; and
334 of 464

6 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: In Climate Zones 1, 3, and 6, dwelling units with at least R-19 existing insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIE: Dwelling units with knob and tube wiring located in the vented attic.

F. VI. In Climate Zones 2, 4, and 8-16, aAir seal all accessible areas of the ceiling plane between the attic and the conditioned space including all joints, penetrations and other openings that are potential sources of air leakage by caulking, gasketing, weather-stripping or otherwise sealing to limit infiltration and exfiltration.

Exception 1 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIF: Dwelling units with at least R-19 existing
insulation installed at the ceiling level.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIF: Dwelling units where the alteration would directly cause the disturbance of asbestos unless the alteration is made in conjunction with asbestos abatement.

Exception 3 to Section A4.204.1.1bIIF: Dwelling units with atmospherically vented space heating or water heating combustion appliances located inside the pressure boundary of the dwelling unit.

Exception 2 to Section A4.204.1.1: Where the required capacity of a heat pump to meet the system selection requirements of Section 150.0(h)5 is greater than or equal to 12,000 Btu/h more than the greater of the required capacity of an air conditioner to meet the design cooling load OR the capacity of the existing air conditioner. Documentation of heating and cooling load calculations in accordance with 150.0(h) must be submitted to the enforcement agency prior to permitting for both the heat pump and proposed air conditioner.
335 of 464

7 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 SECTION 4. Severability.

SECTION 5. CEQA Findings.

SECTION 6. Effective Date.

This Ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30) days after the date of its passage.

SECTION 7. Certification.

8 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on the day of , 2025.

Mayor
ATTEST:

City Clerk
337 of 464

9 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
) SS.

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

City Clerk
338 of 464

10 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 Attachment A:

Local climactic, geological or topographical conditions

1. Reach Code requiring AC2HP Replacement
Finding No. 1: Climactic:

The burning of fossil fuels used to heat structures, heat water for cooking, and for other uses is a significant contributor to greenhouse gas emissions and climate change.

11 c:\pgcompilerservicereleasenew\temp\glendale\meetingid_10585\agenda\html\html\59240\15180\1.docx 1 5
2 3
2 increase in air quality problems could result in an increase in asthma and other health-related problems.
Sea Level Rise. 1-2 feet of sea level rise is projected by the mid-century, and most extreme projections lead to 8-10 feet by the end of the century, especially affecting LA County as a whole5.

An AC2HP program has a significant positive effect on energy resource efficiency, waste and pollution generation, and the health of building occupants over the life of the building. As a result of the high temperatures, which are expected to rise in the future due to the effects of climate change, average load demand and peak load demand of energy used in Glendale are important factors impacting public safety and creating the potential for adverse economic impacts due to power outages or power reductions (i.e. “brownouts”). Reduction of total and peak energy use because of incremental conservation measures required by this ordinance will have local benefits in the additional available system energy capacity. Furthermore, the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from all-electric buildings will help mitigate climate change and its negative effects such as extreme heat, droughts, intense storms, and flooding, thus making these amendments reasonably necessary because of local climactic reasons.

2025 CODE CYCLE:

Custom Cost
Effectiveness Analysis:

City of Glendale
Single Family AC to Heat
Pump Replacement
Prepared by:

Frontier Energy, Inc.

Misti Bruceri & Associates, LLC

Prepared for:

Kelly Cunningham, Codes and
Standards Program, Pacific Gas
and Electric

Revision: 1.0
Last modified: 2025/07/22

341 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

1 2025/07/22

Table 1. Summary of Revisions
Date Description Reference (page or section)
7/22/2025 Original Release N/A

Legal Notice
This report was prepared by
Pacific Gas and Electric Company
and funded by the California utility
customers under the auspices of
the California Public Utilities
Commission.

Copyright 2025, Pacific Gas and
Electric Company. All rights
reserved, except that this
document may be used, copied,
and distributed without
modification.

Neither PG&E nor any of its
employees makes any warranty,
express or implied; or assumes
any legal liability or responsibility
for the accuracy, completeness or
usefulness of any data,
information, method, product,
policy or process disclosed in this
document; or represents that its
use will not infringe any privately-
owned rights including, but not
limited to, patents, trademarks or
copyrights.

342 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

2 2025/07/22
Acronym List
B/C – Lifecycle Benefit-to-
Cost Ratio
CBSC – California Building
Standards Commission
CBECC – California
Building Energy Code
Compliance
CZ – California Climate
Zone
GHG – Greenhouse Gas
GWP – Glendale Water and
Power
IOU – Investor-Owned
Utility
LCC – Lifecycle Cost
LSC – Long-Term
Systemwide Cost
NPV – Net Present Value
PG&E – Pacific Gas and
Electric Company
POU – Publicly Owned
Utility
PV – Solar Photovoltaic
SoCalGas – Southern
California Gas Company
TDV – Time Dependent
Valuation
Title 24 – Title 24, Part 6
343 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

1 2025/07/22
Table of Contents
1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 3 2 Methodology and Assumptions .................................................................................. 5

2.1 Reach Codes ........................................................................................................ 5

2.1.1 Benefits ............................................................................................................ 5

2.1.2 Costs ................................................................................................................ 5

2.1.3 Lifecycle Cost Assuming Zero-NOx Standards for Space Heating After 2030 ... 8

2.1.4 Metrics .............................................................................................................. 9

2.1.5 Utility Rates .....................................................................................................10

2.2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions ................................................................................ 11 3 Prototype Designs and Measure Packages ............................................................. 12

3.1 Prototype Characteristics .....................................................................................12

3.2 Measure Details ...................................................................................................15 4 Results ........................................................................................................................ 16

4.1 Zero-NOx Scenario Results .................................................................................17 5 Summary .................................................................................................................... 18 6 References ................................................................................................................. 20 7 Appendices ................................................................................................................ 22

7.1 Map of California Climate Zones ..........................................................................22

7.2 Utility Rate Schedules ..........................................................................................23

7.2.1 Glendale Water and Power ..............................................................................23

7.2.2 Southern California Gas ...................................................................................24

7.2.3 Fuel Escalation Rates ......................................................................................25

List of Tables
Table 1. Summary of Revisions ............................................................................................ 1 Table 2. Lifecycle Incremental Cost Breakdown for a 4-Ton DFHP Existing Furnace ............ 7 Table 3. Lifecycle Incremental Cost Breakdown for 4-Ton HPSH ......................................... 7 Table 4. HVAC Measure Cost Assumptions – 4-Ton Electric Replacements ......................... 8 Table 5. SCAQMD Rule 1111 Proposed Manufacturer Compliance Targets ......................... 8 Table 6. Lifecycle Incremental Cost Breakdown for 4-Ton System DFHP Existing Furnace with no Gas Furnaces after 2030 ......................................................................................... 9 Table 7. Residential (Single Family and Detached ADU) Utility Tariffs in City of Glendale ..10 344 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

2 2025/07/22
Table 8. Residential Prototype Characteristics ....................................................................12 Table 9. Efficiency Characteristics for Three Vintage Cases ................................................14 Table 10. Heat Pump Single Family Cost-Effectiveness Summary ......................................16 Table 11. DFHP Existing Furnace On-Bill NPV and 2025 LSC Cost-effectiveness High Gas Escalation (Zero-NOx Rule) ................................................................................................17 Table 12. SoCalGas Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm) ................................................................24 Table 13: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, CPUC En Banc and 2022 TDV Basis ...................................................................................................................................26 Table 14: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, 2025 LSC Basis .........................27

List of Figures
Figure 1. Map of California climate zones. ..........................................................................22

345 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

3 2025/07/22
1 Introduction
The California Codes and Standards (C&S) Reach Codes program provides technical support to local governments considering adopting a local ordinance (reach code) intended to support meeting local and/or statewide energy efficiency and greenhouse gas reduction goals. The program facilitates adoption and implementation of the code when requested by local jurisdictions by providing resources such as cost-effectiveness studies, model language, sample findings, and other supporting documentation.

The California Building Energy Efficiency Standards Title 24, Part 6 (Title 24) (CEC, 2025) is maintained and updated every three years by two state agencies: the California Energy Commission (the Energy Commission) and the Building Standards Commission (BSC). In addition to enforcing the code, local jurisdictions have the authority to adopt local energy efficiency ordinances—or reach codes—that exceed the minimum standards defined by Title 24 (as established by Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)2 and Section 10-106 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards). Local jurisdictions must demonstrate that the requirements of the proposed ordinance are cost-effective and do not result in buildings consuming more energy than is permitted by Title 24. In addition, the jurisdiction must obtain approval from the Energy Commission and file the ordinance with the BSC for the ordinance to be legally enforceable.

This report is an addendum to the Single Family Air Conditioner Replacements (AC to HP) Cost-effectiveness Report (Statewide Reach Codes Team, 2025) modified to accurately represent local conditions for the City of Glendale, California with service territory in California Climate Zone 9. The study analyzes the cost-effectiveness of heat pump space heater measure upgrades in existing single family buildings that exceed the minimum state requirements under the 2025 Building Energy Efficiency Standards. Local jurisdictions in California may consider adopting local energy ordinances to achieve energy savings beyond what will be accomplished by enforcing building efficiency requirements that apply statewide. This report was developed in coordination with the California Statewide Investor- Owned Utilities (IOUs) Codes and Standards Program, key consultants, and engaged cities—collectively known as the Statewide Reach Codes Team.

The methodology, prototype characteristics, and measure packages are retained from the main study referenced above except for the energy costs are calculated using local Glendale Water and Power (GWP) utility rates. Measure packages include upgrades in existing single family buildings that meet or exceed the minimum state requirements. A 1,665 square foot single family home prototype with an attached garage was evaluated in this study.

Local jurisdictions may also adopt ordinances that amend different Parts of the California Building Standards Code or may elect to amend other state or municipal codes. The decision regarding which code to amend will determine the specific requirements that must be followed for an ordinance to be legally enforceable. Although a cost-effectiveness study is only required to amend Part 6 of the CA Building Code, it is important to understand the 346 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

4 2025/07/22
economic impacts of any policy decision. This study documents the estimated costs, benefits, energy impacts and greenhouse gas emission reductions that may result from implementing an ordinance based on the results to help residents, local leadership, and other stakeholders make informed policy decisions.

Model ordinance language and other resources are posted on the C&S Reach Codes Program website at LocalEnergyCodes.com. Local jurisdictions that are considering adopting an ordinance may contact the program for further technical support at [email protected].
347 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

5 2025/07/22
2 Methodology and Assumptions

2.1 Reach Codes
This section describes the approach to calculating cost-effectiveness including benefits, costs, metrics, and utility rate selection.

2.1.1 Benefits
This analysis used two different metrics to assess the cost-effectiveness of the proposed upgrades. Both methodologies require estimating and quantifying the incremental costs and energy savings associated with each energy efficiency measure. The main difference between the methodologies is the way they value energy impacts:
• On-Bill: Customer-based lifecycle cost approach that values energy based upon estimated site energy usage and customer on-bill savings using electricity and natural gas utility rate schedules over a 30-year duration, accounting for a three percent discount rate and energy cost inflation per Appendix 0. • Long-term Systemwide Cost (LSC): Formerly known as Time Dependent Valuation (TDV) energy cost savings, LSC reflects the Energy Commission’s current LCC methodology, which is intended to capture the total value or cost of energy use over 30 years. This method accounts for the hourly cost of marginal generation, transmission and distribution, fuel, capacity, losses, and cap-and-trade-based CO2 emissions (California Energy Commission, 2023). This is the methodology used by the Energy Commission in evaluating cost-effectiveness for efficiency measures in the 2025 Energy Code.

The Reach Codes Team performed energy simulations using the 2025 research version of the Residential California Building Energy Code Compliance software (CBECC).

2.1.2 Costs
The Reach Codes Team assessed the incremental costs and savings of the packages over the lifecycle of 30-years. Incremental costs represent the equipment, installation, replacement, and maintenance costs of the proposed measure relative to the 2025 Energy Code minimum requirements or standard industry practices.

In February 2024, the TECH Clean California statewide program completed an incremental cost study from cost data collected from 64 contractor participants (Opinion Dynamics, 2024). This report directly uses the TECH costs for all the scenarios for which there was TECH cost data available. These costs were supplemented with measure costs the Reach Codes Team obtained from a contractor survey conducted in the summer of 2023. Additional details on the contractor cost survey are available in the prior existing building statewide study (Statewide Reach Codes Team, 2025). The following summarizes key assumptions in this costing approach.
348 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

6 2025/07/22
• Average statewide costs from the TECH Study were used, no regional specific costs were applied.
• The TECH study provided cost for a minimum efficiency 60,000 Btu/h gas furnace.

However, beginning in 2028, newly installed residential gas furnaces must comply with updated federal efficiency standards requiring a minimum of 95% AFUE1.

Because the TECH study did not include cost estimates for a 95% AFUE condensing furnace, an adjustment was made using data from the statewide contractor cost survey. For systems requiring larger furnace capacities, cost estimates were derived as follows:
o 100,000 Btu/h furnaces (serving systems 4 tons and larger): The same method was applied using the corresponding cost differential for 100,000 Btu/h units.
• At the time of replacement for a furnace when it fails, the statewide study assumed a fan motor replacement. The TECH costs did not include this option. A $1,200 incremental cost was added to the TECH cost.
• At time of replacement for high efficiency heat pump, the sum of the TECH cost for standard efficiency heat pump and the incremental cost difference from the statewide study for high efficiency and standard efficiency heat pump was applied.

Over the 30-year analysis period, certain changes are assumed when the equipment is replaced that impact both lifetime costs and energy use. Table 2 and Table 3 present the lifetime scenario for the DFHP Existing Furnace and HPSH measures, respectively. The analysis assumed a 20-year effective useful lifetime (EUL) for a furnace, a 15-year EUL for an air conditioner, and a 15-year EUL for a heat pump. Lifetimes are based on the Database for Energy Efficient Resources (DEER) (California Public Utilities Commission, 2021b). The existing furnace is assumed to be halfway through its EUL at the beginning of the analysis period. After 10 years when the furnace reaches the end of its life and needs to be replaced, it will be subject to new federal efficiency standards for residential gas furnaces that go into effect in 2028 requiring 95 AFUE

1. Five years later the air conditioner reaches the end of its life and is replaced with a new air conditioner.

For the DFHP upgrade case, after 10 years when the furnace fails it’s expected that the furnace is abandoned in place since the heat pump serves primary heating and was sized to provide the full design heating load. In this case it is assumed that the fan motor is replaced with a new aftermarket unit and operates another five years until the heat pump fails and is replaced with a new heat pump and air handler. Table 2 and Table 3 presents the lifecycle incremental cost breakdown for a 4-ton system. The heat pump is sized based on the heating and cooling load, and the 4-ton system is used for Climate Zone 9. These surveys reflect the cost to the customer and include equipment, labor, permit fees, and required HERS testing.

1 https://www.energy.gov/articles/doe-finalizes-energy-efficiency-standards-residential-furnaces-save-americans- 15-
billion#:~:text=These%20furnace%20efficiency%20standards%20were,heat%20for%20the%20living%20space. 349 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

7 2025/07/22
Table 2. Lifecycle Incremental Cost Breakdown for a 4-Ton DFHP Existing Furnace Calendar
Year
Baseline
AC
Baseline
Future
Cost
Baseline
Present
Value Cost
Heat Pump
Heat Pump
Future
Cost
Heat Pump
Present
Value Cost
2026 AC fails,
install new
AC, keep
existing
furnace
$10,431 $10,431 AC fails,
install new
HP , keep
existing
furnace
$12,347 $12,347
2036 Furnace
fails, install
new 95AFUE
furnace
$7,879 $5,863 Furnace
fails, replace
fan motor
$1,200 $893
2041 AC fails,
install new
AC
$10,431 $6,695 HP fails,
install new
HP and air
handler
$14,529 $9,326
Total $22,989 $22,566
Incremental Cost -$424
Table 3. Lifecycle Incremental Cost Breakdown for 4-Ton HPSH Calendar
Year
Baseline
AC
Baseline
Future
Cost
Baseline
Present
Value Cost
Heat Pump
Heat Pump
Future
Cost
Heat Pump
Present
Value Cost
2026 AC fails,
install new
AC & furnace
$13,808 $13,808 AC fails,
install new

HP & AHU
$14,529 $14,529
2041 AC fails,
install new
AC
$10,431 $6,695 HP fails,
install new

HP & AHU
$13,529 $8,684
2046 Furnace
fails, install
new 95AFUE
furnace
$7,879 $4,363
- - -
2056 Remaining
useful life for
furnace
-
-$1,623
- - -
Total $23,243 $23,213
Incremental Cost -$30

Table 4 presents estimated first and lifetime costs for the baseline and heat pump scenarios for 4-ton equipment. Costs include all material and installation labor including providing new 240 V electrical service to the air handler location for all new air handler installations and decommissioning of the furnace for the cases where the furnace is removed. DFHP costs incorporate controls installation and commissioning to ensure the heat pump and the furnace communicate properly and don’t operate at the same time. Future replacement 350 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

8 2025/07/22
costs do not include any initial costs associated with 240V electrical service or furnace decommissioning.

Table 4. HVAC Measure Cost Assumptions – 4-Ton Electric Replacements Measure Case
AC +
Evaporator
Coil
Gas
Furnace
/AC
DFHP Existing
Furnace HPSH
High
Efficiency
HPSH
Base Case - - AC +
Evaporator Coil
Gas
Furnace
/AC
Gas
Furnace
/AC
First Cost $10,431 $13,808 $12,347 $14,529 $17,506
Replacement Cost
(Future Value) $18,310 $18,310 $15,729 $13,529 $16,506
Replacement Cost
(Present Value) $12,558 $11,058 $10,219 $8,684 $10,594
Remaining Value at
Year 30 $0 -$1,623 $0 $0 $0
Total Lifecycle Cost $22,989 $23,243 $22,566 $23,213 $28,100 Incremental Cost - - -$424 -$30 $4,857

2.1.3 Lifecycle Cost Assuming Zero-NOx Standards for Space Heating After 2030
The California Air Resource Board proposed a strategy for reducing emissions in their 2022 Scoping Plan for Achieving Carbon Neutrality that includes a zero-emission standard for space and water heaters sold in California that would go into effect in 2030 (California Air Resources Board, 2022). The South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) proposed Rule 1111 for the Reduction of NOx Emissions from Natural Gas-Fired Furnaces.

This rule applies to furnaces less than 175,000 Btu/hr and sets compliance goals for manufacturers with the proposed dates in Table 5. The sale of gas furnaces above the compliance target will incur a mitigation fee (SCAQMD, 2025).

Table 5. SCAQMD Rule 1111 Proposed Manufacturer Compliance Targets Target Dates 2027-2028 2029-2032 2033-2035 2036 and after NOx Emitting Units (e.g. gas) 70% 50% 25% 10%
Zero-Emission Units 30% 50% 75% 90%

The Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAD) adopted Rule 9-4 that similarly requires zero NOx standards for space heating systems sold in the Bay Area.

Implementation for residential furnaces will begin January 2029 (BAAD, 2025).

The BAAD Rule 9-4 has been adopted, but both the California Air Resources Board and SCAQMD Rule 1111 are proposed rules that have not yet been adopted, but given the implications these rulings would have on the 30-year cost-effectiveness if gas furnaces were 351 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

9 2025/07/22
very limited or no longer available in 2030, a sensitivity analysis for this scenario is included in this study for the DFHP Existing Furnace scenario. The other heat pump measures would also be impacted by this ruling; however, for simplicity the team selected one measure to give a sense of the impact on the results. The costs in Table 6 reflect the DFHP Existing Furnace scenario where gas furnaces are not available in 2030. This 30-year lifecycle analysis assumes that in 10 years when the furnace reaches the end of its useful life and needs to be replaced, it will be subjected to the SCAQMD Rule 1111 or California Air Resources Board proposal and will be replaced with a heat pump.

Table 6. Lifecycle Incremental Cost Breakdown for 4-Ton System DFHP Existing Furnace with no Gas Furnaces after 2030
Calendar
Year
Baseline AC
Replacement
Schedule
Baseline
Future
Cost
Baseline
Present
Value
Cost
Heat Pump
Heat
Pump
Future
Cost
Heat
Pump
Present
Value
Cost
2026
AC fails, install new
AC, keep existing
furnace
$10,431 $10,431
AC fails, install new
HP , keep existing
furnace
$12,347 $12,347
2036 Furnace fails, install
new HP $14,529 $10,811 Furnace fails,
replace fan motor $1,200 $893
2041 - - - HP fails, install new
HP and air handler $14,529 $9,326
2051 HP fails, install new
HP $13,529 $6,462 - - -
2056 Remaining useful
life for HP - -$4,459 - - -
Total $23,245 $22,566
Incremental Cost -$679

2.1.4 Metrics
Cost-effectiveness is presented using net present value (NPV) and benefit-to-cost (B/C) ratio metrics.
• NPV: The Reach Codes Team uses net savings (NPV benefits minus NPV costs) as the cost-effectiveness metric. If the net savings of a measure or package is positive, it is considered cost effective. Negative net savings represent net costs to the consumer. A measure that has negative energy cost benefits (energy cost increase) can still be cost effective if the costs to implement the measure are even more negative (i.e., construction and maintenance cost savings). • B/C Ratio: Ratio of the present value of all benefits to the present value of all costs over 30 years (NPV benefits divided by NPV costs). The criteria for cost- effectiveness is a B/C greater than 1.0. A value of one indicates the savings over the 352 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

10 2025/07/22
life of the measure are equivalent to the incremental cost of that measure. A value greater than one represents a positive return on investment.

Improving the energy performance of a building often requires an initial investment. In most cases the benefit is represented by annual on-bill utility or LSC savings, and the cost by incremental first cost and replacement costs. However, some packages result in initial construction cost savings (negative incremental cost), and either energy cost savings (positive benefits), or increased energy costs (negative benefits). In cases where both construction costs and energy-related savings are negative, the construction cost savings are treated as the benefit while the increased energy costs are the cost. In cases where a measure or package is cost-effective immediately (i.e., upfront construction cost savings and lifetime energy cost savings), B/C ratio cost-effectiveness is represented by “>1”.

Because of these situations, NPV savings are also reported, which, in these cases, are positive values.

2.1.5 Utility Rates
In coordination with the City of Glendale, the Reach Codes Team determined appropriate tariffs for each package, summarized in Table 7, based on the annual load profile of the prototype and the corresponding package, and the most prevalent rate for each building type.

For a more detailed breakdown of the rates selected refer to Section 7.2 Utility Rate Schedules.

Table 7. Residential (Single Family and Detached ADU)
Utility Tariffs in City of Glendale
Electric / Gas Utility Electricity Natural Gas
GWP / SoCalGas L-1-A GR

Utility rates are assumed to escalate over time according to the two scenarios described below.
1) Modest Gas Escalation: The first scenario is based on assumptions from the CPUC 2021 En Banc hearings on utility costs through 2030 (California Public Utilities Commission, 2021a). Escalation rates throughout the remainder of the 30-year evaluation period are based on the escalation rate assumptions within the 2022 TDV factors.
2) High Gas Escalation: A second set of escalation rates were also evaluated to demonstrate the impact that utility cost changes have on cost-effectiveness over time. This set was based on those used within the 2025 LSC factors (LSC replaces TDV in the 2025 code cycle) which assumed steep increases in gas rates in the latter half of the analysis period.
353 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

11 2025/07/22
See Section 7.2.3 and the statewide 2022 Single Family Retrofit Cost-effectiveness Study (Statewide Reach Codes Team, 2025) for details.

2.2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The analysis uses the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions estimates built-in to CBECC-Res.

There are 8760 hourly multipliers accounting for time dependent energy use and carbon emissions based on source emissions, including renewable portfolio standard projections.

Natural gas fugitive emissions, which are shown to be substantial, are not included. 354 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

12 2025/07/22
3 Prototype Designs and Measure
Packages

3.1 Prototype Characteristics
The Energy Commission defines building prototypes which it uses to evaluate the cost- effectiveness of proposed changes to Title 24 requirements. Average home size has steadily increased over time, and the Energy Commission single family new construction prototypes are larger than many existing single family homes across California. For this analysis, a 1,665 square foot prototype was evaluated. Table 8 describes the basic characteristics of the single family prototype. Additions are not evaluated in this analysis as they are already addressed in Section 150.2 of Title 24, Part 6. The CEC has proposed significant changes to the 2025 Energy Code that would remove the allowance of gas space heating and water heating equipment for additions and instead require additions to follow the same space heating and water heating equipment requirements as new construction (California Energy Commission, 2025).

Table 8. Residential Prototype Characteristics

Three building vintages were evaluated to determine sensitivity of existing building performance on cost-effectiveness of upgrades. For example, it is widely recognized that adding attic insulation in an older home with no insulation is cost-effective, however, newer homes will likely have existing attic insulation reducing the cost-effectiveness of an incremental addition of insulation. The building characteristics for each vintage were determined based on either prescriptive requirements from Title 24 that were in effect or standard construction practice during that time period. Homes built under 2001 Title 24 are subject to prescriptive envelope code requirements very similar to homes built under the 2005 code cycle, which was in effect until January 1, 2010.

Table 9 summarizes the assumptions for each of the three vintages. Additionally, the analysis assumed the following features when modeling the prototype buildings. Efficiencies were defined by year of the most recent equipment replacement based on standard equipment lifetimes.
• Individual space conditioning and water heating systems, one per single family building.
• Split-system air conditioner with natural gas furnace.

Specification
Existing Conditioned Floor Area 1,665 ft2
Num. of Stories 1
Num. of Bedrooms 3
Window-to-Floor Area Ratio 13%
Attached Garage 2-car garage
355 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

13 2025/07/22
o Scenarios with an existing natural gas wall furnace without AC were also evaluated.
• Small storage natural gas water heater.
o Scenarios with an existing electric resistance storage water heater were also evaluated.
• Gas cooktop, oven, and clothes dryer.

The methodology applied in the analysis begins with a design that matches the specifications as described in Table 9 for each of the three vintages. Prospective energy efficiency measures were modeled to determine the projected energy performance and utility cost impacts relative to the baseline vintage.

356 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

14 2025/07/22
Table 9. Efficiency Characteristics for Three Vintage Cases Building Component Efficiency
Feature
Vintage Case
Pre-1978 1978-1991 1992-2010
Envelope
Exterior Walls 2x4, 16-inch on center wood frame,
R-0a
2x4 16 inch on center wood frame,
R-11
2x4 16 inch on center wood frame,
R-13
Foundation Type & Insulation Uninsulated slab (CZ 2-15) Raised floor, R-0 (CZ 1 & 16)
Uninsulated slab (CZ 2-15)
Raised floor, R-0 (CZ 1 & 16)
Uninsulated slab (CZ 2-15)
Raised floor, R-19 (CZ 1 & 16)
Ceiling Insulation & Attic Type
Vented attic, R-5 @ ceiling level for CZ
6 & 7,
Vented attic, R-11 @ ceiling level
(all other CZs)
Vented attic, R-19 @ ceiling level Vented attic, R-30 @ ceiling level Roofing Material & Color Asphalt shingles, dark
(0.10 reflectance, 0.85 emittance)
Asphalt shingles, dark
(0.10 reflectance, 0.85 emittance)
Asphalt shingles, dark
(0.10 reflectance, 0.85 emittance)
Radiant Barrier No No No
Window Type: U-factor/SHGCb Metal, single pane: 1.16/0.76 Metal, dual pane: 0.79/0.70 Vinyl, dual pane Low-E: 0.55/0.40 House Infiltration at 50 Pascals 15 ACH50 10 ACH50 7 ACH50 HVAC Equipment
Heating Efficiency 78 AFUE (assumes 2 replacements) 78 AFUE (assumes 1 replacement) 78 AFUE Cooling Efficiency 10 SEER (assumes 2 replacements) 10 SEER (assumes 1 replacement) 13 SEER, 11 EER Duct Location & Details Attic, R-2.1, 30% leakage at 25 Pa Attic, R-2.1, 25% leakage at 25 Pa Attic, R-4.2, 15% leakage at 25 Pa Whole Building Mechanical
Ventilation None None None
Water Heating Equipment
Water Heater Efficiency 0.575 Energy Factor (assumes 2
replacements)

0.575 Energy Factor (assumes 1
replacement) 0.575 Energy Factor
Water Heater Type 40-gallon gas storage 40-gallon gas storage 40-gallon gas storage Pipe Insulation None None None
Hot Water Fixtures Standard, non-low flow Standard, non-low flow Standard, non-low flow a Pre-1978 wall modeled with R-5 cavity insulation to better align wall system performance with monitored field data and not overestimate energy use. b Window type selections were made based on conversations with window industry expert, Ken Nittler. If a technology was enterin g the market during the time period (e.g., Low-E during 1992-2010 or dual-pane during 1978-1991) that technology was included in the analysis. This provides a conservative assumption for overall building performance and additional measures may be cost -effective for buildings with lower performing windows, for example buildings with metal single pane windows in the 1978-1991 vintage.

357 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

15 2025/07/22

3.2 Measure Details
The following heat pump space heater (HPSH) measures were evaluated as described below. All included HERS verified refrigerant charge, 10% duct sealing, and 300 CFM/ton airflow, aligned with the proposed code requirements for the 2025 Title 24 code.
1) Dual Fuel Heat Pump (DFHP Existing Furnace): Replace existing ducted AC with an electric heat pump and install controls to operate the heat pump as the primary space conditioning source and to use the existing gas furnace (78 AFUE) for backup heat when heating demands cannot be met by the heat pump. In this report, dual fuel heat pumps were modeled to disable furnace operation above an outdoor temperature of 35°F in compliance with Energy Code Section 150.0(h)7, which requires this lockout for any heat pump with supplemental heating. A minimum federal efficiency (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2) heat pump was evaluated. Savings are compared to a new AC (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2) alongside the existing furnace (78 AFUE). A new evaporator coil is assumed to be installed with the AC system.
2) HPSH: Replace existing ducted AC and natural gas furnace with an electric heat pump and air handler. Minimum federal efficiency (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2) heat pumps were evaluated. Savings are compared to a new ducted natural gas furnace and AC (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 80 AFUE).
3) High Efficiency HPSH: Replace existing ducted AC and natural gas furnace with an electric heat pump and air handler. Higher efficiency (17 SEER2, 12.48 EER2, 9.5 HSPF2) heat pumps were evaluated. Savings are compared to a new ducted natural gas furnace and AC (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 80 AFUE).

358 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

16 2025/07/22
4 Results
The primary objective of the evaluation is to identify cost-effective energy upgrade measures at the time of air conditioner replacement in single family buildings, to support the design of local ordinances requiring upgrades, which may be triggered by different events, such as at the time of a significant remodel or at burnout of mechanical equipment. Table 10 shows the analysis results for Climate Zone 9 for the standard rate L-1-A rate.

Table 10. Heat Pump Single Family Cost-Effectiveness Summary Vintage
Year Case
Annual
Elec
Savings
(kWh)
Annual
Gas
Savings
(therms)
Average
Annual
GHG
Reductions
(metric
tons)
Utility Cost Savings Incremental Cost On-Bill Cost-Effectiveness 2025 LSC Cost-
Effectiveness
First
Year
Lifecycle
(2025$)
First
Year
Lifecycle
(2025$)
Modest Gas
Escalation
High Gas
Escalation
B/C
Ratio NPV B/C
Ratio NPV B/C
Ratio NPV

Pre 1978
DFHP Existing Furnace (738) 95 0.40 ($66) ($429) $1,916 ($424) 0.99 ($6) >1 $2,949 >1 $4,387 HPSH (Std Efficiency) (879) 99 0.40 ($101) ($1,173) $721 ($30) 0.03 ($1,143) >1 $1,909 >1 $4,415 HPSH (High Efficiency) (478) 99 0.44 $43 $2,018 $3,698 $4,857 0.42 ($2,839) 1.07 $345 1.49 $2,358 1978-
1991
DFHP Existing Furnace (499) 65 0.27 ($44) ($285) $1,916 ($424) 1.49 $139 >1 $2,141 >1 $3,127 HPSH (Std Efficiency) (599) 68 0.27 ($69) ($810) $721 ($30) 0.04 ($780) >1 $1,289 >1 $3,022 HPSH (High Efficiency) (300) 68 0.30 $35 $1,505 $3,698 $4,857 0.31 ($3,352) 0.76 ($1,187) 1.05 $232 1992-
2010
DFHP Existing Furnace (410) 54 0.23 ($36) ($218) $1,916 ($424) 1.94 $206 >1 $1,860 >1 $2,749 HPSH (Std Efficiency) (490) 56 0.23 ($56) ($642) $721 ($30) 0.05 ($612) >1 $1,096 >1 $2,589 HPSH (High Efficiency) (282) 56 0.25 $11 $856 $3,698 $4,857 0.18 ($4,001) 0.54 ($2,231) 0.85 ($750) 359 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

17 2025/07/22

4.1 Zero-NOx Scenario Results
This section presents cost-effectiveness results for the DFHP Existing Furnace under the scenario where proposed air quality district zero-NOx rules go into effect over the next 10 years. In the base case, at time of replacement of the gas furnace at year 10 a heat pump is installed. The energy profile between the base case and the heat pump upgrade case are subsequently identical for the remaining 20 years of the 30-year analysis period. As a result, energy and cost savings only persist for the first 10 years.

Table 11 shows the On-Bill NPV cost-effectiveness results and the LSC cost-effectiveness results for all three vintages. 2025 LSC savings were calculated using individual year multipliers for the first 10 years, 2026 through 2035.

Table 11. DFHP Existing Furnace On-Bill NPV and 2025 LSC Cost-effectiveness High Gas Escalation (Zero-NOx Rule)
Vintage Year
NPV
On-Bill 2025 LSC

Pre 1978 $400 $608
1978-1991 $492 $424
1992-2010 $532 $372
360 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

18 2025/07/22
5 Summary
This analysis evaluated the feasibility and cost-effectiveness of heat pump upgrades at time of air conditioner replacement in GWP territory for homes built before 2010. The Statewide Reach Codes Team used both On-Bill and LSC-based LCC approaches to evaluate cost- effectiveness and quantify the energy cost savings associated with energy efficiency measures compared to the incremental costs associated with the measures.

Conclusions and Discussion:
• The heat pump installation alongside the existing furnace (DFHP Existing Furnace) was found to be cost-effective under the high gas escalation and LSC cost-effective in all vintages.
• The complete heat pump system installation (heat pump and air handler – HPSH) was found to be cost-effective under the high gas escalation and LSC cost-effective in all vintages.
• The complete heat pump system installation with high efficiency heat pump was found to be cost-effective under the high gas escalation in the pre-1978 vintage and LSC cost-effective in all vintages, with exception to the 1992-2010 vintage. • Under the modest gas escalation scenario, only the DFHP Existing Furnace in the 1978-1991 and 1992-2010 vintages were found to be cost-effective. • Challenges to On-Bill cost-effectiveness include higher first costs and higher first- year utility costs due to higher electricity tariffs relative to gas tariffs. However, On- Bill cost-effectiveness improves under GWP rates compared to SCE rates, primarily because GWP electricity rates are lower.
• Given the adopted Bay Area Air Quality Management District Zero NOx rule, and the proposed California Air Resource Board or South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Zero-NOx rules, and gas furnaces may not be available to be installed after 2030. A sensitivity analysis was performed for the Zero NOx scenario using the high gas escalation rate scenario and found that cost-effectiveness decreases in all DFHP cases. Utility cost impacts are experienced over the first 10- year period, during which gas rate escalation is lower and electricity rate escalation higher. As a result, this scenario has higher lifetime increases in utility cost. Even though lifetime incremental costs are lower, the combined impact is a lower net present value.
• While not evaluated in this report, the 2022 Single Family Retrofit Cost-effectiveness Study (Statewide Reach Codes Team, 2025) shows it is beneficial to combine a heat pump space conditioning system with photovoltaics (PV) because the additional electricity required by the heat pump can be met by the PV system and result in reduced utility bills.
• In this study the dual fuel heat pump is evaluated with an existing furnace, however the homeowner could choose to replace the existing furnace with a new furnace at this time as well. This measure (DFHP New Furnace) was evaluated in the 2022 361 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

19 2025/07/22
Single Family Retrofit Cost-effectiveness Study (Statewide Reach Codes Team, 2025) but found to be less cost-effective than the DFHP Existing Furnace case.

362 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

20 2025/07/22
6 References
BAAD. (2025, May 7). Rules 9-4 and 9-6 Building Appliances. Retrieved from Bay Area Air District: https://www.baaqmd.gov/en/rules-and-compliance/rule- development/building-appliances
California Air Resources Board. (2022, August 12). 2022 State Strategy for the State Implementation Plan (2022 State SIP Strategy). Retrieved from California Air Resources Board Web site: https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022- 11/Proposed_2022_State_SIP_Strategy.pdf
California Energy Commission. (2023). 2025 Energy code Hourly Factors. Retrieved from https://www.energy.ca.gov/files/2025-energy-code-hourly-factors California Energy Commission. (2025). Final Express Terms for the Proposed Revisions to 2025 Title 24, Parts 1 and 6. Retrieved from
https://efiling.energy.ca.gov/GetDocument.aspx?tn=261222&DocumentContentId=97 581
California Public Utilities Commission. (2021a). Utility Costs and Affordability of the Grid of the Future: An Evaluation of Electric Costs, Rates, and Equity Issues Pursuant to P.U. Code Section 913.1. Retrieved from https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/-/media/cpuc- website/divisions/office-of-governmental-affairs-division/reports/2021/senate-bill-695- report-2021-and-en-banc-whitepaper_final_04302021.pdf
California Public Utilities Commission. (2021b). Database for Energy-Efficient resources (DEER2021 Update). Retrieved April 13, 2021, from
http://www.deeresources.com/index.php/deer-versions/deer2021 Heinemeier, K. (2025). Residential HVAC Performance. Retrieved from https://title24stakeholders.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Residential-HVAC- Performance.pdf
Opinion Dynamics. (2024). TECH Clean California: Incremental Cost Study. Final Phase I Findings. Retrieved from
https://techcleanca.com/documents/4258/TECH_Cost_Study_- _FINAL_Phase_I_Findings_2.12.24_2.pdf
SCAQMD. (2025, February 21). Space and Water Heating Building Appliances. Retrieved from South Coast AQMD: https://www.aqmd.gov/docs/default- source/Agendas/ssc/ssc-agenda-2-21-2025.pdf
Statewide Reach Codes Team. (2024, September). 2022 Cost-Effectiveness Study: Single Family New Construction. Retrieved from
https://localenergycodes.com/download/1240/file_path/fieldList/2022%20Single%20 Family%20NewCon%20Cost-eff%20Study.docx
363 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

21 2025/07/22
Statewide Reach Codes Team. (2025). Single Family Air Conditioner Replacements (AC to HP) Cost-effectiveness Report. Retrieved from
https://localenergycodes.com/download/2034/file_path/fieldList/2025%20Single%20 Family%20AC%20to%20HP%20Cost-eff%20Study.pdf
364 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

22 2025/07/22
7 Appendices

7.1 Map of California Climate Zones
Climate zone geographical boundaries are depicted in Figure . The map in Figure 1 along with a zip-code search directory is available at:
https://ww2.energy.ca.gov/maps/renewable/building_climate_zones.html Figure 1. Map of California climate zones.

365 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

23 2025/07/22

7.2 Utility Rate Schedules
The Reach Codes Team used City of Glendale electricity and SoCalGas gas tariffs detailed below to determine the On-Bill savings for each package.

7.2.1 Glendale Water and Power
Following shows the City of Glendale electricity tariffs applied in this study. The L-1-A rate was applied to all packages.

L-1-A Standard Service Rate

366 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

24 2025/07/22

7.2.2 Southern California Gas
The SoCalGas monthly gas rate in $/therm applied in this analysis is shown in Table 12. The gas rates were developed based on the latest available gas rate for May 2025 and a curve to reflect how natural gas prices fluctuate with seasonal supply and demand. The seasonal curve was estimated from SoCalGas’s monthly residential tariffs between 2015 and 2024. 12-month curves were created from monthly gas rates for each of the ten years. The ten annual curves were then averaged to arrive at an average normalized annual curve. Long- term historical natural gas rate data was only available for SoCalGas’ procurement charges.

The baseline and excess transmission charges were found to be consistent over the course of a year and applied for the entire year based on May 2025 rates. The costs presented in Table 12 were then derived by establishing the baseline and excess rates from the May 2025 tariff as a reference point and then using the normalized curve to estimate the cost for the remaining months relative to the May rates.

Table 12. SoCalGas Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm)
Month
Total Charge
Baseline Excess
January $1.57 $2.06
February $1.40 $1.88
March $1.34 $1.82
April $1.28 $1.76
May $1.29 $1.77
June $1.32 $1.81
July $1.34 $1.82
August $1.38 $1.86
September $1.34 $1.83
October $1.33 $1.82
November $1.37 $1.86
December $1.43 $1.91
367 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

25 2025/07/22

7.2.3 Fuel Escalation Rates
The average annual escalation rates in Table 13 present the moderate gas escalation scenario used in this study. The electricity and natural gas rates are based on assumptions from the CPUC 2021 En Banc hearings on utility costs through 2030 (California Public Utilities Commission, 2021a). Escalation rates throughout the remainder of the 30-year evaluation period are based on the escalation rate assumptions within the 2022 TDV factors. No data was available to estimate electricity escalation rates for Glendale, therefore electricity escalation rates for SCE and statewide natural gas escalation rates were applied.

Table 14 presents the high gas escalation scenario escalation rates used in this analysis.

Rates were applied for the same 30-year period and are based on the escalation rate assumptions within the 2025 LSC factors from 2026 through 2055. These rates were developed for electricity use statewide (not utility-specific) and assume steep increases in gas rates in the latter half of the analysis period. Data was not available for the year 2026 and so the CPUC En Banc assumptions were applied for those years using the average rate across the three IOUs for statewide electricity escalation.

368 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

26 2025/07/22
Table 13: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, CPUC En Banc and 2022 TDV Basis

Year
Statewide Natural
Gas Average Rate
(%/year, real)
SCE Electric
Average Rate
(%/year, real)
2026 4.6% 1.6%
2027 4.6% 1.6%
2028 4.6% 1.6%
2029 4.6% 1.6%
2030 4.6% 1.6%
2031 2.0% 0.6%
2032 2.4% 0.6%
2033 2.1% 0.6%
2034 1.9% 0.6%
2035 1.9% 0.6%
2036 1.8% 0.6%
2037 1.7% 0.6%
2038 1.6% 0.6%
2039 2.1% 0.6%
2040 1.6% 0.6%
2041 2.2% 0.6%
2042 2.2% 0.6%
2043 2.3% 0.6%
2044 2.4% 0.6%
2045 2.5% 0.6%
2046 1.5% 0.6%
2047 1.3% 0.6%
2048 1.6% 0.6%
2049 1.3% 0.6%
2050 1.5% 0.6%
2051 1.8% 0.6%
2052 1.8% 0.6%
2053 1.8% 0.6%
2054 1.8% 0.6%
2055 1.8% 0.6%
369 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

27 2025/07/22
Table 14: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, 2025 LSC Basis

Year
Statewide Natural
Gas Residential
Average Rate
(%/year, real)
Statewide
Electricity
Residential
Average Rate
(%/year, real)
2026 4.6% 2.1%
2027 4.2% 0.6%
2028 3.2% 1.9%
2029 3.6% 1.6%
2030 6.6% 1.3%
2031 6.7% 1.0%
2032 7.7% 1.2%
2033 8.2% 1.1%
2034 8.2% 1.1%
2035 8.2% 0.9%
2036 8.2% 1.1%
2037 8.2% 1.1%
2038 8.2% 1.0%
2039 8.2% 1.1%
2040 8.2% 1.1%
2041 8.2% 1.1%
2042 8.2% 1.1%
2043 8.2% 1.1%
2044 8.2% 1.1%
2045 8.2% 1.1%
2046 8.2% 1.1%
2047 3.1% 1.1%
2048 -0.5% 1.1%
2049 -0.6% 1.1%
2050 -0.5% 1.1%
2051 -0.6% 1.1%
2052 -0.6% 1.1%
2053 -0.6% 1.1%
2054 -0.6% 1.1%
2055 -0.6% 1.1%
370 of 464

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: City of Glendale

28 2025/07/22
Get In Touch
The adoption of reach codes can differentiate
jurisdictions as efficiency leaders and help accelerate the adoption of new equipment, technologies, code
compliance, and energy savings strategies.

As part of the Statewide Codes & Standards
Program, the Reach Codes Subprogram is a
resource available to any local jurisdiction located
throughout the state of California.

Our experts develop robust toolkits as well as provide
specific technical assistance to local jurisdictions
(cities and counties) considering adopting energy
reach codes. These include cost-effectiveness
research and analysis, model ordinance language
and other code development and implementation
tools, and specific technical assistance throughout
the code adoption process.

If you are interested in finding out more about local
energy reach codes, the Reach Codes Team stands
ready to assist jurisdictions at any stage of a reach
code project.

Visit
LocalEnergyCodes.com to
access our resources and
sign up for newsletters

Contact
[email protected]
for no-charge assistance from
expert Reach Code advisors

Explore
The Cost-Effectiveness
Explorer is a free resource to
help California local
governments and
stakeholders develop energy
policies for buildings.

Follow
us on Linkedin

Revision: 1.0
Last modified: 2025/07/22

371 of 464

9a
25-87656

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Ordinance Amending Glendale Municipal Code provisions regarding meetings, powers and duties of the Commission on the Status of Women

1. Introduction of Ordinance Amending Sections 2.38.090 and 2.38.140 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 – Relating to the Commission on the Status of Women.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for August 19, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
During its March 18, 2025, Council recommended certain changes to the frequency of meetings of the Commission on the Status of Women and their powers and duties. This report provides those amendments by changing the frequency of meetings from quarterly to monthly. It further amends the provisions pertaining to the Commission’s powers and responsibilities, to include regular programming based on policy recommendations of the Commission’s Report on the Status of Women and Girls and the City’s Workforce Demographics Report, engaging in community partnerships and fundraising.

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends introduction and adoption of the Ordinance as directed by Council.

ANALYSIS

BACKGROUND
The Commission on the Status of Women (CSW) was originally established in 2003 to serve as an advisory body to the City Council, providing recommendations on policies, programs, and services that address the needs of women in Glendale.

Per Glendale Municipal Code (“GMC”) Section 2.38.140, the powers and duties of the Commission were established as follows:
"The powers and duties of the Commission on the Status of Women shall 372 of 464

9a2
25-87656
5 9
1 7
be to assess and evaluate the needs and issues of women in the City in order to inform and advise the City Council, City departments and divisions, and other community agencies and organizations of those needs and issues; recommend programs or legislation to the City Council to promote and ensure equal rights and opportunities to and for women in the City; to promote education on issues regarding matters involving the needs of women and to prepare and disseminate such information; provide outreach information and education that empowers women to achieve self-sufficiency and self-esteem; maintain an active liaison with groups, organizations, agencies and individuals in regard to issues related to women; perform other duties as may be imposed upon the Commission by the City Council by ordinance or resolution."
Since its inception, the CSW has undergone multiple modifications, including changes to its composition, meeting frequency, and overall function. The Council has directed the restoration of CSW’s programmatic function and an increase in the frequency of its regular meetings. To that end, the City Attorney has prepared a draft ordinance for the Council’s consideration. The draft Ordinance increases the regular meeting schedule from quarterly to monthly, and modifies the CSW’s powers and duties, as follows:

The powers and duties of the commission on the status of women shall be to assess and evaluate the needs and issues of women in the city in order to inform and advise the city council, city departments and divisions, and other community agencies and organizations of those needs and issues; recommend legislation to the city council and/or organize programs or legislation to the city council to promote and ensure equal rights and opportunities to and for women in the city based on the Report on the Status of Women and Girls prepared from time to time at the behest of the commission and the City’s Workforce Demographics Report; to promote education on issues regarding matters involving the needs of women and to prepare and disseminate such information; provide outreach information and education that empowers women to achieve self-sufficiency and self-esteem; engage and maintain an active liaison with groups, organizations, agencies and individuals in regard to issues related to women; explore and engage in fundraising activities; perform other duties as may be imposed upon the commission by the city council by ordinance or resolution.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
N/A

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no direct fiscal impact associated with adoption of the proposed ordinance.

The staffing associated with increased meeting frequency and additional programmatic functions of the CSW will be absorbed into the budget of the City Manager’s Office. 373 of 464

9a3
25-87656
5 9
1 7

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The ordinance implementing changes to the CSW is exempt from environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations ("CEQA Guidelines"). The proposed ordinance is not a “project” for CEQA purposes as it involves only organizational and administrative activities of government. CEQA Guidelines Sec. 15378(b)(5). It is further exempt since it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity may have a significant effect on the environment per CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3).

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION

1. The Council could choose not to introduce or adopt

2. City Council may elect to consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Michael J. Garcia, City Attorney
Prepared by:

Lucy Varpetian, Principal Assistant City Attorney
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Click or tap here to enter text.
374 of 464

ORDINANCE NO. ____________

AN ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,
CALIFORNIA AMENDING SECTIONS 2.38.090 and 2.38.140 OF
THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995, PERTAINING TO THE

FREQUENCY OF MEETINGS AND POWERS AND DUTIES

OF THE COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA:

SECTION 1. Section 2.38.090 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, is amended to read as follows:
§ 2.38.090 Meetings.

A. The commission shall meet at least once quarterly a month at such time and place as the commission may fix by resolution, consistent with the dates and times available for televising the meetings.

B. Special meetings of the commission may be called at any time by the chairperson, or three voting members thereof by written notice served upon each member as required by the Ralph M. Brown Act.

C. All meetings of the commission shall be open to the public and held in compliance with the provisions of the Ralph M. Brown Act. The commission on the status of women shall keep a record of minutes of all its proceedings and actions which shall be available for public inspection.

SECTION 2. Section 2.38.140 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, is amended to read as follows:
§ 2.38.140 Powers and duties—Generally.

Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on the _____ day of , 2025. _________________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
______________________________
City Clerk

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
) SS.

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ______ was adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the _____ day of _______________, 2025, and that the same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

______________________________
City Clerk
376 of 464

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Glendale Municipal Code Amendment Pertaining to Selection of the Mayor

1. Introduction of Ordinance of the Council of the City of Glendale, California Amending Section 2.04.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, Relating to the Mayoral Selection Process

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
As directed by the Council, the City Attorney’s Office presents an ordinance for introduction and adoption that will amend the mayoral selection process set forth in Glendale Municipal Code Section 2.04.020. If adopted, the ordinance will revise the mayoral selection process by eliminating the provisions pertaining to the order of precedence of mayoral selection. The ordinance also provides two options for moving the mayoral selection date from April to July, either commencing in 2026 or 2027. The ordinance will also bifurcate the mayor selection from the date the new mayor takes office by providing that the mayor’s appointment becomes effective at the regular meeting following the meeting where the mayor is selected. 377 of 464

29b
6 0
4 7

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends the Council introduce and adopt the ordinance.

ANALYSIS
On March 30, 2021, the Council adopted Ordinance No. 5963, amending the Glendale Municipal Code (“GMC”) relating to the annual selection of the mayor. GMC Section

2.04.020 provides for an order of precedence for selection of mayor based on longest continuous service since last serving as Mayor, limitations on appointments, and a “best interest” clause that permits the Council to make a selection that it deems to be in the City’s best interest.

Elimination of Mayoral Selection Process
On July 1, 2025, the Council reviewed Section 2.04.020 as well as alternative language that could be considered to address concerns raised regarding its implementation and fairness. Ultimately, the Council directed staff to prepare an ordinance amending Section 2.040.020 that will remove the selection policy from the GMC; the Council will select the mayor by majority vote with no restrictions on who can be selected.

Change of Mayoral Selection Date to July
The Council also directed a change to the mayoral selection date from April to July. This is intended to allow councilmembers elected in June during statewide primary election years to participate in the mayor selection for the upcoming year. As requested, two options are presented for when the new mayor selection date will occur, in 2026 or 2027:

Option 1 – 2026
Commencing in 2026, the date and time for selection of the mayor shall be during the first regular meeting of the council occurring after the third Monday of July of each year.

Option 2 - 2027
In 2026, the date and time for the selection of the mayor shall be during the first regular meeting of the council occurring after the first Monday in April. Commencing in 2027, the date and time for selection of the mayor shall be during the first regular meeting of the council occurring after the third Monday of July of each year.

Staff recommends that if the mayoral selection date is moved to July, then it should be after the third Monday in July to provide sufficient time after the June statewide primary elections for the new Council to be sworn in. Los Angeles 378 of 464

39b
6 0
4 7
County has up to 30 days to certify election results which then must be approved by the Council. In the past, the County has taken the full 30 days.

Effective Date of Mayoral Appointment
As directed by the Council, the ordinance also amends the GMC to make the mayoral appointment effective at the regular meeting after the mayor is selected.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Not applicable.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This activity involves organizational and administrative activities of the government related to the process for selecting the mayor, and such internal procedural changes have no potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment, or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. As such, this action is not a “project” subject to the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) 14 Cal. Code Regs § 15378.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION

1. The Council can choose not to introduce and adopt the ordinance amending GMC Section 2.04.020, in which case the current mayoral selection policy will remain in place.

2. The Council can choose an alternative not identified by staff. 379 of 464

49b
6 0
4 7

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Michael J. Garcia, City Attorney
Prepared by:

Michael J. Garcia, City Attorney
Dorine Martirosian, Principal Assistant City Attorney
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
380 of 464

1 ORDINANCE NO.____________

AN ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,
CALIFORNIA AMENDING SECTION 2.04.020 OF THE GLENDALE
MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995, RELATING TO MAYORAL SELECTION PROCESS WHEREAS, the City of Glendale (City) Councilmembers are elected at-large and serve four-year terms; and
WHEREAS, in April of each year, the City Council appoints one of its own members to serve as Mayor for the following year, pursuant to the City’s Charter, Article IV, Section 5(4); and
WHEREAS, on March 30, 2021, after having considered a staff report wherein 134 municipalities were surveyed relating to best practices governing procedures for the selection of Mayor, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5963 amending Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 (“GMC”) Section 2.04.020, establishing criteria and procedures to be considered and followed by the City Council in selecting a Mayor each year; and WHEREAS, on July 1, 2025, after considering various alternatives, the City Council directed that the City Attorney prepare an ordinance to amend GMC Section 2.04.020 to:
Eliminate the provisions pertaining to order of precedence of mayoral selection contained in subsections B through H.
Revise the date of mayoral selection from April to July, with options for the effective date of the new July selection date.
Provide for the seating and appointment of the mayor to be effective at the first regular meeting after the council meeting where the Council selects the new mayor; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has considered the reports dated July 1, 2025 and August 19, 2025 by the City Attorney presenting the above as directed by Council, and by this Ordinance amends the provisions of Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 (GMC) Section

2.04.020 relating to the Mayor selection process.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

SECTION 1. The above recitals are true and correct.

SECTION 2. Section 2.04.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, regarding Selection of mayor, is hereby amended to read as follows:
381 of 464

2 “2.04.020 Selection of Mayor
Pursuant to Article VI, Section 5(4) of the Charter, the council shall annually select one of its members to be the mayor, in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

The date and times for appointment shall be during the first regular meeting of the council after the first Monday in April of each year. The mayor shall serve as presiding officer and perform the other duties of mayor at the pleasure of the council. [July selection – Option 1: July selection commences in 2026] A. Commencing in 2026, the date and time for selection of the mayor shall be during the first regular meeting of the council occurring after the third Monday of July of each year.
[July selection – Option 2: July selection commences in 2027] A. In 2026, the date and time for the selection of the mayor shall be during the first regular meeting of the council occurring after the first Monday in April.

Commencing in 2027, the date and time for selection of the mayor shall be during the first regular meeting of the council occurring after the third Monday of July of each year.

B. The appointment of the mayor shall become effective and the mayor’s term shall commence at the next regular meeting occurring after the council meeting where the council selects the new mayor.”
B. The council shall select and appoint a mayor to serve for the upcoming year in the following order of precedence:

1. The councilmember with the longest, continuous uninterrupted service on the council since last serving as mayor, and who is not serving as the mayor at the time of mayoral selection, shall be selected as mayor.

2. In the event of a tie between councilmembers with the longest continuous service since last serving as mayor as set forth in subsection (B)(1), the councilmember who received the most votes in the councilmembers' most recent election shall be selected mayor. In the event the tie is between councilmembers who were elected during different elections, then the councilmember with the highest percentage of votes received in each councilmembers' most recent elections to the city council shall be selected mayor.

Notwithstanding the election votes tiebreakers set forth in this subsection (B)(2), if either tiebreaker would result in a councilmember who has previously served as mayor since being elected to the council being appointed over a councilmember of equal continuous uninterrupted service who has never served as mayor since being elected to the council, then the councilmember who has not previously served as mayor shall be appointed mayor. 382 of 464

3 3. In the event that the procedure set forth in subsections (B)(1) and (2) do not control the selection of mayor, the council shall select the mayor by majority vote.

C. A councilmember whose council term will expire in the same year that the mayor's term would also expire if said councilmember was selected mayor shall not be selected to serve as mayor. A councilmember whose council term will expire within 180 days after the date of the selection of the mayor shall not be selected mayor.

D. A councilmember who has served as a mayor shall not be appointed mayor for the immediately subsequent term, unless all other councilmembers decline to serve.

E. If a councilmember is in line to be selected mayor in accordance with the procedures of this section but is unable or unwilling to serve as mayor at the time of selection, then the council shall select the next councilmember in line and the councilmember who is unwilling or unable to be the mayor shall be placed next in line for mayoral appointment under the procedure in subsection (B)(2).

F. If a councilmember who is serving as mayor vacates or is removed from the mayoral position or from his or her council position, the council may fill the vacancy of mayor by selecting and appointing any councilmember to fill said unexpired term. The councilmember selected pursuant to this subsection shall not be prejudiced or prevented from serving a scheduled term pursuant to the provisions of this section.

G. A councilmember appointed to the council to fill a vacancy in accordance with Article VI, Section 13 of the Charter shall not serve as mayor during such appointed term unless there is no available alternative. Under circumstances with no available alternatives, the appointed councilmember(s) having served the longest in such temporary capacity shall serve as mayor in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.

H. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, in the event the council determines in its discretion that it is in the best interest of the city not to appoint the councilmember next in line to serve as mayor in accordance with the procedure of this section, including, but not limited to, because of reason of mental or physical incapacity significantly limiting the ability to perform mayoral duties or a criminal conviction, then the council may appoint the next qualified councilmember pursuant to subsection (B)(2) to serve as mayor.

SECTION 3. Compliance with California Environmental Quality Act.

The City Council finds and determines that this ordinance is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), because it is an organizational and administrative activity related to the City government structure that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment and is therefore not a “project” pursuant to Section 15378(b)(5) of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (the CEQA Guidelines) 383 of 464

4 SECTION 4. Severability.

This Ordinance is adopted under the authority of the Charter of the City of Glendale and State law. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase is declared invalid or otherwise void by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect any remaining provision hereof. In this regard the city council finds and declares that it would have adopted this measure notwithstanding any partial invalidity hereof.

SECTION 5. Effective Date.

This Ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30) days after the date of its adoption.

Passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on the ___ day of ________, 2025.
_____________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________
City Clerk
384 of 464

5 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS.

CITY OF GLENDALE )
I, Suzie Abajian, PhD, City Clerk of the city of Glendale, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ___________ was passed by a majority vote of the Council of the city of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the _____ day of __________, 2025, and that the same was passed by the followed vote.

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
______________________________
City Clerk
385 of 464

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Consideration of Development Standards and Conditional Use Permit for Drive Through Restaurant Facilities

1. Motion Providing Final Direction to Staff Regarding Development Standards and Procedures for Approving Developments with Drive-Through Operations

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
In response to a number of applications for modifications to existing and new construction of drive-through establishments, as well as community concerns about safety, aesthetics, traffic, and environmental issues, the City Council enacted a moratorium on drive-through establishments that was in effect from September 27, 2022, to September 26, 2024. During that time, the city engaged a traffic and transportation consultant with expertise in drive-through analysis and design, to study and develop solutions for drive-through establishments. On August 13, 2024, CDD staff introduced an ordinance to amend the zoning code requirements for drive-through establishments to include creating definitions for drive-throughs and implementing a conditional use permit (CUP) process. On August 20, 2024, adoption of the ordinance failed with 3 in favor and 2 opposed, where a 4/5th vote is required.

Since then, the topic of drive-through establishments and regulations has been discussed at Council on several occasions. The most recent of these Council discussions was March 11, 2025, resulting in Council’s adoption of a motion directing staff to initiate amendments to Title 30 to regulate new drive-through restaurant facilities and provided specific direction on development standards, types of uses, and requirements for a conditional use permit.

Based on Council direction, staff is proposing a series of changes to the Zoning Code to address new drive-through restaurants. Specifically, staff is proposing establishing 386 of 464

29c
6 1
9 5
definitions for different tiers based on intensity of use, implementing a conditional use permit requirement for “Tier 3” and “Tier 4” establishments (most intense use category of drive through), and creating development standards that not only promote good design, but also, mitigate many of the common issues related to existing drive-throughs.

As it relates to development standards, this staff report provides recommendations associated with minimum lot size requirements, vehicle queueing lengths, restrictions on the use of public right-of-way, traffic consultant selection, site planning, and pedestrian and vehicular circulation. This report also contains additional considerations that were not previously discussed, including signage, noise, loading of deliveries, mobile order pick-up spaces, expansions, and direction on non-conforming uses.

RECOMMENDATION
To provide final direction to staff as it relates to the creation of new development standards and conditional use permit requirement for drive-through restaurant facilities.

Following this final direction, staff will prepare amendments to Title 30, present these amendments to the Planning Commission for its recommendation, and, finally, return to Council for introduction and adoption.

BACKGROUND / ANALYSIS
In response to a growing number of applications for modifications to existing and new construction of drive-through establishments, the City Council enacted a moratorium on drive-through establishments that was in effect from September 27, 2022, to September 26, 2024. The moratorium was intended to allow staff time to review existing requirements and develop an approval process for drive-throughs to address safety, aesthetics, traffic and environmental concerns associated with such developments. On August 13, 2024, Community Development Department (CDD) staff introduced an ordinance to amend the zoning code requirements for drive-through establishments to include creating definitions for drive-throughs and implementing a conditional use permit (CUP) process. On August 20, 2024, adoption of the ordinance failed with 3 in favor and 2 opposed, where a 4/5th vote is required.

On November 19, 2024, Councilmember Brotman requested this topic be brought back as an informational item regarding development standards specific to new drive-through establishments. Staff returned to Council on March 4, 2025, with alternatives for development standards. At that time, Council expressed an interest in returning with more information regarding the standards, as well as the difference between implementing the development standards and the previously proposed CUP. On March 11, 2025, CDD staff returned to Council with more information regarding development standards and the CUP process, after which Council adopted a motion (Exhibit # 1) 387 of 464

39c
6 1
9 5
directing staff to initiate amendments to Title 30 to regulate new drive-through restaurant facilities, and to return to Council with an update before finalizing those amendments for Planning Commission review and recommendation. As directed by Council, staff will be implementing code amendments that focus on new drive-through restaurant establishments and their intensity. No additional requirements will be placed on existing drive-through restaurant establishments that will continue to be allowed to operate as-is. Council direction did not include changes for other types of drive-through establishments (e.g., bank, pharmacy, retail store, etc.). These types of drive-throughs will continue to be permitted in all zones, with the exception of the DSP where drive- throughs are prohibited, and no development standards will be proposed for these uses.

Drive-through establishments associated with a use that is not a restaurant will continue to be regulated by the minimum drive-through waiting lane standards in GMC Section

30.31.130(H) which range from 60 feet to 120 feet. As it relates to the proposed amendments for new drive-through restaurants, Council direction was as follows:
Study and develop standards and a process to require all new drive-through restaurant facilities that fall within either a “Tier 3” or “Tier 4” category to apply for and obtain a conditional use permit prior to operating. Study and develop new or amended development standards, with options, to regulate all new drive-through restaurant facilities with respect to:
oProhibiting any new drive-through restaurant facilities in zones other than C2, C3 and CH.
oMinimum queuing length requirements.
oMinimum distance from sensitive uses (such as schools, police stations, parks, etc.) and/or from freeway on- and off- ramps.
oProhibiting the use of alleyways for queuing and/or entry into a drive- through restaurant facility.
oRequiring an applicant for a new drive-through restaurant facility to hire a traffic consultant selected by the City.

In October 2023, during the moratorium and as part of the code amendment process, the city engaged JB & Associates, a traffic and transportation consultant with expertise in drive-through analysis and design, to study and develop solutions for drive-through establishments. Additionally, the Mobility Section of the Community Development Department (CDD) partnered with the Public Works Traffic Engineering Division and worked with JB & Associates to assess the performance of existing drive-through establishments in the city and focus on options to improve their overall design and performance. The study prepared by JB & Associates identified seven tasks necessary in developing the drive-through standards that included research on current design guidelines, ordinances and procedures from other cities, conducting field observations, data collection and analysis for trip generation rates, developing guidelines, and 388 of 464

49c
6 1
9 5
establishing a traffic analysis procedure. For field observation, data collection and analysis, staff and the consultant selected 15 food-oriented and 4 non-food-oriented drive-through establishments located in the city, with the exception of 2 which were located in Pasadena and Los Angeles at the border with Glendale. Based on this analysis, the JB & Associates study included classifying the different drive-throughs into four different tiers, dependent on the intensity of the use, and establishing queuing length standards based on the tier. Recommendations were also made as it relates to development standards for drive-throughs. In addition to Council’s direction, many of the findings in this study have provided a foundation for staff’s recommended amendments to the zoning code.

Establishing Tiers
According to the City of Glendale’s Transportation Impact Analysis Guidelines, vehicle trips generated by a project should be estimated using the average trip generation rates published in the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation Manual.

When comparing trip generation rates derived from data collection with the ITE averages for fast-food restaurants and coffee shops, there were significant variations that can be attributed to factors such as building size, location, and historical demand for products sold (thereby generating more cars in the queue at one time). To provide a more accurate trip generation estimate for the study, the 19 sites were categorized into the following tiers:

Tier 1: Fast-food restaurants that generate significantly fewer trips than the average rates estimated in the ITE Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 2: Fast-food restaurants that generate trip rates comparable to the averages in the ITE Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 3: Fast-food restaurants that generate significantly more trips than the rates estimated in the ITE Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 4: Coffee shops with a drive-through operation. It is important to note that the ITE Trip Generation Manual includes donut shops with the coffee shop designation.

Definitions
As directed by Council, staff will be implementing code amendments that focus on new drive-through restaurant establishments and their intensity. No additional requirements will be placed on existing drive-through restaurant establishments or other types of drive-through establishments (e.g., bank, pharmacy, retail store, etc.). Council direction was to create development standards for all new drive-through restaurants and also require a conditional use permit (CUP) for new drive-through restaurants that are Tier 3 389 of 464

59c
6 1
9 5
or Tier 4. In order to do this, the variations in the type of drive-through and associated intensity will need to be distinguished through a definition, as follows:

Drive-through establishment, restaurant: A business establishment engaged in the preparation and sale of food or beverages, with provisions for serving customers in vehicles for consumption on- or off-site. The drive-through component operates in conjunction with a counter-service, fast-food, or full-service restaurant, as defined in GMC Section 30.70.190. All drive-through restaurants shall be classified into four tiers of intensity, based on a Trip Generation and Queuing Analysis submitted by the applicant. The study shall be prepared to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works and Director of Community Development and shall compare the historical operation (trip rates) of the proposed business to average rates in the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation Manual and classify the operation into a tier. The purpose of the tier classification is to regulate drive-through operations based on their traffic impacts and are as follows:

Tier 1: Drive-through restaurants that generate significantly fewer trips than the average rates published in the ITE Trip Generation Manual for similar uses.

Tier 2: Drive-through restaurants that generate trip rates comparable to the ITE average rates.

Tier 3: Drive-through restaurants that generate significantly more trips than the ITE average rates.

Tier 4: High-turnover specialty uses with a drive-through component, including but not limited to coffee shops and donut shops, which typically generate high volumes of short-duration trips, often exceeding peak trip generation of Tier 3 uses.

Drive-through restaurants would be allowed in the C2, C3, and CH zones only, which would be a total of 1,475 lots, and either permitted by right and subject to development standards for Tier 1 and Tier 2 businesses, or conditionally permitted and subject to development standards for Tier 3 and Tier 4.

Conditional Use Permit (Tier 3 and 4 Only)
Based on Council’s direction, a conditional use permit (CUP) will only be required for new drive-through restaurants that are classified as Tier 3 or Tier 4. The purpose of a CUP is to allow discretionary review for certain uses because their particular characteristics, including traffic problems incidental to the operation and/or their effect on adjoining land uses, which has the potential to be detrimental to the peace, health, 390 of 464

69c
6 1
9 5
safety, and general welfare. Through the CUP, an analysis of the site planning, proposed use, business operations and surrounding neighborhood is done, and if all of the required findings can be made in favor of the proposal, conditions of approval are placed on the project to mitigate any potential negative impacts. Typically, there are four required findings that must be made in order for a CUP to be approved that are related to consistency with the general plan; no detrimental impacts to the public health, safety, general welfare and the environment; compatibility with and no conflicts with adjacent uses and the surrounding neighborhood; and adequate utilities, landscaping, parking and traffic circulation are provided for. When the ordinance was last presented to Council for consideration, staff proposed additional findings for drive-through establishments, some of which were intended to address future development standards.

These four findings are identified below, however, upon further review, staff is not recommending including them moving forward, as they are repetitive of the standard conditions for all CUPs and are already part of the analysis; moreover, the findings will be addressed by the proposed development standards.

1. That the proposed drive-through establishment has adequate vehicle queueing distance, including due consideration for menu board location(s), clear of any adjacent public right-of-way, and shall not create any vehicular or pedestrian travel hazards as demonstrated in a traffic study prepared to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works.

2. That the proposed location of the drive-through establishment will not result in adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood after considering a litter clean- up plan and the hours of operation, site plan, and includes buffering sufficient to control any spillover impacts, including but not limited to noise, light, and debris.

3. That the location and design of the facility is compatible with the existing surrounding uses, includes a prominent main entrance at street or lot frontage, attractive landscaping, and includes sufficient pedestrian amenities in the street lot frontage, and interior floor area.

Development Standards for New Drive-through Restaurants Establishing minimum development standards that are specific to drive-through restaurants is an additional measure to ensure that these establishments can work well in Glendale and mitigate many of the impacts that are common with existing drive- throughs in the city. Providing objective and measurable standards for applicants will establish minimum expectations that are clear and aimed at protecting the community.

Development standards for specific uses are not uncommon in Glendale, GMC Chapter

30.34 establishes these standards for various uses including gas stations, car dealers, adult businesses, and car washes. Staff is recommending development standards for new drive-through restaurants related to minimum lot size, vehicle queueing lengths, 391 of 464

79c
6 1
9 5
restricting the use of public right-of-way, traffic consultant selection, and site layout and circulation.

Minimum Lot Size
Establishing a minimum lot size for new drive-through restaurants is a useful tool to mitigate potential negative impacts on surrounding areas, including traffic circulation, parking, noise, and visual impacts. Currently, the GMC establishes minimum lot size requirements for gas stations (14,400 SF), full-service car washes (25,000 SF), self- service car washes (12,500 SF), and car dealers (13,000 SF). In looking at existing drive-throughs in the city and surrounding areas, existing lot sizes in the C2, C3, and CH zones, and standards from other jurisdictions, staff is recommending establishing a minimum lot size of either 20,000 SF or 25,000 SF which takes into consideration operational needs, while also not being overly restrictive in reducing the potential for these types of businesses to locate in Glendale. The council can consider not establishing a minimum lot size or providing direction to staff on the size. The table below provides a breakdown of different options for minimum lot size and how many lots could be eligible under each standard.

Min. Lot Size C2 C3 CH Total
None 575 778 122 1475
10,000 SF 317 320 44 681
20,000 SF 203 107 25 335
25,000 SF 172 81 18 271
30,000 SF 144 69 8 221
35,000 SF 100 31 7 138
40,000 SF 64 25 5 94
45,000 SF 28 22 5 55
Vehicle Queuing Lengths
Establishing minimum standards for vehicle queueing lengths will ensure that the drive- through lane will have enough capacity to prevent traffic from spilling onto streets or parking areas. These would be minimum queueing lengths a new drive-through restaurant would have to comply with, but the development standards would also allow the City to require more, dependent on the City’s review of the required queuing analysis. The study prepared by JB & Associates establishes minimum queuing capacities based on the use as a drive-through restaurant and the different tiers:
Tiers 1 and 2: 10 vehicles (220 feet)
This includes 6 vehicles (132 feet) between the drive-through entrance and order board, and 4 vehicles (88 feet) between the order board and pickup window. Tier 3: 25 vehicles (550 feet)
392 of 464

89c
6 1
9 5
Tier 4 (Coffee Shops & Donut Shops): 15 vehicles (330 feet).

This includes 11 vehicles (242 feet) between the drive-through entrance and order board, and 4 vehicles (88 feet) between the order board and pickup window.

Minimum Distance from Sensitive Uses
Council direction was to look into establishing a minimum distance from sensitive uses (e.g., schools, police stations, parks, etc.) and/or from freeway on- and off-ramps. There was no direction on what the minimum distance should be or exact specifications for the type of uses to be considered sensitive. Typically, when analyzing a CUP, Planning staff will review the surrounding neighborhood and identify schools, police or fire stations, parks, libraries, and churches. There is no set standard for proximity of these uses, but the analysis typically involves up to 1 mile around the property. The analysis in a CUP also discusses surrounding residential uses, and conditions of approval are often placed on these types of approvals to mitigate potential negative impacts (e.g., noise, trash, traffic, etc.). Staff has reviewed the existing commercial sites and their proximity to potential sensitive uses and freeway on- and off-ramps, and does not recommend including this as a standard.

Currently, there is limited precedent in the Zoning Code for prohibiting adult business uses and kennels within a minimum distance of other specified uses. There is a prohibition for adult business uses which are only allowed in certain districts in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) area; the use is prohibited in the Civic Center, East Broadway, and Transitional Districts. Additionally, adult business uses are prohibited within 450 feet of any church, public or private school or college, park, playground, library, or area zoned for residential uses, and within 700 feet of another adult business.

The second prohibition is related to kennels, which are only allowed in the IND, IMU and IMU-R zones, and are not allowed within 200 feet of a residential zone if outdoor facilities are proposed. From 2002 until 2006, the Zoning Code also had minimum distance requirements for banquet halls and nightclubs, which were prohibited within 200 feet of residential zones. The minimum distance restriction was removed because it restricted a number of commercially zoned sites that were adjacent to residential zones, and because it can be part of the CUP analysis with conditions imposed to mitigate impacts.

As it relates to establishing a minimum distance requirement from freeway on- and off- ramps, there is no precedent in the Zoning Code for this type of standard. Nevertheless, the Public Works Traffic division does review proximity to freeways with project proposals and typically, driveway entrances are restricted within 200 feet of a freeway on- or off-ramp. If Council wishes to establish a minimum distance requirement from a 393 of 464

99c
6 1
9 5
freeway on-or off-ramp, staff recommends utilizing the 200-foot standard to be consistent with Public Works’ practice.

Using the City’s internal Geographic Information Systems (GIS) maps, staff was able to study the existing C2, C3, and CH zoned lots and their proximity to various sensitive uses, including schools, churches, parks, libraries, fire stations, and police stations.

Staff was also able to use the GIS maps to study these lots proximity to freeway on- and off-ramps. For both instances, staff studied 200- and 500-foot radii and determined that establishing this type of restriction on a drive-through restaurant business would significantly limit the eligible lots in the C2, C3, and CH zones. The impact was more significant when considering proximity to the listed sensitive uses.

At this time, staff does not recommend pursuing this option given the limited precedent in the Zoning code, the analysis that will be done with respect to this consideration through the CUP process, and given that this restriction could significantly limit the number of eligible lots. Should the Council want to pursue implementing this type of standard, staff is seeking more specific direction on the standards as it relates to the applicable distance and types of uses.

Restricting the Use of Public Right-of-Way
There has been an ongoing concern with several of the existing drive-through establishments with respect to the traffic congestion resulting from vehicles queuing in the street and public alleyways. A development standard would strictly prohibit this occurrence, and for those businesses that require a CUP, it would also become a condition of approval. Council also directed staff to include a development standard that would prohibit the use of alleyways for queuing and vehicle entry. Both of these will be incorporated into the development standards.

Traffic Consultant Selection
The future development standards as well as the CUP submittal requirements will include a vehicle queueing analysis and traffic study that is prepared to the satisfaction of the Director of Community Development and the Director of Public Works. Council’s direction was to require applicants to hire a traffic consultant that is selected by the City.

In discussions with Public Works staff, there is no active list of consultants for this purpose. In order to fulfill this requirement, an applicant would need to go through an RFP process, which in addition to cost would require a minimum of 4 to 6 months to complete. Additionally, without the traffic study and queuing analysis staff is unable to determine the Tier or appropriate requirements to comply with Zoning. Applicants would be required to engage the City to start the RFP process for the study early on in the planning stage, without knowing what tier they would be classified as or what standards to comply with in developing plans. For these reasons, staff does not recommend 394 of 464

109c
6 1
9 5
pursuing this as a requirement for new drive-through restaurants. Alternatively, in the early planning stages, an applicant would engage with staff regarding development requirements, including design standards, tier classification, and required technical studies. Once prepared, the required vehicle queueing analysis and study would be reviewed by Public Works and Planning staff for concurrence with the analysis and findings. This is consistent with existing practice and typical of any technical study required by the City for a development project (e.g., historic resource report, noise study, indigenous tree report, etc.).

Site Layout and Circulation
Staff is proposing additional standards specific to site layout and design, and circulation for vehicles and pedestrians.

Site Planning
New drive-through restaurants will be required to place their buildings close to and oriented towards the street, with clearly defined entries that are accessible from the sidewalk. Incorporating outdoor dining will be encouraged for these types of uses, and where proposed, will need to be oriented towards the street to enliven the pedestrian experience. There are existing standards in the parking chapter for outdoor dining areas that are exempt from providing parking, which includes requirements for location, size, fences and roofing.

Landscaping
The Zoning Code has minimum landscaping requirements for parking lots and for those properties that are abutting residential zones, existing zoning standards are in place that require boundary walls and tree plantings. Additional development standards for new drive-through restaurants will require minimum 5-foot-wide planters along property lines exclusive of buildings and required driveways, and minimum 3-foot wide planters will be required to separate the drive-through queue lanes from parking lots and any pedestrian circulation paths. Additional landscaping standards can be implemented that could help minimize light glare from vehicles in the drive-through queue lanes.

Pedestrian and Vehicle Circulation
Development standards will require clear signage and pavement markings to direct vehicular traffic flow for the site, including parking and drive-through circulation. Drive- through lanes will be required to be separate from parking areas through landscape planters, which also helps minimize conflicts with vehicles in the drive-through and those trying to enter/exit the parking spaces. Additional standards for pedestrian circulation will be proposed to ensure that these areas are delineated on-site and designed to minimize conflicts with vehicles.
395 of 464

119c
6 1
9 5
As it relates to the drive-through lane, development standards will require the entrance to be 60 feet from the property line and from public street intersections, with the lane sited at the back of the restaurant to minimize visibility from the street. A minimum lane width of 10 feet will be required for straight sections of drive-through lanes, and that will increase to 12 feet along curves with a minimum 10-foot curve radius requirement.

Depending on the findings of the submitted queueing analysis and traffic study, double- lanes or bypass lanes may be required, however these would be dependent on the site and proposed operation and would be implemented through conditions of approval on a CUP.

Additional Considerations
Staff is also proposing additional considerations for drive-through development standards and is seeking council direction on signage, noise, loading, mobile order pick- up, expansions, and existing non-conforming uses.

Signage
Existing zoning regulations for signage do not address the needs of drive-through facilities, which typically need 1 to 2 menu boards and associated ordering devices.

Additionally, there are no provisions that allow for the digital order boards that have become common at many businesses. To address this, staff is recommending amendments to the existing sign code to establish standards for placement, size, and quantity of these types of signs, pending the constitutionality of carving out allowance of such digital signage based on this use. Another consideration for signage at new drive- through establishments would be to require a sign program for the business, which would require additional amendments to the sign code (GMC Chapter 30.33) and design review (GMC Chapter 30.47).

Noise
For those drive-through restaurants that provide late night or 24-hour service in their drive-throughs as part of their operation, establishing noise standards can mitigate impacts on surrounding uses. Development standards regulating noise can be proposed which could establish maximum sound levels allowed after 10 pm and before 7 am, including additional restrictions based on proximity to residential uses.

Loading
There are no provisions in the zoning code that would require a loading space for a typical drive-through restaurant. There are loading space standards, which at a minimum would require at 15’-0” by 25’-0” space for loading, in addition to all other parking and site requirements. Based on the size of most drive-through restaurants, requiring a loading space that large is not necessary, and would take up unnecessary room on the site. Rather than establishing a loading space requirement, staff is 396 of 464

129c
6 1
9 5
recommending development standards that limit the hours of deliveries and require them to be done on-site in order to prevent the delivery vehicles from obstructing traffic floor during daily operations.

Mobile Order Pick-Up
Utilizing existing parking spaces for mobile order pick-ups has become more common with many drive-through establishments. There are no provisions in the zoning code that regulate this, and staff is recommending implementing development standards to regulate the maximum number allowed.

Expansions
Staff is seeking direction on how to address expansions of drive-through establishments under two likely scenarios:
Existing drive-through restaurant in the C2, C3, and CH zone that either wants to modify or expand their existing operation, or a change of use that would increase their Tier classification.
New drive-through restaurant that is built under the requirements of a certain Tier, and undergoes a change of use to a more intense Tier. Examples of this include a property developed with a Tier 1 restaurant, changing the use to a Tier 2 of Tier 3, which not only could trigger a CUP, but also additional queue lengths.

Staff is recommending projects in these types of scenarios to be eligible to apply for an Administrative Exception, which has similar findings to a variance, but is reviewed at the director-level. This would be consistent with current practice for existing gas stations, car washes, tire stores and vehicle repair garages that are unable to comply with the specific development standards for their type of use. In these situations, staff has the ability to apply the development standards for drive-through restaurants, work with businesses to get them into compliance where possible, and for those standards they are unable to comply with, staff will still have the ability to apply conditions of approval that would help mitigate some of those impacts.

Existing Non-Conforming Uses
Based on the current code, any existing drive-through in the City would be considered non-conforming because they do not comply with the development standards or CUP requirement. These businesses would be allowed to continue operation as-is, but would not be permitted to make any expansions or modifications under our non-conforming chapter (GMC Section 30.60.030). Any of these establishments that cease operations for more than one year, would forfeit their nonconforming rights. However, for those existing establishments in the C2, C3, and CH zones, staff is recommending implementing an Administrative Exception process, as explained above. 397 of 464

139c
6 1
9 5

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Not required at this time. Depending on Council direction, where applicable, staff will conduct public outreach for items that impact zoning development standards for drive- throughs.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA)
Staff is seeking direction only. CEQA review will be completed prior to any Zoning Code amendment.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION

1. Decline to provide final direction regarding development standards for drive-through developments.

2. Any other alternative not presented by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Bradley Calvert, Director of Community Development
Prepared by:

Vista Ezzati, Principal Planner
Erik Krause, Deputy Director of Community Development
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit 1: Council Motion, Dated March 11, 2025
Exhibit 2: Staff Report, Dated March 11, 2025
Exhibit 3: Staff Report, Dated March 4, 2025
398 of 464

MOTION
Moved by Council Member ________________________, seconded by Council Member ________________________, that with respect to the Report to Council dated August 26, 2025 regarding Consideration of Development Standards and Conditional Use Permit for Drive Through Restaurant Facilities, the Council hereby provides final direction to staff and initiates the preparation of amendments to Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, to regulate drive through restaurant facilities, as follows:

As to the definition for “Drive-through establishment, restaurant”:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

As to a CUP requirement:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

As to Development Standards:

Minimum Lot Size:
______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________.

Vehicle Queuing Lengths:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

Minimum Distance from Sensitive Uses:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________. 399 of 464

Restricting the Use of Public Right-of-Way:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

Traffic Consultant Selection:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

Site Layout and Circulation:

Site planning:
________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________.

Landscaping:
________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________.

Pedestrian/vehicle circulation:
________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________.

As to Additional Considerations:

Signage:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

Noise:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________. 400 of 464

Loading:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

Mobile orders:
______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________.

Expansions:
______________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________.

Existing non-conforming uses:
______________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________.

Vote as Follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
401 of 464

MOTION
Moved by Council Member Gharpetian seconded by Council Member Nai arian , that with respect to the Report to Council dated March 11, 2025 regarding Consideration of Development Standards and Conditional Use Permit for Drive Through Restaurant Facilities ("Report"), the Council hereby provides direction to staff to initiate the preparation of amendments to Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, ("Zoning Code") to regulate drive through restaurant facilities, as follows:
• Study and develop standards and a process to require all new drive through restaurant facilities that fall within either a "Tier 3" or "Tier 4" category, as defined in the Report, to apply for and obtain a conditional use permit prior to operating; and • Study and develop new or amended development standards, with options, to regulate all new drive through restaurant facilities with respect to the following:
o Prohibiting any new drive through restaurant facility in zones other than C2, C3 and CH;
o Minimum queuing length requirements;
o Minimum distance from sensitive uses (such as schools, police stations, parks, etc.) and/or from freeway on- and off-ramps;
o Prohibiting the use of alleyways for queuing and/or entry into a drive through restaurant facility;
o Requiring an applicant for a new drive through restaurant facility to hire a traffic consultant selected by the City.

Staff is directed to return to Council following preparation of the above amendments to the Zoning Code, with options for Council consideration, and to subsequently finalize such 8B1
Exhibit 1
402 of 464

amendments for consideration of recommendation(s) by the Planning Commission, prior to presenting such amendments to the Council for adoption.

Vote as Follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Brotman, Gharpetian, Kassakhian, Najarian, Asatryan
None
None
None
THE MOTION WAS ADOPTED AT THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OF: Tuesday, March 11, 2025.

Prin ,pal Assistant City Attorney
Date : ~ J~/..L..I ~'-1-/_,_2 __ £ _ _
403 of 464

9c
25-87648

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Consideration of Development Standards and Conditional Use Permit for Drive Through Restaurant Facilities

1. Provide Direction to Staff as it Pertains to Potential Development Standards or Conditional Use Permit Process for Drive Through Facilities

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for March 11, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
At the March 4, 2025 City Council meeting, Council expressed interest in discussing and comparing the previously proposed Conditional Use Permit and the potential development standards that could be applied to new drive through restaurant developments. The consideration of new standards or a new process is in response to the impacts that drive throughs have had on surrounding neighborhoods, such as overflow onto city streets and noise. The information put forth is to provide a comparison of the two different potential solutions, and to request direction from Council on which alternative will provide the desired outcome to mitigate these impacts.

Exhibit 2
404 of 464

9c 2
25-87648
5 9
1 5

RECOMMENDATION
To provide direction to staff as it pertains to the potential creation of new development standards or Conditional Use Permit process for drive through restaurant facilities.

ANALYSIS
On August 13, 2024, CDD staff introduced an ordinance to amend the zoning code requirements for drive-through establishments to include creating definitions for drive- throughs and implementing a conditional use permit (CUP) process. On August 20, 2024, adoption of the ordinance failed with 3 in favor and 2 opposed, where a 4/5th vote is required. On November 19, 2024, Councilmember Brotman requested this topic be brought back as an informational item regarding development standards specific to new drive-through establishments. Staff returned to Council on March 4, 2024 with alternatives for development standards. Council expressed an interest in returning with more information regarding the standards, as well as the difference between the development standards and the previously proposed CUP.

The March 4, 2025 discussion focused on standards that related to minimum lot size, minimum queuing length, and distance from residential developments. Other standards would also be considered in the process, but the aforementioned standards represent the best alternatives to mitigate the concerned impacts of drive through facilities The original consideration for development standards would create four tiers based on the estimated trip generation of each facility, and were defined as such:

Tier 1: Fast-food restaurants that generate significantly fewer trips than the average rates estimated in the Institute of Transportation Engineers Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 2: Fast-food restaurants that generate trip rates comparable to the averages in the Institute of Transportation Engineers Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 3: Fast-food restaurants that generate significantly more trips than the rates estimated in the Institute of Transportation Engineers Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 4: Coffee shops with a drive-through operation.

Council also noted a desire to eliminate the use of public alleys to serve as queuing space for any drive through. This could be accomplished by prohibiting access from alleys to drive through facilities, or prohibiting the use of alleys only for queueing. During the Council meeting it was suggested to consider a minimum queuing length of 1000’ for Tier 3 restaurants and a minimum of 250’ from residential uses, schools, hospitals, parks, police stations, and fire stations. An estimated minimum lot size would need to be 405 of 464

9c 3
25-87648
5 9
1 5
in relationship to the minimum queuing length to ensure that the queuing area would fit within the lot.

The benefit of development standards is that they would provide clear and objective standards that are predictable and known to applicants. This allows for proposals that can be checked against these objective standards with a clear compliance or failure to comply determination, utilizing standards that are based upon the Institute of Transportation Engineers Trip Generation Manual. The challenge with the Institute of Transportation Engineers Trip Generation Manual is that it severely underestimates trip generation for restaurants that are extremely popular or accounting for the shifting popularity that drive throughs have experienced since the pandemic. As such, a standard was developed by measuring existing drive throughs in Glendale. As acknowledged during the prior Council meeting, even this standard falls short of accommodating some of the current conditions that Glendale has experienced with drive throughs, which will ultimately require even larger requirements for queuing and lot size.

Part of the challenge of development standards are the rigidity. As seen during different significant events like the pandemic, demand can change leading to increased usage of drive through facilities that may no longer be able to accommodate with negative impacts that could spill off site. The rigidity of the development standards would also make it more challenging to make changes if conditions are impacted shifting market and utilization conditions. Inadvertently, if standards are set too high, it may make some drive throughs prohibitive and inversely if they are set too low may not effectively mitigate negative impacts. The limited flexibility in standards such as queuing length or lot size, even when assigned to tiers may not allow for standards to address unique and local conditions per location. Additionally, a project can always apply for a variance to deviate from the standards, but a variance runs with the land and would be granted to any subsequent businesses with no expiration.

Another challenge with development standards is the ability to retroactively address challenges. As seen with existing drive throughs, development standards have not maintained pace with the demand of some locations. The rigidity of the development standards does not allow for modifications or increases in certain requirements. As such, the existing facility may be in compliance with the development standards, but the demand far exceeds. This creates conditions such as queuing lengths that are too short, rendering the City with limited to no options to require modifications that may be mitigate the negative impacts, as the development is in full compliance with the code.

The benefit of a CUP is that it still incorporates development standards or baseline requirements while providing flexibility for staff to condition the project based on unique 406 of 464

9c 4
25-87648
5 9
1 5
circumstances or contextual sensitives. This is particularly effective as it relates to the required queuing length as any application would need to submit a trip generation and queuing analysis study that would be evaluated by Community Development and Public Works. The CUP will require existing standard findings regarding consistency with the General Plan, impacts to public health or safety, and potential conflicts with uses within 500 feet of the proposed project, as follows:
•That the proposed use will be consistent with the various elements and objectives of the general plan.
•That the use and its associated structures and facilities will not be detrimental to the public health or safety, the general welfare, or the environment. •That the use and facilities will not adversely affect or conflict with adjacent uses or impede the normal development of surrounding property. •That adequate public and private facilities such as utilities, landscaping, parking spaces and traffic circulation measures are or will be provided for the proposed use.

The proposed ordinance requires three additional CUP findings specific to drive through restaurants, as follows:
•That the proposed drive-through establishment has adequate vehicle queuing distance, including due consideration for menu board location(s), clear of any adjacent public right-of-way, and shall not create any vehicular or pedestrian travel hazards as demonstrated in a traffic study prepared to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works.
•That the proposed location of the drive-through establishment will not result in adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood after considering a litter clean- up plan and the hours of operation, site plan, and includes buffering sufficient to control any spillover impacts, including but not limited to noise, light, and debris. •That the location and design of the facility is compatible with the existing surrounding uses, includes a prominent main entrance at street or lot frontage, attractive landscaping, and includes sufficient pedestrian amenities in the street lot frontage, and interior floor area.

As part of the original CUP proposal, drive throughs would be allowed only in C2, C3 and CH zones, limiting their impact on other uses such as residential.

Concerns were raised that since the CUP does have the flexibility to condition a project in response to its location and traffic and queuing analysis, it could lead to inconsistent requirements or treatment of applicants. The CUP is a process that the City has in place for other types of applications, such as banquet halls, and has not encountered challenges of this nature to date. When conditions are applied, they are then presented to the reviewing authority where the conditions are further assessed and may be modified, eliminated, or added. Additionally, Conditional Use Permits can be appealed if 407 of 464

9c 5
25-87648
5 9
1 5
an applicant believes that conditions have been unfairly applied or inappropriate for a project.

As previously stated, development standards do not allow staff to go back and request modifications if the conditions of a development prove to have negative impacts.

Conditional Use Permits require renewals, allowing staff to continue to monitor and evaluate a development, and applying new conditions at points of renewal if necessary.

Next Steps
Pending Council direction, each alternative presents different timelines. If Council directs staff to create development standards, the estimated timeline would be approximately 6 months with current workload. Research and alternatives will need to be developed and presented to Council, Planning Commission, and potentially other boards and commissions for feedback. If Council directs staff to proceed with the Conditional Use Permit, staff projects a completion timeframe of 60 days or less. As the ordinance has already been written, it will require less review and can be returned to Council in a short period of time. If Council chooses either of the alternatives, staff will also be seeking direction on pipeline status. Typically, Council has established a threshold of receiving a Design Review approval or building permit approval in order to be exempt from land use code changes. For reference purposes, there is currently one pre-application for a drive through restaurant facility (a pre-application approval is required to move onto a Design Review application), and a handful of inquiries regarding various existing drive-throughs to be converted to new businesses.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
No outreach has been conducted as part of this analysis. Additional outreach and public meetings would be a part of either alternative

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
Staff is seeking direction only. CEQA review will be completed prior to any Zoning Code amendment.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION

1. Direct staff to proceed with establishing the Conditional Use Permit process for 408 of 464

9c 6
25-87648
5 9
1 5
drive through facilities.

2. Direct staff to proceed with drafting alternatives for development standards for drive through facilities.

3. Any other alternative not provided by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Bradley Calvert, Director of Community Development
Prepared by:

Bradley Calvert, Director of Community Development
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS

1. Council report from the March 4, 2025 meeting

2. Council report from the August 20, 2024 meeting

3. Draft ordinance establishing a Conditional Use Permit process for drive throughs from the August 20, 2024 meeting.
409 of 464

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Drive-Through Technical Report: Design and Procedures for Evaluating Developments with Drive-Through Operations

1. Motion to Provide Direction to Staff Regarding Design and Procedures for Evaluating Developments with Drive-Through Operations

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for March 4, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
In response to a growing number of applications for modifications to existing and new construction of drive-through establishments, the City Council enacted a moratorium on drive-through establishments on September 27, 2022. This decision aimed to address safety, aesthetics, traffic and environmental concerns associated with such developments. The city engaged JB & Associates, a traffic and transportation consultant with expertise in drive-through analysis and design, to study and develop solutions for drive-through establishments in Glendale. There were also two extensions to the moratorium adopted, until September 26, 2024, to allow staff time to review existing requirements and develop an approval process and design standards for drive-through establishments. On August 13, 2024, CDD staff introduced an ordinance to amend the zoning code requirements for drive-through establishments to include creating definitions for drive-throughs and implementing a conditional use permit (CUP) process.

On August 20, 2024, adoption of the ordinance failed with 3 in favor and 2 opposed, where a 4/5th vote is required. On November 19, 2024, Councilmember Brotman requested this topic be brought back as an informational item regarding development standards specific to new drive-through establishments.

The scope of the JB & Associates study included selecting a list of 19 existing drive- throughs in and around the city, conducting field observations (e.g., trip generation data, queueing analysis, etc.), reviewing zoning and design standards of other cities for drive- through establishments, and developing design guidelines. Based on field observations Exhibit 3
410 of 464

2 9b
5 3
0 3
of the 19 establishments in and around Glendale, the consultant analyzed trip generation data and categorized the drive-through establishments into four different tiers, depending on the volume of trips generated during peak operating hours. The study also provides some recommendations for drive-through establishment development standards related to their design, including location of drive-through features (e.g., entrance, proximity to residential, etc.), queuing lengths that are dependent on tier classification, operational standards, accommodations for mobile order pickup areas, minimum lane dimensions, and a requirement for bypass lanes. The study provides additional considerations for banks and pharmacies, pedestrian oriented access, and parking. Staff also recommends looking into establishing minimum lot size standards; this would be consistent with existing standards in place for other automobile-related uses (e.g., car washes, gas stations, vehicle dealerships).

RECOMMENDATION
Staff is requesting the City Council to provide direction on considerations regarding future drive-through development standards.

BACKGROUND / ANALYSIS
In response to a growing number of applications for modifications to existing and new construction of drive-through establishments, the City Council enacted a moratorium on drive-through establishments on September 27, 2022. This decision aimed to address safety, aesthetics, traffic and environmental concerns associated with such developments. Extensions to the moratorium were adopted to allow staff time to review existing requirements and develop an approval process and design standards and the moratorium expired on September 26, 2024.

On October 23, 2023, the city engaged JB & Associates, a traffic and transportation consultant with expertise in drive-through analysis and design, to study and develop solutions for drive-through establishments in Glendale. Additionally, the Mobility Section of the Community Development Department (CDD) partnered with the Public Works Traffic Engineering Division worked with JB & Associates to assess the performance of existing drive-through establishments in the city and focus on options to improve their overall design and performance. The scope of the JB & Associates study included the following tasks:
• Selecting a list of existing drive-through establishments in Glendale and adjacent cities to study their associated traffic operations and patterns. 411 of 464

39b
5 3
0 3
•Conducting field observations of the selected fast-food restaurants and coffee shops, collect trip generation data, and drive-through queueing data during the peak operation periods, and identify traffic impacts on vehicles, pedestrians, and bicyclists.
•Reviewing current Zoning Codes and Standards of other cities in California related to uses typically associated with drive-through lanes. •Developing design guidelines for drive-through operations with additional consideration for less typical drive-through uses such as banks, and pharmacies.

On August 13, 2024, CDD staff introduced an ordinance to the City Council that amended the zoning code requirements for drive-through establishments which included creating definitions for drive-throughs and implementing a conditional use permit (CUP) process for existing and new drive-through establishments. This was intended to be the first phase of changes to be adopted before the moratorium expired, with staff also initiating the second phase of amendments to address design standards (e.g., minimum lot size, queuing lengths, menu and order board separations, landscape buffers, etc.). During the hearing, Council directed staff to amend the proposed ordinance to omit the CUP requirement for existing drive-through establishments. On August 20, 2024, the amended ordinance was presented to council, however the City’s charter requires a 4/5th vote for zoning amendments and the ordinance failed with 3 in favor and 2 opposed to the adoption. On November 19, 2024, Councilmember Brotman requested this topic be brought back as an informational item regarding development standards specific to new drive-through establishments.

The study prepared by JB & Associates identified seven tasks that were necessary in developing the design guidelines and included research on current design guidelines, ordinance and procedures from other cities, conducting field observations, data collection and analysis for trip generation rates, developing guidelines, and establishing a traffic analysis procedure.

Task: Research on Current Drive-Through Design Guidelines, Ordinances, and Procedures from Various Public Agencies
In preparation for establishing standards and guidelines for businesses with drive- through operations in the City of Glendale, staff members from JB & Associates, in collaboration with Community Development staff, conducted comprehensive research on city ordinances, zoning codes, and design guidelines relevant to drive-through 412 of 464

49b
5 3
0 3
establishments. This research encompassed policies from the following 19 public agencies across California including cities of Pasadena, Long Beach, Irvine, Anaheim, Santa Ana, Arcadia, Torrance, Whittier, Orange, Buena Park, Burbank, Santa Clarita, Huntington Beach, Monrovia, Lancaster, Elk Grove, La Puente, Jackson, and Union City.

Task: Field Observations
In consultation with City staff, JB & Associates selected a total of 15 food-oriented and 4 non-food-oriented establishments for field observation and data collection, as outlined in Table 1 below. The majority of these locations are in Glendale, with the exception of two establishments in Pasadena and one in Los Angeles near the city boundary line. Field observations were conducted at all 19 study locations, with video recordings capturing all ingress and egress movements, as well as drive-through operations, during the establishments' hours of operation.

Task: Data Collection
Trip counts were conducted for 14 food-oriented locations during the morning and No. Street Address Business Use
1 Starbucks--1143 W. Glenoaks Boulevard, Glendale Coffee Shop 2 Carl's Jr.--1124 W. Glenoaks Boulevard, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 3 Del Taco--6550 San Fernando Road, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 4 El Pollo Loco--235 S. Glendale Avenue, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 5 Jack in the Box--805 N. Pacific Avenue, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 6 Taco Bell--1113 E. Colorado Street, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 7 Burger King--1200 E. Colorado Street, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 8 McDonald's--1326 E. Colorado Street, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 9 In-N-Out Burger--310 Harvey Drive, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 10 Carl's Jr.--424 W. Los Feliz Road, Glendale Fast-food Restaurant 11 Starbucks--1801 S. Brand Boulevard, Glendale Coffee Shop 12 Chick-fil-A--790 N. Lake Avenue, Pasadena Fast-food Restaurant 13 Chick-fil-A--1700 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena Fast-food Restaurant 14 Starbucks--3517 Foothill Boulevard, Glendale Coffee Shop 15 In-N-Out Burger--6225 Foothill Boulevard, Los Angeles Fast-food Restaurant 16 Bank of America at 611 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale 17 Bank of America at 3812 San Fernando Road, Glendale
18 CVS Pharmacy at 125 N. Central Avenue, Glendale
19 Walgreens Pharmacy at 105 E. Glenoaks Boulevard, Glendale Table 1
Drive-through Study Locations
413 of 464

59b
5 3
0 3
afternoon commuter peak periods (6:30 to 9:30 am and 4:00 to 7:00 pm). Additionally, for fast-food restaurants that generate trips comparable to or exceeding the average rates estimated in the ITE Trip Generation Manual—specifically Chick-fil-A, In-N-Out Burger, McDonald’s, Taco Bell, El Pollo Loco, and Jack in the Box—trip counts were also conducted during the midday peak period (11:00 am to 2:00 pm).

Drive-through queueing surveys were conducted at five study locations, noted below, during peak periods. Vehicle counts at the order board and pick-up window were recorded at 1-minute intervals during peak hours: 7:30 to 9:30 am for Starbucks, and 11:00 am to 2:00 pm for Chick-fil-A and In-N-Out Burger. •Starbucks, Glenoaks Blvd, Glendale
•McDonald’s, E. Colorado St, Glendale
•Starbucks, S. Brand Blvd, Glendale
•Chick-fil-A, N. Lake Ave, Pasadena
•In-N-Out Burger, Foothill Blvd, Los Angeles
Task: Data Analysis
According to the City of Glendale's Transportation Impact Analysis Guidelines, vehicle trips generated by a project should be estimated using the average trip generation rates published in the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation Manual.

However, when comparing trip generation rates derived from data collection with the ITE averages for fast-food restaurants and coffee shops, there were significant variations that can be attributed to factors such as building size, location, and brand popularity. To provide a more accurate trip generation estimate for this study, the 19 study sites were categorized into the following groups:

Tier 1: Fast-food restaurants that generate significantly fewer trips than the average rates estimated in the ITE Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 2: Fast-food restaurants that generate trip rates comparable to the averages in the ITE Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 3: Fast-food restaurants that generate significantly more trips than the rates estimated in the ITE Trip Generation Manual.

Tier 4: Coffee shops with a drive-through operation.

Drive-through Queue Length Analysis
Based on the peak-period drive-through queue data, a drive-through queueing analysis was conducted for the peak hour of business at each of the following five study locations:
414 of 464

69b
5 3
0 3
Site No. 1—Starbucks on Glenoaks Boulevard, Glendale (Tier 4) Site No. 8—McDonald’s on E. Colorado Street, Glendale (Tier 2) Site No. 11—Starbucks on S. Brand Boulevard, Glendale (Tier 4) Site No. 12—Chick-fil-A on N. Lake Avenue, Pasadena (Tier 3) Site No. 15—In-N-Out Burger on Foothill Boulevard, Los Angeles (Tier 3) For each study site, the frequency of each observed queue length, from zero vehicles up to the maximum observed queue, the cumulative frequency, and the probability of the queue not exceeding a certain length were calculated based on the observed data:

Drive -Through Establishment Design Guidelines
The goal of design guidelines is to ensure the safe and efficient circulation of vehicular, pedestrian, and bicycle traffic, while also minimizing potential nuisances caused by vehicle backups and conflicts associated with drive-through operations.

The design guidelines have been developed based on:
415 of 464

79b
5 3
0 3
•Field observations of 19 existing fast-food restaurants and coffee shops. •Research by the City and JB& Associates on design guidelines from 19 other cities.
•Previous traffic studies conducted by JB & Associates on similar fast-food restaurants and coffee shops with drive-through operations.

The location and design of a drive-through establishments depends on factors like site size, parking, brand popularity and traffic flow. Key elements in designing drive-through establishments can include:

1.Location:
oDrive-through features (e.g., lanes, order boards, pick-up windows, etc.) must be 100 feet from residential areas to limit noise and emissions. oThe entrance to any drive-through lane should be 60 feet from the property line and from public street intersections.
oThe drive-through lane should be at the back of the restaurant to minimize visibility from the street.

2.Design:
oThe lane width should be a minimum of 10 feet along straight sections and 12 feet along curves, with a minimum curve radius of 10 feet. oThe drive-through lane must have enough capacity to prevent traffic from spilling onto streets or parking areas. The study establishes minimum queuing capacities based on the use and different tiers:
▪Tiers 1 and 2 Fast-food Restaurants: 10 vehicles (220 feet).

Includes 6 vehicles (132 feet) between drive-through entrance and order board, and 4 vehicle (88 feet) between order board and pickup window.
▪Tier 3 Fast-food Restaurants: 25 vehicles (550 feet).
▪Tier 4 Coffee Shops: 15 vehicles (330 feet). Includes 11 vehicles (242 feet) between drive-through entrance and order board, and 4 vehicle (88 feet) between order board and pickup window. oEmployees may assist with remote ordering with hand-held tablets and delivering orders to customers in vehicles during peak periods at Tier 3 restaurants.
oClear signage and pavement markings should direct traffic flow. oTier 3 restaurants may have a bypass lane to allow customers to leave the queue after receiving their order.
oDouble drive-through lanes (side-by-side) shall be entered from a single lane that splits and converges back into one lane before exiting. oMobile order pickup areas should be considered for fast food restaurants and coffee shops.

3.Other Considerations:
oBanks and pharmacies have different queueing capacity needs and the recommended minimum queueing capacities are:
▪Bank: 5 vehicles (110 feet) per ATM
▪Pharmacy: 3 vehicles (66 feet) per window
416 of 464

89b
5 3
0 3
oLimiting hours of operation based on proximity to residential uses. oPedestrian access is important for urban planning as it affects walkability, safety, and neighborhood appeal. To improve it, commercial developments should be near the street with the main entrance facing it. oA minimum 4-foot-wide walkway should connect the street to the development's main entrance.
oPedestrian walkways should avoid crossing drive-through lanes, but if they do, they must be clearly visible with special paving or markings. oOn-site parking should be allocated for employees (to avoid taking up on- street parking), delivery vehicles (to maintain traffic flow), and bicycles (to promote alternative transportation).
oFor Tier 3 fast-food restaurants and coffee shops on major streets, consider adding left-turn and/or right-turn deceleration lanes for easier access.
oDrive-through access can be provided through public alleys, but the alley cannot be used as part of the drive-through storage lane. If that's not possible, limit access to only right-turn entry and exit.

An additional development standard that could apply to drive-through establishments includes establishing minimum lot size standards specific to drive-throughs. This would be consistent with current use specific development standards in the Zoning Code for automobile-related uses, including car washes, gas stations and vehicle dealerships.

Establishing minimum lot size requirements will help ensure that building sites can adequately accommodate the anticipated development, including vehicular circulation and queueing capacities.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Not required at this time as this is an informational item. Depending on Council direction, where applicable, staff will conduct public outreach for items that impact zoning development standards for drive-throughs.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA)
N/A

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
N/A
417 of 464

9 9b
5 3
0 3

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION

1. Provide direction to begin modifications regarding development standards for drive- through developments.

2. Decline to initiate changes regarding development standards for drive-through developments.

3. Any other alternative not presented by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Bradley Calvert, Director of Community Development
Prepared by:

Fred Zohrehvand, Principal Mobility Planner
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
418 of 464

9d
25-88595

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Amendment to Contract for Proprietary Maintenance and Repairs of Mitsubishi Elevators at Police Building and Central Library

1. Resolution dispensing with competitive bidding and authorizing the City Manager or a designee to execute an amendment to contract 8002359 with Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. for the proprietary maintenance and repairs of Mitsubishi elevators at Police Building and Central Library adding the maintenance and repair of the elevator in the Police Building Parking Structure to the scope and increasing the contract amount by $50,000.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Public Works Department is responsible for the maintenance of all conveyance systems including elevators and wheelchair lifts. This currently includes 46 units at 24 city facilities. The repair and maintenance of most of these units is currently handled by the contractor AZ Tech under a competitively bid contract. However, three of the units are Mitsubishi elevators that are proprietary and require specialized support and are maintained and repaired under a separate contract awarded without competitive bidding.

An amendment to this contract is proposed to bring a fourth elevator under this Mitsubishi contract. The elevator at the Police Building Parking Structure isn’t Mitsubishi but it includes a door operator system made by Mitsubishi that cannot be procured by AZ Tech.

Rather than have this vital component replaced with a non-Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) product at higher cost, staff believes adding this unit to the Mitsubishi contract is a better alternative that will improve the condition of the elevator and save the city money in repair costs.
419 of 464

9d2
25-88595
6 2
8 7

RECOMMENDATION
Approve a resolution dispensing with competitive bidding and authorizing an amendment to contract with Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. for the proprietary maintenance and repairs of Mitsubishi elevators at Police Building and Central Library adding the maintenance and repair of the elevator in the Police Building Parking Structure to the scope and increasing the contract amount by $50,000.

ANALYSIS
The Public Works Department is responsible for the maintenance and repair of all city buildings and associated systems at: fire stations, police station, libraries, parks, Civic Center, utility sites, corporation yards, and parking garages, totaling over 200 facilities and 1,250,000 occupied square feet. Maintenance and repair responsibilities are addressed with a strategic combination of in-house staff and contracted services. This strategy allows for sufficient and available resources to address regular assignments and emergency services.

To best maintain the integrity of the city's facilities and address tenant and public needs, it is necessary for the Public Works Department to always have sufficient resources available to address all types of building related issues. Historically, the Public Works Department competitively bids the required building maintenance and repair services on a regular cycle and awards multi-year contracts.

Maintenance of conveyance systems is primarily handled by the contractor AZ Tech Elevator Company under the five-year contract for $1,002,930 that expires September 30, 2028. However, currently three units are proprietary Mitsubishi elevators that are maintained by Mitsubishi Electric, Inc. under a separate contract.

On June 27, 2023, the Council approved a resolution dispensing with competitive bidding, awarding a 5-year contract to Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. for $200,000 for the proprietary maintenance and repairs of Mitsubishi elevators at Police Building and Central Library.

The continuity of conveyance systems maintenance is required by the state to continue the operation of these units. Due to the specialized training, certifications, liabilities, and resources, these services are best provided by a specialty contractor. The city owns and operates three Mitsubishi elevators that are proprietary and require specialized support that only Mitsubishi can provide.

Recently, the elevator at the police building parking structure went out of service and it was determined by the vendor AZ Tech that the issue was the Mitsubishi manufactured door operating system. Since AZ Tech is unable to procure Mitsubishi parts, they proposed to replace the system with a non-OEM product. Staff reviewed their proposal and also discussed the issues with the elevator with Mitsubishi. As a result, we have concluded that this necessary repair can likely be performed at a lower cost by Mitsubishi and it is also in the city’s best interest to have Mitsubishi assume the responsibility for maintenance and repairs of this elevator going forward due to it having proprietary Mitsubishi parts.
420 of 464

9d3
25-88595
6 2
8 7

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Public Works, Facilities Management staff will coordinate work with the Glendale Police Department.

FISCAL IMPACT
The Proprietary Maintenance and Repair of Mitsubishi Elevators contract will cost approximately $50,000 annually which was requested as part of the FY 2025-26 budget.

No new appropriation is being requested at this time. The City Council approved funding is outlined below.

Existing Appropriation
Amount Account String Funding Source
$50,000 43110-6070-PWD-7508-P0000 Building Maintenance
Fund

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This item includes routine maintenance and repairs activities and therefore, not subject to CEQA review.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
The names and business addresses of the members of the board of directors, the chairperson, CEO, COO, CFO, Subcontractors and any person or entity with more than 10% interest in the company proposed for contract in this Agenda Item Report are attached in Exhibit # 1, in accordance with the City Campaign Finance Ordinance No. 5744.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION
1: The City Council may choose to not approve the resolution and staff will repair and maintain the elevator at the police building parking structure with non-standard parts at likely greater cost.
2: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Daniel Hernandez, Director of Public Works
Prepared by:

Shea Eccleston-Banwer, Public Works Administrator
421 of 464

9d4
25-88595
6 2
8 7
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit 1: Mitsubishi Campaign Finance Form
422 of 464

1 5
1 5
0 RESOLUTION NO.

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,

CALIFORNIA DISPENSING WITH COMPETITIVE BIDDING AND

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE AN AMENDMENT TO CONTRACT 8002359 WITH MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC US, INC., FOR THE PROPRIETARY MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS OF

MITSUBISHI ELEVATORS ADDING THE ELEVATOR AT THE POLICE
BUILDING PARKING STRUCTURE TO THE CONTRACT SCOPE.

WHEREAS, the Public Works Department is responsible for the maintenance and repair of over 200 City facilities including: Parks, Civic Center, Police, Fire, Libraries, Water and Power, Public Works, and various street medians and common areas; and WHEREAS, currently two Mitsubishi elevators are operating at the Police Building and one at Central Library; and
WHEREAS, one elevator at the police building parking structure has significant Mitsubishi manufactured parts; and
WHEREAS, Mitsubishi elevators and its parts are proprietary equipment and Mitsubishi technicians are uniquely qualified to service Mitsubishi elevators and to work on Mitsubishi manufactured elevator parts;
WHEREAS, staff believes improved service as well as cost savings can be realized by the city by incorporating maintenance and repair of the one elevator at the police building parking structure into contract 8002359.

WHEREAS, previous maintenance and repair contracts for these three elevators as well as the current contract 8002359 were executed following dispensing with competitive bidding; and
WHEREAS, given the foregoing need for quality service and cost savings, it appears adequate justification exists and it is in the best interests of the city, upon recommendation of the Director of Public Works, to dispense with competitive bidding and to authorize the City Manager or a designee to execute an amendment to contract 8002359 with Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. for proprietary maintenance and repairs of Mitsubishi elevators increasing the scope to include maintenance and repair of the elevator at the police building parking structure and increasing the contract amount by $50,000 to a new not-to-exceed amount of $250,000.

NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

1. That the foregoing facts are deemed to be true and correct and are a basis for dispensing with competitive bidding and authorizing the execution of a contract amendment for proprietary maintenance and repairs of Mitsubishi elevators with 423 of 464

1 5
1 5
0 Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc.

2. The Council hereby dispenses with competitive bidding and authorizes the City Manager, or a designee, to execute an amendment to contract 8002359 for proprietary maintenance and repairs of Mitsubishi elevators with Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc. increasing the amount by $50,000 to a new a not-to-exceed amount of $250,000, subject to approval as to form by the City Attorney.

Adopted this day of , 2025.

Mayor, City of Glendale
ATTEST:

City Clerk

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )

CITY OF GLENDALE )
I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, certify that the foregoing Resolution No. was Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the day of , 2025, the same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

City Clerk
424 of 464

City of Glendale

DISCLOSURE - CAMPAIGN FINANCE ORDINANCE
The City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5744, “Campaign Finance Ordinance,” which became effective on September 9, 2011, and amended it with Ordinance No. 5768, which became effective on March 15, 2012 (“the Ordinance”). The Ordinance prohibits: (1) A contractor* (including a subcontractor**)― who has a contract with the City of Glendale (“City”), Economic Development Department (“EDD”), or the Housing Authority of the City of Glendale (“HA”) and that contract is subject to approval by the City Council, EDD, or HA― from making a contribution to a City Council member, EDD member, HA member, City Clerk, or City Treasurer; and (2) Council members, EDD members, and HA members from voting on matters concerning a contract with a person who has provided a campaign contribution.

The Ordinance applies to a contractor whose contract requires the City Council’s, EDD's, or HA’s approval. A contract with the City, EDD, or HA is known as a “City Contract.” The Ordinance also applies to a subcontractor who has a subcontract through a City Contract. The Ordinance excludes a competitively bid contract awarded to the lowest responsible bidder.

To assist members of the City Council, EDD, and HA before they vote on a matter regarding a City Contract, the Ordinance requires City staff to prepare this report which discloses certain information about: the contractor receiving the City Contract, and the subcontractor(s) working under the City Contract.

A contractor must provide the information listed below when: A subcontractor must provide the information listed below when:
•The City Contract has a total anticipated or actual value of $50,000 or more; or • The subcontract through a City Contract has a total anticipated or actual value of $25,000 or more; or
• A combination or series of City Contracts have a value of $50,000 or more. • A combination or series of subcontract s, for the same or different projects, have an aggregate value of $25,000 or
more. Information that must be disclosed: ● Name of the person, entity, or organization (i.e., the Contractor or Subcontractor) ● Name of the Chief Executive Officer/Pre
siden t
● Chief Operating Officer
● Chief Financial Officer
● Chairper
son
● All members of the Board of Directors
● All persons who own more than 10% of the perso
n, entity, or organi zation
● Name of any campaign committee owned or controll ed by the person, entity, or organization Please complete the following disclosure form:

Contractor(s)*:

Name Address
Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
Chairperson
Chief Executive Officer / President
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Board of Directors
More than 10% interest owner
*“Contractor” is the person, entity, or organization that is the party, or prospective party, to the contract with the City, EDD, or HA or any member of that person’s, entity’s, or organization’s Board of Direct ors, its Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operat ing Officer, any person with an ownership interest of more than ten percent (10%) in that person, entit y, or organization, and any campaign committee that is o wned or controlled by that person, entity, or organization. Above please disclose these persons’ name and business address.

Mitsubishi Electric US, Inc.
5900-A Katella Ave, Cypress, CA 90630
Michael Corbo
5900-A Katella Ave
Cypress
CA
90630
Yuri Nakagawa Anastasi
5900-A Katella Ave
Cypress
CA
90630
N/A
425 of 464

Rev. 6/7/12 J:\FILES\DOCFILES\ORD\CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION\DISCLOSURE FORM – CONTRACTOR – 6-7-12.doc Subcontractor(s)**:

Name Address
Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
Chairperson
Chief Executive Officer / President
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Board of Directors
More than 10% interest owner
** “Subcontractor” is the person, entity, or organization that has entered into a contract for the performance of all or a portion of the work undertaken under an agreement with an architect, design professional, engineer, or gener al or prime contract, usually by a general or prime contrac tor. Subcontractor includes any member of that person’s, entity’s, or organization’s Board of Directors, its Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financ ial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, any person with an ownership interest of more than ten percent (10%) in that person, entity, or organization, and any campaign committee that is owned or controlled by that person, entity, or organization. Above please disclose these persons’ name and business address.

Campaign Committee owned or controlled by:

Title Business Address City State Zip

CERTIFICATION
On behalf of the above-named Contractor Subcontractor:
• I acknowledge that I have a continuing obligation to update this disclosure form if I substitute― or if I select additional ― architects, design professionals, contractors, or subcontractors within ten (10) days of the selection or change; and • I hereby certify that:
I have identified all persons for which the Ordinance requires disclo sure; The information in this disclosure form (and any attachment to this form) is true, accurate, correct, and complete; and I have been legally authorized to su bmit this disclosure form.

In total, this disclosure form (including attachments) is pages.

Executed on: , 20 , at: , California.

Signature: Print Full Name:

Address:

Phone Number: E-mail Address:
2 August 21st
25 Cypress
Cole Ganser
5900 Katella Ave. Cypress, CA 90630
657-5504561
[email protected]
Ganser, Cole
Digitally signed by Ganser, Cole
DN: CN="Ganser, Cole",
OU=EED, OU=Standard,
OU=Users, OU=MEUS-ACO,
DC=meus, DC=corp
Date: 2025.08.21
11:09:16-07'00'
426 of 464

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Key Considerations and Refinements to the Clean Energy Programs Plan Funded by Public Benefit Charge and Low Carbon Fuel Standard for Fiscal Years 25-26 and 26-27.

1. Resolution authorizing Glendale Water & Power (GWP) staff to implement programs consistent with the outlined refinements to the Glendale Water and Power Clean Energy Programs Plan funded by Public Benefit Charge (PBC) and Low Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS) for Fiscal Years (FY) 25-26 and FY 26-27.

2. Resolution of Appropriation requesting $200,000 for the vehicle-to-everything (V2X) study supporting a potential pilot program.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action
Approved for August 26, 2025 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report responds to Council comments from June 4, 2025, and subsequent meetings following adoption of the Clean Energy Programs Plan. The plan was approved on June 24, 2025, and Council directed staff to return with additional review and refinements before implementing new programs. This report outlines adjustments to program elements and implementation timelines based on Council feedback.

The Clean Energy Programs Plan details GWP’s planned use of PBC and LCFS funds to deliver energy efficiency, utility assistance, load management, and electrification programs and initiatives. The plan supports Glendale’s environmental and equity goals while aligning with state legislation.

This report also provides the rationale and guiding framework for GWP’s clean energy programs portfolio. The refined portfolio remains aligned with GWP’s Integrated Demand Side Management (IDSM) strategy and is designed to conserve energy and water, improve grid reliability, provide utility assistance to income-qualified residents, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, while supporting California’s broader objectives to decarbonize and modernize the energy system.
427 of 464

29e
6 3
2 3

RECOMMENDATION
Authorize staff to proceed with program refinements and implementation of the Clean Energy Programs Plan funded by the PBC and LCFS for FY 25-26 and 26-27 consistent with the refinements outlined, while continuing to monitor, adjust, and refine program measures, timelines, and incentives as needed to remain responsive to evolving technologies, community needs, Council feedback, and regulatory requirements.

Concurrence to move forward will allow timely implementation and ensure that the benefits of programs reach Glendale residents and businesses without delays.

Additionally, staff recommends that the City Council approve the appropriation of $200,000 in FY 25-26 to conduct a study in support of the V2X pilot program.

ANALYSIS
This section outlines specific actions undertaken in response to Council feedback and describes GWP’s approach for designing and implementing its clean energy portfolio.

1. Home Energy and Water Saving Rebates
One area of Council feedback focused on Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) rebates and how incentives are delivered. Council expressed interest in issuing HVAC rebate checks rather than bill credits. GWP already provides checks for other programs, such as e-bike and electric vehicle (EV) charger rebates, so extending this process to HVAC systems would primarily involve process adjustment with Finance and is feasible. The Clean Energy Section currently provides more than 600 electric rebates annually through the Home Energy and Water Saving Rebates program. While transitioning all rebates to checks would increase administrative needs, limiting this change to higher-cost measures such as permitted HVAC systems, water heaters, and panel upgrades is practical and allows customers to recover their investments more quickly.

Under the approved Clean Energy Programs Plan, the Home Energy and Water Saving Rebates program would offer $1,000 per ton for new heat pump fuel-switching retrofits, up to $5,000 for a 5-ton system, plus an additional $1,000 for home electrification panel upgrades. In response to Council feedback, staff proposes adding rebates for electric- to-electric (i.e. old heat pump to new heat pump) upgrades at $500 per ton. Although incremental savings are lower for electric-to-electric conversions, this approach provides meaningful support to encourage the adoption of more efficient HVAC systems and remains consistent with overall program goals and requirements.

2. Advancing V2X and Demand Response (DR)
V2X technologies represent a rapidly evolving area of innovation with the potential to provide grid support, backup power, and enhanced grid flexibility. V2X enables EVs to communicate with and supply energy to homes, businesses, or the grid, supporting peak demand reduction, renewable energy generation, and enhanced load shaping.

While the strategic value of V2X technology is increasingly recognized, the technology is still maturing. Market availability of V2X-enabled vehicles and bidirectional charging 428 of 464

39e
6 3
2 3
infrastructure is currently limited, with evolving standards, high costs, uncertainties around customer adoption, utility integration, and long term-interoperability. Premature investment risks locking into solutions that may not have the potential to scale, creating stranded assets or underperforming pilots.

To ensure GWP makes timely, informed, and cost-effective decisions, staff recommends conducting a scoped study to assess the technical, economic, behavioral, and operational feasibility of implementing a V2X program in Glendale. This study would focus on assessing bidirectional chargers, vehicles, and utility interface capabilities for current and future compatibility. In addition, the study will evaluate various V2X scenarios and customer segments, analyzing the distribution level effects of V2X implementation, such as load managing and shaping. Furthermore, the study will assess the cost-effectiveness of V2X solutions, recommending pilot models, incentive structures, and evaluation frameworks aligned with local needs and best practices.

Importantly, findings from this study will also inform the design of a new, cost-effective DR program, helping GWP optimize load management, evaluate potential grid impacts, and integrate V2X enabled resources into DR strategies.

To support this work, GWP will partner with a neutral academic or research institution to provide third-party analysis, case study reviews, economic modeling, and project support. This outside expertise will help ensure program design reflects best practices and aligns with Glendale’s unique customer base and load profile. Following feedback from a GWP Commissioner and Councilmember, the Clean Energy team has already initiated exploratory efforts with UCLA’s Smart Grid Energy Research Center (SMERC) to develop strategic collaboration to support research, assessment, and pilot program design for V2X technologies. This study represents a foundational step toward V2X applications and will guide development of pilot program frameworks tailored to Glendale’s grid needs and Council priorities.

Although initial funding was earmarked for FY 26-27, staff now anticipates undertaking the study in FY 25-26 to begin earlier progress on pilot program design and implementation.

DR is another evolving area that can help adjust consumer demand based on real-time energy availability, help balance supply and demand, and reduce reliance on fossil fuel-based plants. Lessons learned from previous DR initiative, which was costly (approximately $19,000 per MWh) and limited in impact, will guide the development of a new framework focused on dispatchable, measurable, and cost-effective DR strategies that provide clear grid benefits. The new DR program design framework sets a target cost of less than $200 per MWh for typical dispatches, with flexibility for up to $1,500 per MWh in rare grid emergency events. This ensures that GWP invests in DR solutions that deliver meaningful load reduction while remaining aligned with ratepayer value.

By using these cost thresholds, GWP can implement DR programs that are performance-based, grid responsive, financially sustainable, and saleable. GWP will also leverage insights from the V2X study into the DR program design.

GWP will explore different options to implement this program either through a 429 of 464

49e
6 3
2 3
participation agreement with SCPPA or direct contracting with a selected institution.

3. Commercial Energy and Water Savings Rebates
GWP’s Commercial Rebates Program will offer one of the most extensive lists of measures among municipal utilities, with a focus on supporting small businesses. While GWP has flexibility to adjust measures and incentives, all rebates are designed to align with overall cost-effectiveness goals. The rebate list was carefully developed to balance energy impact with practical considerations for small businesses. For example, GWP will offer a $2,000 flat rebate for commercial dishwashers. These units can range in price from a few thousand dollars to tens of thousands, and since small businesses typically purchase smaller units, this rebate will help them recoup initial investments more effectively, promoting adoption while managing program efficiency.

GWP’s rebates and programs are dynamic and need to be periodically updated in response to industry standards, technology performance, and projected energy savings.

This ensures that program incentives remain aligned with the most current best practices, state codes, and energy savings data.

To ensure the program meets actual business needs, staff will gather ongoing feedback from participating businesses through surveys and direct engagement. Incentives and program measures will be continuously reviewed and adjusted based on real-world experience, ensuring that the rebates remain responsive, equitable, and tailored to Glendale’s commercial community.

The Clean Energy team is collaborating with the City’s Sustainability Officer and Integrated Waste Management Division to develop a Green Business Efficiency Pilot.

Early planning includes a stakeholder survey to gather input from commercial customers, ensuring new rebate offerings and program design reflect the needs of Glendale businesses and the community. This feedback will ensure that proposed rebate offerings and program design are responsive to the needs of Glendale businesses while also informing the development of the Commercial Energy and Water Saving Rebates Program.

4. Clean Energy Programs Principles and Policy Alignment The development and delivery of GWP’s energy and water efficiency programs continue to be guided by four principles: cost-effectiveness, policy alignment, equity and accessibility, and a data-driven approach. GWP applies several cost-effectiveness tests, with the Total Resource Cost (TRC) test serving as the primary measure to evaluate whether programs deliver more value than they cost. The goal is to maintain a portfolio- wide TRC ratio above 1.0. Programs are designed to comply with California’s requirement that all cost-effective efficiency measures be pursued before investing in new generation.

Assembly Bill (AB) 1890 and the California Public Utilities Code Section 385 require that municipal utilities establish a PBC equal to 2.85% of annual retail electric rate revenues to fund investments in one or more of the following areas:
Cost-effective demand side management (DSM) services to promote energy efficiency and energy conservation
430 of 464

59e
6 3
2 3
New investment in renewable energy resources and technologies Research, development and demonstration programs
Services provided for low-income electricity customers, including but not limited to, targeted energy efficiency service and rate discounts.

When allocating funding across program areas, GWP takes a coordinated and balanced approach to ensure it meets energy savings targets while also prioritizing support for income-qualified customers. Since equity and affordability are a key consideration to portfolio design, a significant portion of the PBC funding, approximately 40-50 percent over the next two years, will be dedicated to income-qualified services. This includes utility rate discounts, as well as targeted energy and water efficiency upgrades and related services to help reduce long-term utility costs for vulnerable households.

AB 2021 added to the state’s energy efficiency policies by requiring the establishment of ten-year energy efficiency targets every four years to facilitate the development and implementation of the programs and to also help identify future potential savings opportunities. GWP’s energy savings target for FY 25-26 and FY 26-27 is approximately 10 million kWh annually, representing about 1% of total retail electricity sales.

In summary, GWP’s programs are designed to achieve measurable and sustainable outcomes, by delivering a TRC ratio greater than 1, ensuring that the portfolio of programs is cost-effective in addition to achieving the 1 percent annual savings goal, and aligning with policy drivers. Finally, the portfolio is built to offer diverse programs to all customers in Glendale, empowering them to reduce consumption and actively support decarbonization efforts while ensuring affordability for income-qualified customers.

To support consistency and regulatory compliance, GWP uses the California Publicly Owned Utility (POU) electronic Technical Reference Manual (eTRM) when designing and evaluating energy efficiency and demand side programs. The eTRM is a centralized digital database of standardized energy efficiency measures, and is used by utilities, regulators, and program administrators. It contains a vetted list of technologies and practices that are pre-evaluated for their expected energy savings and demand reduction potential. By relying on eTRM-defined measures, GWP ensures that program offerings are aligned with the industry best practices, consistent with regulatory expectations and evolving state energy codes.

Figure 1 provides a screenshot of the eTRM database interface to illustrate the structure and range of available measures. While the database is extensive and multilayered, this visual highlights how technologies are categorized and how GWP can access detailed savings estimates for specific measures.
431 of 464

69e
6 3
2 3
Figure 1: eTRM Database Interface
In cases where emerging technologies are not yet defined and listed in eTRM, GWP may use custom saving calculations or pilot projects to evaluate technologies for their feasibility and grid impacts. Customer-facing program outcomes are reported annually to the California Energy Commission (CEC), as required under Senate Bill (SB) 1037, AB 2021, and Section 9505 of the Public Utilities Code.

GWP updates its programs periodically in response to the eTRM which reflects evolving technologies and industry standards. GWP uses these updates to refresh its offerings, phase out low-performing measures, and introduce new rebates and services that align with current codes and market conditions. Furthermore, even though the programs are designed using a structured approach and incentive levels are justified based on cost- effectiveness testing, GWP has some flexibility to allow individual measure and program adjustments as technologies evolve and based on community needs.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Staff has reviewed and addressed feedback received from the GWP Commission and City Council, while continuing interdepartmental coordination to ensure program feasibility and alignment with operational goals. Ongoing collection of customer and community input, along with external collaboration will support program refinements.

FISCAL IMPACT
Funding for the V2X study was not included in the FY 2025-26 Adopted Budget.

Therefore, the staff is requesting appropriation in the amount of $200,000 as follows:
432 of 464

79e
6 3
2 3
Requesting Appropriation
Amount From (Account String) To (Account String) Funding Source $200,000 GL 24217-2910-000 GL: 45512-2910-
GWP-4800-P0000
Public Benefits Fund
If proven feasible, future funding for this program will be included in the annual budget for each respective year.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This item is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review as the action requested is not a project as defined by, and for the purposes of, CEQA.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION
1: Direct staff to return for further revisions before implementation. 2: Consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Scott K. Mellon, P.E., General Manager - Glendale Water and Power Prepared by:

Adrine Isayan, Assistant General Manager - Finance & Risk Management Ruzan Soloyan, Clean Energy Officer - Power Management
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit 1: CC Resolution 25-95 (without exhibit since the exhibit is attached to this Report as Exhibit 2)
Exhibit 2: Clean Energy Programs Plan funded by the PBC and LCFS. 433 of 464

1 RESOLUTION NO. ________

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,

CALIFORNIA, AUTHORIZING GLENDALE WATER & POWER STAFF TO

IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS CONSISTENT WITH THE OUTLINED REFINEMENTS TO

THE GLENDALE WATER & POWER CLEAN ENERGY PROGRAMS PLAN FUNDED

BY PUBLIC BENEFIT CHARGE (PBC) AND LOW CARBON FUEL STANDARD (LCFS) FOR FISCAL YEARS (FY) 25-26 AND FY 26-27

WHEREAS, the City of Glendale, through Glendale Water & Power ("GWP"), operates a municipal utility for the distribution of electrical energy to the citizens of the City of Glendale; and
WHEREAS, beginning in January 1, 1998, California State law mandated that each local publicly-owned electric utility establish a non-bypassable, usage-based charge on local distribution service of 2.85% to fund investments in programs "for the Public Good" (hereinafter "Public Benefit Charge" or "PBC"); and WHEREAS, the state-mandated Public Benefit Charge was adopted by the City Council and codified as Section 13.44.425 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, effective January 1, 1998; and
WHEREAS, subsequent amendments to the California Public Utilities Code necessitated significant increases in PBC program production and reporting as well as new program offerings; and
WHEREAS, on June 24, 2025, the City Council adopted Resolution 25-95, which is attached as Exhibit 1 to the August 26, 2025 Report by the General Manager of GWP (“August 26, 2025 Report”), whereby Council adopted the PBC Programs Plan for FY 2025-2026 and FY 2026-2027 and the LCFS Programs Plan for FY 2025-2026 and 2026-2027 and also approved the Glendale Water & Power Clean Energy Programs Plan to Be Funded by PBC and LCFS, for FY 2025-2026 and 2026-2027; and WHEREAS, as directed by the City Council, staff has presented GWP’s approach for designing and implementing its clean energy portfolio in the August 26, 2025 Report; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has considered the August 26, 2025 Report and hereby approves GWP’s described and outlined approach for designing and implementing its clean energy portfolio presented in the August 26, 2025 Report and Exhibit 2 attached to said report; and

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

SECTION 1: The City Council has reviewed the August 26, 2025 Report and hereby authorizes GWP staff to implement the programs consistent with the outlined refinements to the Glendale Water & Power Clean Energy Programs Plan funded by the Public Benefit Charge (PBC) and Low Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS) for Fiscal Years 434 of 464

2 (FY) 25-26 and FY 26-27 as presented in the August 26, 2025 Report and in Exhibit 2 attached to said report.

SECTION 2. The City Council also authorizes GWP to conduct a study in support of the V2X pilot program as outlined in the August 26, 2025 Report.

SECTION 3: The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute such agreements, amendments, task orders, and other documents as needed to implement the programs approved by Resolution 25-95 and this Resolution. The form of such agreements, amendments, task orders, and other documents shall be subject to the review and approval of the City Attorney.

SECTION 4: The City Council does hereby authorize the City Manager or his designee to move appropriations without limit between detail accounts comprising the budget detail of any single budget appropriation for the various programs approved by Resolution 25-95 and this Resolution.

Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on this ___ day of _________, 2025. ________________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
_____________________________________
City Clerk
435 of 464

4 STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) SS.

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, Suzie Abajian PhD, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution No. _______________ was adopted by a majority vote of the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the ______ day of ______________________, 2025, and that the same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________
City Clerk
436 of 464

RESOLUTIONNO.

RESOLUTIONOFTHECOUNCILOFTHECITYOFGLENDALE

MAKINGANAPPROPRIATION
BEITRESOLVEDBYTHECOUNCILOFTHECITYOFGLENDALE:

SECTION1:Thatthesumof$200,000isherebyappropriatedand/ortransferredfromthefollowing accountstothefollowingaccounts:

ACCOUNTSDESCRIPTIONFROMTO
24217-2910-GWP-0000ElectricPublicBenefitAB189O,Public$200,000 BenefitFund,GlendaleWater&Power
45512-2910-GWP-4800-P0000PublicBenefitPrograms,PublicBenefit$200,000 Fund,GlendaleWater&Power,GWPPublic
Benefits
Toappropriatefundingforavehicle-to-everything(V2X)studysupportingapotentialpilotprogram.

SECTION2:TheDirectorofFinanceisauthorizedtomakesuchotherrevisions,individualappropriation line-items,changesinsummaries,fundtotals,grandtotals,andotherportionsofthebudgetdocumentas necessarytoreflectandimplementthechangesspecifiedinthisresolution.

SECTION3:TheCityClerkshallcertifytotheadoptionofthisResolution.

Adoptedthisdayof
________________,
2025.

Mayor
ATTEST:

CITYOFGLENDALE
DATE8/21/2025
___________________________

APPROVEDASTOFINANCIAL
CityClerkPROVISIONFOR$200,000
DirectorofFinance

STATEOFCALIFORNIA)

COUNTYOFLOSANGELES)SS

CITYOFGLENDALE)
I,SuzieAbajian,CityClerkoftheCityofGlendale,doherebycertifythattheforegoingResolution No.wasadoptedbytheCounciloftheCityofGlendale,California,ataregularmeetingheldon the__________dayof
________________,
2025,andthatthesamewasadoptedbythefollowingvote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

CityClerk
437 of 464

EXHIBIT 1
438 of 464

439 of 464

440 of 464

441 of 464

Exhibit 1 to the Resolution of the City Council approving the GWP Public Benefit Programs Plan and Low Carbon Fuel Standard Programs Plan for FY 2025-2026 and FY 2026-2027 and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute Agreements to Implement said Programs.

Exhibit 2

CLEAN ENERGY PROGRAMS PLAN

Funded by the Public Benefit Charge (PBC) and
Low Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS)

Prepared for Fiscal Years 2025-2026 & 2026-2027

442 of 464

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PBC-FUNDED PROGRAMS SUMMARY ........................................................ 2 ENERGY-WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION PROGRAMS ..............3 Home Energy and Water Saving Rebates ............................................................................. 3 Direct Install Turf Replacement Program for Disadvantaged Communities ..................... 5 Home Energy and Water Saving Upgrades .......................................................................... 6 Home Energy Reports and Online Energy Usage Access .................................................. 6 Tree Power ................................................................................................................................. 7 Business Energy Solutions ....................................................................................................... 8 Business Customer Engagement Portal (New) .................................................................... 8 Commercial Energy and Water Savings Rebates (New) .................................................. 10 Small Business Direct Installations (New) ........................................................................... 12 In School Energy and Water Conservation Education....................................................... 12 ENERGY ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS ........................................................................13 Glendale Care .......................................................................................................................... 13 Helping Hand ............................................................................................................................ 13 Guardian .................................................................................................................................... 13 RENEWABLE ENERGY PROGRAMS .......................................................................14 Photovoltaic (PV) and Energy Storage (ES) Interconnection Application Portal (PowerClerk) ............................................................................................................................. 14 Off-Peak EV Charging Incentives ......................................................................................... 14 Demand Response (NEW) ..................................................................................................... 15

LCFS-FUNDED TRANSPORTATION ELECTRIFICATION PROGRAMS
SUMMARY ......................................................................................................... 16 Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Infrastructure ................................................ 16 Residential EV Charging Station Rebates ........................................................................... 17 Commercial and Multi-Family EV Charging Station Rebates ........................................... 18 Pre-Owned EV Rebate Program ........................................................................................... 18 Clean Fuel Rewards Program ............................................................................................... 19 Web-Based EV Customer Awareness Platform ................................................................. 19 EV and E-Bike Guest Drive Events (New) ........................................................................... 20 E-Bike Rebates ........................................................................................................................ 21 Electric Leaf Blower Rebates ................................................................................................. 21 Vehicle to Grid Study (New) ................................................................................................... 21

443 of 464

2 PBC-FUNDED PROGRAMS SUMMARY
Table 1 below summarizes the proposed annual budget for PBC-funded programs budget for the period from July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2027. The proposed PBC budget is $9.35 million for FY 2025-2026, and $11.4 million for FY 2026-2027, supporting a total of 15 programs.

TABLE 1

Nearly all existing programs will continue under the proposed 2-year plan, with two exceptions:
(1) the Online Store for Energy Efficiency and Water Measures, which has concluded due to the expiration of the contract with Franklin Energy Services, LLC, and (2) the Behavioral Demand Response program, due to timing constraints in the contracting cycle. Despite these changes, the proposed plan introduces several new programs and includes a few programmatic changes to existing programs, all of which are outlined in this exhibit.

PROGRAMS FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Salaries and Benefits, Mainenance and Operations,
City Fund Allocations 1,605$ 1,605$
Home Energy and Water Saving Rebates 200$ 200$ Home Energy and Water Saving Upgrades 500$ 1,000$ Home Energy Reports 655$ 655$
Tree Power 60$ 60$
Business Energy Solutions 350$ 350$
Business Customer Engagement Portal (NEW) 179$ 179$ Commercial Rebates (NEW) 150$ 250$
Small Business Direct Installation Program (NEW) 200$ 500$ In School Conservation Education 85$ 85$

ENERGY ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
Glendale Care 4,670$ 4,670$
Helping Hand 30$ 30$
Guardian 120$ 120$

RENEWABLE ENERGY PROGRAMS
PV and ES Interconnection 50$ 50$
Demand Response (NEW) -$ 1,000$
Off-Peak EV Charging Incentives 500$ 700$ TOTAL PROPOSED BUDGET 9,354$ 11,454$
PROJECTED BEGINNING PBC FUND BALANCE 18,843$ 20,127$ PROJECTED PBC REVENUES 10,638$ 9,384$
PROJECTED PBC EXPENDITURES (9,354)$ (11,454)$ PROJECTED ENDING PBC FUND BALANCE 20,127$ 18,058$

ADMINISTRATION

ENERGY-WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION PROGRAMS
PROPOSED BUDGET ($1000s)
444 of 464

3 ENERGY-WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION PROGRAMS
Home Energy and Water Saving Rebates
This program offers incentives to encourage the purchase of approved energy and water saving appliances and devices through an online application portal.

Table 2 below outlines a proposed two-year budget of $300,000 to provide approximately 1,600 rebates to customers, and $100,000 to fund the online application portal through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 2

Table 3 below outlines the list of proposed rebate measures and rebate amounts.

TABLE 3
Electric Measure Rebate Amount
Energy Star Electric Clothes Dryer $200
Energy Star Dishwasher $50
Energy Star Electric Heat Pump Clothes Dryer $400
Energy Star Variable Speed Pool Pump $400
Solar Attic Fan $100
Whole House Fan $100

Table 4 below outlines the list of rebate measures and increased rebate amounts that are currently being funded by the $3.4 million reallocated over-collected PBC fees as established by Resolution 24-164.

The following adjustments will be made effective July 1, 2025:
• Energy Star (gas powered) Central AC will be removed
• Energy Star Electric Heat Pump Water Heater rebates will be increased from $1,000 to $4,000
• Energy Star Heat Pump/Mini-Split Heat Pump AC rebates will be increased from $500 to $1,000 per ton
• Electric Panel Upgrade (for Electrification) rebates of up to $1,000 will be added

These adjusted rebates will remain in effect until the over-collected funds are exhausted, at which time the original rebate amounts will be re-established and will be funded under the annual PBC budget.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Energy Rebates 800 800
Proposed Budget 200,000$ 200,000$
Rebates Funding 150,000$ 150,000$
Online Application Portal 50,000$ 50,000$
Home Energy Saving Rebates
445 of 464

4 TABLE 4

GWP may add new items to the rebate list as opportunities arise and as the budget allows.

The rebates are available to GWP residential electric customers and owners of rental units occupied by GWP electric customers for eligible measures purchased within the prior 12 months.

The online portal will continue to be managed and operated by Electric & Gas Industries Association (EGIA). The EGIA online portal allows GWP to receive and process rebate applications online.

In addition to energy rebates, GWP residential customers can also access regional water conservation programs offered by the Metropolitan Water District (MWD), a regional wholesale water supplier that imports water from the Colorado River and Northern California. As one of MWD’s 26 member agencies, GWP may choose to customize these rebates by adding supplemental funding to address local needs. This upcoming program will provide supplemental funding to enhance MWD’s regional rebates, further promoting energy-water efficiency in Glendale.

Table 5 outlines a proposed two-year budget of $80,000 to support rebates for approximately 1,000 residential customers.

TABLE 5

Table 6 below outlines the measures and rebate amounts, effective August 1, 2025, and through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 6
Electric Measure Rebate Amount
Energy Star Ceiling Fan $100
Electric Range $400
Electric Range/Oven Combo $400
Electric Wall Oven $400
Energy Star Electric Heat Pump Water Heater $4,000
Energy Star Freezer $200
Energy Star Central Heat Pump or Mini-Split Heat Pump HVAC $1,000 per ton Energy Star Refrigerator $200
Energy Star Room Air Conditioner $400
Electric Panel Upgrade (for Electrification) $1,000
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Water Rebates 500 500
Proposed Budget 40,000$ 40,000$
Home Water Saving Rebates
446 of 464

5 Direct Install Turf Replacement Program for Disadvantaged Communities In collaboration with MWD, GWP will participate in MWD’s grant funded small-scale direct install turf replacement program for disadvantaged communities.

MWD has secured grant funding from USBR, which will provide funding to 10 turf replacements and drought tolerant landscape installations in Glendale. They will also be working with Santa Ana and San Ferando to complete 10 projects each under this same grant funding. MWD will cover all project costs, including administering the program, design work, installations, professional photography, initial maintenance, etc. GWP will assist MWD with marketing the program to identify 10 single family owner-occupied sites. The results of these 10 completed projects will be used to create informative educational materials to promote turf replacement, water conservation, and educate our community about the benefits and beauty of drought-tolerant (potentially native) landscapes.

MWD is currently working on procurement and expects to identify contractors by Summer 2025.

Once contractors are chosen, GWP will begin site selection and outreach.

TABLE 7

Water Measure MWD Rebate GWP Rebate Total Rebate
Premium High Efficiency Toilet $40 $60 $100
Weather Based Irrigation Controller (per unit; < 1 acre) $80 $70 $150 Weather Based Irrigation Controller (per station; > 1 acre) $35 $15 $50 Rotary Multi-Stream Nozzle $2 $2 $4
Turf Replacement (per square foot) $3 $0 $3
Hose Bib $35 $15 $50
Soil Moisture Sensor (per unit; < 1 acre) $80 $20 $100
Soil Moisture Sensor (per station; > 1 acre) $35 $15 $50 Rain Barrel $35 $0 $35
High Efficiency Clothes Washer $85 $115 $200
Cistern - Small (200 - 500 gallons) $250 $0 $250
Cistern - Medium (501 - 999 gallons) $300 $0 $300
Cistern - Large (1,000+ gallons) $350 $0 $350
Flow Monitoring Device Pilot $100 $100 $200
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 5 5
Total Proposed Budget (fully
covered by grant funds) ~$82,000 ~$82,000
Direct Install Turf Replacement Program
447 of 464

6 Home Energy and Water Saving Upgrades
The Home Energy and Water Saving Upgrades program will evaluate the energy and water efficiency of customers’ homes, install energy and water saving devices, and provide recommendations for additional improvements. The program will evaluate measures such as lighting, HVAC systems, attic insulation, temperature settings, appliances, and water flow rates at sinks, showers and toilets. Additionally, it will install several measures at no cost to the customer, including LED lights, window films, sensors, timers, HVAC maintenance, low-flow showerheads, faucet aerators, toilet displacement devices, and toilet flappers. Additionally, the program will offer concierge services to help customers access additional local, state, and federal incentives for further energy and water upgrades.

Table 8 below outlines a proposed two-year budget of $1,500,000 to provide energy and water saving surveys and installations for approximately 600 households through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 8

The program will be available to GWP residential electric customers.

This program will be delivered through one of the vendors selected by SCPPA via a competitive Request for Proposal (RFP) process. A separate Task Order under the SCPPA-vendor contract will be prepared to document the specific services to be provided for Glendale, along with the associated costs and a not-to-exceed amount.

Home Energy Reports and Online Energy Usage Access
GWP has been offering Home Energy Reports since 2009. This initiative is built on a proprietary technology platform that integrates usage data with an array of third-party housing, GIS, and demographic information to generate personalized insights into households’ energy use. The software analytics engine provides messaging with specific, targeted action steps for each household to help customers reduce their electricity consumption.

Since 2011, the program has offered online access to electric usage information from their digital meters. By utilizing the platform, customers can track their electricity consumption at monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly intervals.

• Home Energy Reports (HER): Provides annual printed and emailed reports to residential customers on their energy use.
• Online Energy Usage Access: Offers online access to residential customers to review their energy usage in monthly, weekly, daily or hourly intervals.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participation 200 400
Total Proposed Budget 500,000$ 1,000,000$
Proposed
Home Energy and Water Saving Upgrades
448 of 464

7 • High Bill Alerts (HBA): Notifies customers before the end of a billing period if their energy use is trending high, along with tips to help reduce consumption. • Weekly Energy Updates (WEU): Delivers a weekly email report to customers informing them of their energy usage patterns, trends, and projected costs or consumption. • Solar Update Notifications (SUNs): Sends a series of six emails to new solar customers during their first year. These messages provide timely information and instructions that help customers understand their solar bills and acclimate them to the solar experience. • Solar Web Insights: Offers an online dashboard with features including monthly and annual solar billing overview, net electricity usage and production graphs, billing trends and comparison, solar savings insights, and other tips.

Table 9 below proposes a two-year budget of $1,310,000 through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 9

The current contract with Oracle America, Inc. is set to expire on June 30, 2025. GWP proposes to amend the current contract to extend services for an additional two years, to provide services through June 30, 2027. This extension would be a Sole Source Procurement process directly with Oracle America, Inc.

Tree Power
Tree Power supports a cleaner, healthier, and more beautiful Glendale while helping residents save energy. Through the Tree Power program, eligible may receive up to three shade trees, along with stakes, ties, and arbor guards, at no direct cost to the customer.

Shade trees offer a wide range of benefits for both the environment and community. By blocking sunlight and releasing moisture, these trees help cool the surrounding areas, reducing the need for air conditioning and lowering energy bills. Shade trees also improve air quality by absorbing pollutants and producing oxygen, while their roots help prevent soil erosion and improve water retention. On average, a mature tree can intercept between 500 to 1,000 gallons of rainwater annually. Additionally, shade trees increase property values, and enhance neighborhood aesthetics, making communities more pleasant and inviting.

Table 10 below outlines a two-year budget of $120,000 to provide arborist services and 900 trees to GWP customers through June 30, 2027.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Home Energy Reports Up to 54,000 customers Up to 54,000 customers Weekly Energy Updates and High Bill AlertsUp to 50,000 customers Up to 50,000 customers Energy Management Web Up to 81,000 customers Up to 81,000 customers Solar Web Insights Up to 5,000 customers Up to 5,000 customers Total Proposed Budget 655,000$ 655,000$ Home Energy Reports
449 of 464

8 TABLE 10

GWP has engaged the services of an arborist and tree supplier through standard procurement processes to support the program. Participation is on a first-come, first-served basis.

GWP proposes to enter into a direct contract between the Craig Crotty Arbor Culture LLC and the City of Glendale to provide arborist services for the program. In addition, GWP will enter into a Purchase Order with Arbor Nursery Plus for the procurement of trees for the Tree Power program.

GWP is considering redesigning the Tree Power program by consolidating its services under a single contractor, such as Arbor Day Foundation. This would streamline program operations, improve customer experience, and enable GWP to extend it to a larger customer base, ultimately increasing participation and impact.

Business Energy Solutions
Business Energy Solutions (BES) provides incentives for large and medium businesses to complete pre-approved energy saving projects. Local public and private schools are also eligible to participate in this program.

Table 11 below proposes a two-year budget of $700,000 to fund incentives for approximately 20 retrofit projects through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 11

Rebates for approved retrofit projects are limited to 40% of installed cost with an overall incentive cap of $100,000 per customer per fiscal year. In no case will a PBC incentive exceed the value of saved energy over the life of the measures assuming $0.06 per kilowatt-hour saved.

Business Customer Engagement Portal (New)
The program provides business customers web-access to their electric usage information for their digital meters. The tool empowers business customers to manage their energy usage with this online solution.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Trees 450 450
Proposed Budget 60,000$ 60,000$
Tree Power
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 10 10
Proposed Budget 350,000$ 350,000$
Business Energy Solutions
450 of 464

9 The Business Customer Engagement Portal is an online tool for understanding and managing a business’s energy use. It presents clear, actionable information about a business user’s account, displaying the most important data in a web interface that is easy to navigate and understand. It also provides energy efficiency tips and projects tailored to each customer, as well as trends and insights that empower GWP staff to answer customer questions before they are asked.

The portal provides business customers with an array of engaging web features built on a common platform to simplify implementation across customer segments. • Dashboard - provides a high-level summary of an account's energy information and includes key insights around recent usage, personalized energy solutions, and tools for inviting additional users.
• Energy Charts - Charts that display electric usage, energy cost, demand, load duration, and other types of energy information. All charts are interactive and can be configured by the user to display different billing periods, time frames, and comparisons. • Solutions - Low-cost, no-cost, or capital improvement recommendations displayed to a business user to help reduce energy usage and save money. Solutions are displayed by load category, such as Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Lighting, Office Equipment, and so on. • Analysis - Displays a summary of user-friendly analytics that highlight critical information around energy use and costs.
• User and Account Profile - Allow the customer to manage their accounts and meters and invite users to the account. Users can add details about the facility in the Business Profile to customize their energy use breakdown and tailor the solutions available. • Notifications - The portal sends outbound email notifications to customers. • Resources - Provides frequently asked questions and a glossary of energy terms to help the customer better understand their energy data. It also provides links, contact information, and engagement opportunities with other utility programs. • Multi-Account Functionality - Business customers often have more than one utility account to manage. Users will have access to their multiple accounts in their user profile and will be able to toggle between each account
Table 12 below proposes a two-year budget of $358,000 through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 12

The current contract with Oracle expires on June 30, 2025. As such, GWP proposes to amend the current Oracle America, Inc. contract to an additional two-years to provide services through June 30, 2027. GWP proposes to engage through a Sole Source Procurement process directly with Oracle America, Inc. to provide services through June 30, 2027.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Proposed Budget 179,000$ 179,000$
Business Customer Engagement
(Annual Subscription for Web & High Bill Alerts)
451 of 464

10 Commercial Energy and Water Savings Rebates (New)
The program will offer rebates for approved energy and water saving appliances and devices through an online application portal.

Table 13 below outlines a proposed two-year budget of $400,000 to fund proposed commercial rebates listed in Table 14.

TABLE 13

TABLE 14

To implement energy measures above, GWP proposes contracting with Clean Power Research for the PowerClerk application portal through a SCPPA participation agreement. A separate SCPPA-Vendor Task Order will be prepared outlining Glendale’s services and cost, including a not-to-exceed amount.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants TBD TBD
Proposed Budget 150,000$ 250,000$
Electric Rebates 100,000$ 200,000$
Online Application Portal 50,000$ 50,000$
Commercial Electric Rebates
Electric Measure Rebate Amount
Cooktop $500
Electric Hand-Wrap Machine $500
Griddle $500
Conveyor Toaster $500
Hot Food Holding Bins $500
Insulated Hot Food Holding Cabinet $500
Radiant Conveyor Toaster $500
Reach-In Refrigerator or Freezer $500
Refrigerated Chef Base $500
Soup Well $500
Steam Table $500
Heat Pump Air Conditioner, per ton $500
Automatic Conveyor Broiler $2,000
Combination Oven $2,000
Convection Oven $2,000
Fryer $2,000
Deck Oven $2,000
Door Type Dishwasher $2,000
Undercounter Dishwasher $2,000
Heat Pump Water Heater $4,000
452 of 464

11 In addition, GWP is looking to enhance its water conservation effort. Since Glendale depends on imported water purchased from the Metropolitan Water District (MWD), a regional water supplier that imports water from the Colorado River and Northern California. As a member agency, GWP can enhance MWD’s regional rebate programs with supplemental funding. To increase historically low program participation among GWP commercial customers, GWP proposes adding funding to support greater adoption on energy-water saving devices.

Table 15 outlines a proposed two-year budget of $120,000 to support rebates for approximately 200 commercial customers, effective August 1, 2025, and through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 15

Table 16 below outlines measures and rebate amounts.

TABLE 16

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 100 100
Proposed Budget 60,000$ 60,000$
Commercial Water Rebates
Water Measure MWD
Rebate
GWP
Water Rebate
GWP
Electric Rebate
Total
Rebate
Plumbing Flow Control (/pair) $10 $10 N/A $20
Laminar Flow Restrictor $10 $10 N/A $20
CII Premium HET $40 $60 N/A $100
Multi-Family Premium HET $40 $60 N/A $100
Zero/Ultra Low Water Urinal $200 $200 N/A $400
Weather Based Irrigation Controller $35 $15 N/A $50
Central Computer Irrigation Controller $35 $15 N/A $50
Soil Moisture Sensor $35 $15 N/A $50
Hose Bib Irrigation Controller $35 $15 N/A $50
Large Rotary Nozzle $13 $7 N/A $20
Rotary Multi-Stream Nozzle $2 $3 N/A $5
In-Stem Flow Regulator $1 $1 N/A $2
pH Cooling Tower Controller $1,750 $250 N/A $2,000
Cooling Tower Conductivity Controller $625 $375 N/A $1,000 Dry Vacuum Pump (/1/2 hp) $125 $125 N/A $250
Steam Cooker $485 $0 $1,515 $2,000
Air-cooled Ice Making Machine $1,000 $0 $1,000 $2,000
Turf Replacement $2 $0 N/A $2
Tree Rebate (up to 5 trees) $100 $0 N/A $100
Flow Monitor Device $100 $0 N/A $100
Irrigation Master Valve $100 $0 N/A $100
Irrigation Flow Sensor $100 $0 N/A $100
Combination Master Valve / Flow $200 $0 N/A $100
Food Defrosting Equipment $800 $0 N/A $800
453 of 464

12 Small Business Direct Installations (New)
This program will provide small business customers with comprehensive no-cost energy audits, written audit reports, energy education, free installation of cost-effective energy conservation measures, and no-cost energy services support should the participant wish to install additional energy conservation measures at their own expense.

Table 17 below proposes a two-year budget of $700,000 to fund approximately 140 retrofit projects through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 17

This program will be offered through one of the vendors selected by SCPPA through a competitive Request for Proposal (RFP) process to provide commercial audit and installation services for SCPPA members. A separate Task Order to the SCPPA-Vendor contract will be prepared documenting the services to be provided for Glendale and Glendale’s cost, including a not-to-exceed amount.

In School Energy and Water Conservation Education
This program works on a cooperative basis with Glendale Unified School District and private schools within Glendale. It seeks to educate sixth grade science students in the areas of energy and water conservation through a “hands on” curriculum that includes in-home installation of conservation devices.

Table 18 below proposes a two-year budget of $170,000 to provide services to approximately 2,800 students through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 18

GWP proposes working with Tinker LLC through a participation agreement with SCPPA. A separate Task Order to the SCPPA-Vendor contract will be prepared documenting the services to be provided for Glendale and Glendale’s cost, including a not-to-exceed amount.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 40 100
Proposed Budget 200,000$ 500,000$
Small Business Direct Installations
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 1,400 1,400
Proposed Budget 85,000$ 85,000$
In School Conservation Education
454 of 464

13 ENERGY ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
Glendale Care
The Glendale Care program provides a $35.00 monthly electric bill discount to eligible GWP customers. The monthly discount was increased from $23.50 to $35.00 as of January 1, 2024.

The income eligibility guidelines are 250% of Federal Poverty Guidelines issued annually by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and published in the U.S. Federal Registrar.

Table 19 below proposes a two-year budget of $9.34 million to provide bill discounts to approximately 12,000 low-income customers through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 19

Helping Hand
Helping Hand assists eligible low-income customers who are experiencing a temporary financial emergency and having trouble paying for their utility services by providing up to $150 towards a bill payment or deposit. The income eligibility guidelines are 250% of federal poverty guidelines issued annually by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and published in the U.S. Federal Registrar.

Table 20 below proposes a two-year budget of $60,000 to provide Helping Hand assistance to approximately 400 low-income customers through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 20

Guardian
Guardian provides monthly bill discounts to customers with household members using life- saving medical equipment or suffering from afflictions requiring special space conditioning.

Discounts are based on the estimated electric consumption of the medical equipment. For administrative purposes, this program is categorized as low income. Non-low-income participants will continue to be funded through the Electric Services fund. Participants that are enrolled in Glendale Care, thus have been determined to be low-income, will be funded by PBC.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 12,000 12,000
Proposed Budget 4,670,000$ 4,670,000$
Bill Discounts 4,620,000$ 4,620,000$
Application Portal 50,000$ 50,000$
Glendale Care
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 200 200
Proposed Budget 30,000$ 30,000$
Helping Hand
455 of 464

14 Table 21 below proposes a two-year PBC budget of $240,000 to provide Guardian assistance to approximately 1,200 customers through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 21

RENEWABLE ENERGY PROGRAMS
Photovoltaic (PV) and Energy Storage (ES) Interconnection Application Portal (PowerClerk)
PowerClerk is a cloud-based software platform developed by Clean Power Research that streamlines the management of utility programs related to distributed energy resources (DERs), such as solar, energy storage, and electric vehicle infrastructure. This online service allows GWP staff to configure and manage workflows, forms, communications, and reporting without requiring IT involvement. GWP first started using PowerClerk in 2016 to improve and streamline the processing of Solar Incentive Applications (under SB-1). After the end of the incentive program, PowerClerk has been used to process PV and ES applications.

GWP proposes to contract with Clean Power Research through a participation agreement with SCPPA. A separate Task Order to the SCPPA-Vendor contract will be prepared documenting the services to be provided for Glendale and Glendale’s cost, including a not-to-exceed amount.

Table 22 below proposes a two-year budget of $100,000 to provide the PowerClerk online solar and energy storage interconnection application portal through Clean Power Research.

TABLE 22

Off-Peak EV Charging Incentives
Load shifting and demand response help optimize the use of renewable energy by moving energy consumption to times when clean energy supply is abundant.

This program uses AMI Smart Meters to promote EV charging at night. Participants are incentivized to charge their EV’s during off-peak hours. The contractor verifies off-peak charging compliance by analyzing AMI Smart Meter data through analytics software.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 600 600
Proposed Budget 200,000$ 200,000$
PBC 120,000$ 120,000$
Electric Services 80,000$ 80,000$
Guardian
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 500 500
Proposed Budget 50,000$ 50,000$
PV and ES Interconnection Application Portal
456 of 464

15 This effective EV load management program works with any vehicle and charger. Smart chargers, in-car devices or other hardware are not required. This is a turn-key solution program, with the contractor processing enrollments and monitoring participants’ charging behavior.

In FY 2025-2026, the incentive will increase to $15/month, a 25% boost from the previous two years amount, and will rise again to $20/month in FY 2026-2027. GWP will evaluate the effectiveness of the monthly incentive and may adjust the amount if needed and as budget allows. Additionally, incentive issuance frequency will shift from annual to semi-annual.

Table 23 below proposes a two-year budget of $1.2 million to provide incentives for an estimated 2,050 EVs through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 23

GWP proposes to work with Sagewell, Inc. through a participation agreement with SCPPA. A separate Task Order to the SCPPA-Vendor contract will be prepared documenting the services to be provided for Glendale and Glendale’s cost, including a not-to-exceed amount.

Demand Response (NEW)
Demand response programs can help adjust consumer demand based on real-time energy availability, help balance supply and demand, and reduce reliance on fossil fuel-based plants.

This program will offer residential and small commercial customers an upfront incentive for enrolling their qualifying smart thermostat in the program and an annual incentive for participating in the peak events called during the program season. The smart thermostat will curb energy use from the customer’s air conditioner or heat pump during peak events to reduce electric grid load and keep energy costs low.

GWP will be exploring different options to implement this program either through a participation agreement with SCPPA or direct contracting with a selected vendor after an RFP process.

Table 24 below proposes a two-year budget of $1,000,000 to implement a demand response program.

TABLE 24

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 1,690 2,050
Proposed Budget 500,000$ 700,000$
Off-Peak EV Charging Incentives
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Participants 0 TBD
Proposed Budget -$ 1,000,000$
Demand Response
457 of 464

16 LCFS-FUNDED TRANSPORTATION

ELECTRIFICATION PROGRAMS SUMMARY

The following transportation electrification programs will be funded through the sales of Low Carbon Fuel Standard (“LCFS”) credits, which Glendale earns on a quarterly basis. The LCFS program, administered by the California Air Resources Board, issues credits that can be monetized and reinvested in transportation electrification initiatives. Glendale will use these proceeds to fund several transportation electrification programs.

Table 25 below summarizes the proposed annual LCFS program budget for the period from July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2027. The proposed LCFS budget is $2.08 million for FY 2025-2026 and $2.8 million for FY 2026-2027, supporting a total of nine transportation electrification programs.

TABLE 25
PROPOSED BUDGET ($1000s)
TRANSPORTATION ELECTRIFICATION PROGRAMS FY 25-26 FY 26-27 EVSE Infrastructure $ 500 $ 1,000
Residential EV Charging Station Rebate Program $ 75 $ 75 Commercial & Multi-Family EV Charging Station Rebate Program $ 1,000 $ 1,000 Pre-Owned EV Rebate Program (New) $ - $ 500 Clean Fuel Rewards Program $ 300 $ -
Web Based EV Customer Awareness Platform $ 27 $ 27 Electric Vehicle and Electric Bicycle Guest Drive Events $ 140 $ 50 Electric Bicycle Rebate Program $ 34 $ 44 Electric Leaf Blower Rebate Program $ 6 $ 6 Vehicle to Grid Study (New) $ - $ 150 TOTAL PROJECTED EXPENDITURES/BUDGET $ 2,082 $ 2,852 Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Infrastructure The number of electric vehicles (EVs) in the City of Glendale has grown substantially in recent years. In response, GWP plans to expand its EV charging infrastructure across the city. The goal is to develop a network of conveniently located charging stations within the City of Glendale that make EV travel in Glendale more accessible, reliable, and hassle free.

GWP’s transportation electrification efforts support state-level goals, including Governor Brown’s 2018 Executive Order B-48-18 which calls for 250,000 EV chargers and 10,000 direct- current fast chargers by 2025, and Governor Newsom’s 2021 Executive Order N-79-20, which requires all new light-duty vehicle sales be zero emission by 2035.

458 of 464

17 As EV adoption increases, the changing needs of today’s drivers are also evolving. Access to charging at multi-unit dwellings (MUDs) and workplaces is becoming increasingly important.

Public charging in highly visible and convenient locations, such as curbside chargers in the public right-of-way, will play a vital role in ensuring equitable access to Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) infrastructure across all communities in Glendale.

EVSE site selection considers several factors, including power source proximity, the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) compliance, equipment availability, installation cost, public visibility, feasibility for DC fast chargers, and proximity to MUDs and disadvantaged communities.

As of May 2025, GWP has installed a total of 84 electric vehicle charging stations. GWP is currently in the process of establishing a new network service provider, service contract, and preventative maintenance program to improve charger uptime and customer experience. GWP is also preparing new contracts for EVSE design and construction to further expand its public EVSE infrastructure.

As previously noted, funding for the purchase and installation of EVSE is included in GWP’s capital budget and supported by revenue from LCFS credit sales.

Table 26 below proposes a two-year budget of $1,500,000 to support networking, maintenance and operations of the existing 84 charging ports, and the design, purchase, and installation of approximately 50 new public EV charging stations through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 26

Residential EV Charging Station Rebates
This program offers rebates of $200 for non-networked EV charging stations and $599 for networked EV charging stations. Customers who upgrade their electrical panel to support the EV charging station installation may receive an additional $800.

Customers enrolled in GWP’s Glendale Care low-income program are eligible for enhanced incentives of $300 for non-networked and $700 for networked EV charging stations, as well as an additional $1,000 for upgrading their electrical panel.

Table 27 below proposes a two-year budget of $150,000 to provide Level II EV charger rebates to approximately 200 residential customers through June 30, 2027.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Incremental Installations 15 25
Projected Cumulative Installations 99 124
Proposed Budget 500,000$ 1,000,000$
Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Infrastructure
459 of 464

18 TABLE 27

Commercial and Multi-Family EV Charging Station Rebates This program offers rebates of up to $50,000 or 50% (whichever is lower) of the project cost for commercial or multi-family building customers that install electric vehicle charging stations at their business or building. Customers can receive up to $75,000 or 75% (whichever is lower) of the project cost if they meet one of the following additional requirements:
• Project is in an income qualified housing structure that serves at least 80% of low-income residents as identified by the State of California.
• Project is at a non-profit organization recognized as having a tax-exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
• Project is in a disadvantaged community as designated by the California Environmental Protection Agency at CalEPA.ca.gov/envjustice/ghginvest/ • Project has at least one EV charging station that is publicly accessible. • Project includes at least one DC fast charger with a power output of 50 kW or greater.

Table 28 below proposes a two-year budget of $2,000,000 to provide EV charger rebates for an estimated 250 commercial and multi-family EV charging stations through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 28

Pre-Owned EV Rebate Program
The Pre-Owned EV Rebate Program will offer two rebate options, based on household income for customers who purchase or lease an eligible pre-owned EV. GWP electric customers will receive a $1,500 rebate for the purchase or lease of a pre-owned EV. Income-qualified applicants may receive a $2,500 rebate, depending on their household income.

Table 29 below proposes a two-year budget of $500,000 to provide rebates for an estimated 380 customers through June 30, 2027.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Rebates 100 100
Proposed Budget 75,000$ 75,000$
Residential EV Charging Station Rebates
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Rebates 125 125
Proposed Budget 1,000,000$ 1,000,000$
Commercial EV Charging Station Rebates
460 of 464

19 TABLE 29

Clean Fuel Rewards Program
The Clean Fuel Rewards (CFR) program is a statewide point-of-sale initiative offering financial incentives to Glendale residents, at the point of sale, for the purchase or lease of new light-duty plug-in electric and hybrid electric vehicles. In partnership with California Air Resources Board (CARB) and local EV dealerships, Glendale provided up to $1,500 incentives to 2,983 Glendale residents from December 2020 through August 2022. The CFR program has been temporarily closed since September 1, 2022 due to higher than anticipated EV adoption. Utilities may still be required to contribute to this program, and the incentives may return at a later time in FY 25-26.

On June 30, 2020, the Glendale City Council authorized Glendale’s participation in the CFR Program (Resolution No. 20-90). The CFR Program is mandated by the State of California, to enable utilities to continue participating in the LCFS program. One of the CFR requirements is that Glendale must monetize 25% of its annual LCFS revenue the CFR Program.

Table 30 below proposes a one-year budget of $300,000 to provide incentives to Glendale residents through June 30, 2026. No funding is budgeted for FY 26-27 as this program is expected to conclude.

TABLE 30

Web-Based EV Customer Awareness Platform
This EV customer awareness platform offers many resources for prospective EV buyers and drivers to help them make informed decision. Features include:

• Catalog of new and used plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles. • Detailed vehicle information, including acquisition cost, specifications, environmental impacts, comparisons to other vehicles, and charging times • List of local, state, and federal EV incentives
• Local charging station map
• Catalog of home charging stations
• Map of dealerships in City of Glendale

Table 31 below proposes a two-year budget of $54,000 for website hosting and maintenance, and additional features designed to empower users to transition to EVs.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Rebates 0 380
Proposed Budget -$ 500,000$
Pre-Owned EV Rebates
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Proposed Annual Contribution 300,000$ -$
Clean Fuel Rewards Program
461 of 464

20 TABLE 31

EV and E-Bike Guest Drive Events (New)
Electric Car Guest Drive events are standalone and turnkey events that offer residents the opportunity to test drive EVs without the pressure of dealership sales.

The vendor, Electric Car Insider, will plan, develop, and coordinate these events in collaboration with staff. The events will provide peer-to-peer learning experience, where prospective EV buyers can test drive EVs and receive information to support their decision to purchase or lease an EV. The event will be staffed by EV owners, who will share their firsthand knowledge about and answers questions from participants during the test drives. As part of the event the vendor will provide the following services:

• Event registration via web site
• Public exhibition
• Electric vehicles for test drives
• Event advertising assistance
• Analytical event reports

When possible, electric bike displays and potential test rides will be offered alongside the Electric Car Guest Drive events.

Table 32 below proposes a two-year budget of $190,000 to provide up to 4 Electric Car and Bike Guest Drive events by June 30, 2027.

TABLE 32

GWP executed a contract with Electric Car Insider in 2023 to provide up to three EV guest drive events per year. GWP also established partnerships with two local bike shops to provide E-Bike test rides for the events. Future events may include a collaboration between Glendale, Burbank, and Pasadena resulting in cost savings for each utility as indicated by the budget reduction from FY 25-26 to FY 26-27.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Maintenance and Reporting 27,000$ 27,000$
Proposed Budget 27,000$ 27,000$
Web-Based EV Customer Awareness Platform
462 of 464

21 E-Bike Rebates
This program provides a $300 rebate to residential customers who purchase a new electric bicycle. Customers enrolled in GWP’s Glendale Care low-income program are eligible for an enhanced rebate of $400.

Table 33 below proposes a two-year budget of $90,000 to provide e-bike rebates to an estimated 275 customers through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 33

Electric Leaf Blower Rebates
This program provides a $50 rebate to residential customers who purchase an electric leaf blower.

Table 34 below proposes a two-year budget of $12,000 to provide electric leaf blower rebates to 240 customers through June 30, 2027.

TABLE 34

Vehicle to Grid Study (New)
Vehicle-to-grid (V2G) technology allows EVs to supply power to devices, homes, buildings, or even the electric grid. Through V2G, EVs can help smooth facility energy demand by adjusting charging rates, storing excess solar energy generated during daytime hours, and providing energy directly to the grid to reduce overall demand. V2G technology has the potential to be used as a viable distributed energy resource. However, V2G requires EVs and charging stations to have this capability built in. Currently, very few EVs and charging stations support V2G.

Given the infancy of this technology and the limited availability of compatible vehicles and charging stations, GWP proposes conducting a study to explore how a V2G program could be implemented in Glendale. The findings from this study will help shape a potential future program and identify potential grants to fund the program.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected E-Bike Rebates 100 140
Proposed Budget 34,000$ 44,000$
E-Bike Rebates
FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Projected Leaf Blower Rebates 120 120
Proposed Budget 6,000$ 6,000$
Electric Leaf Blower Rebates
463 of 464

22 Table 35 proposes a one-year budget of $150,000 to perform a study on a V2G program for Glendale.

TABLE 35

GWP proposes to contract with a consultant through a direct contract between the City of Glendale and the consultant, or through a participation agreement with SCPPA. A separate Task Order under the SCPPA-Vendor contract will outline the specific services to be provided for Glendale, along with the associated costs, and a not-to-exceed amount.

FY 25-26 FY 26-27
Proposed Budget -$ 150,000$
Vehicle to Grid Study
464 of 464

Glendale City CouncilAugust 26, 2025

Glendale City Council
August 26, 2025